Use these links to rapidly review the document
Table of Contents

Table of Contents




UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

ýANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended February 2, 2013January 31, 2015

or

o


TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                                    to                                   

Commission File Number: 1-4365

OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Georgia
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
 
58-0831862
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

999 Peachtree Street, N.E., Suite 688, Atlanta, Georgia 30309
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code:
(404) 659-2424

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:


Title of each className of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, $1 par value New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
NONE

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ý    No o

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes o    No ý

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ý    No o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes ý    No o

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.


Large accelerated filerox
Accelerated filerýo
Non-accelerated filero
Smaller reporting companyo

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes o    No ý

As of July 27, 2012,August 1, 2014 which is the last business day of the registrant's most recently completed second fiscal quarter, the aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant (based upon the closing price for the common stock on the New York Stock Exchange on that date) was $623,997,796.$864,154,887. For purposes of this calculation only, shares of voting stock directly and indirectly attributable to executive officers, directors and holders of 10% or more of the registrant's voting stock (based on Schedule 13G filings made as of or prior to July 27, 2012)August 1, 2014) are excluded. This determination of affiliate status and the calculation of the shares held by any such person are not necessarily conclusive determinations for other purposes.

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant's classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date.

Title of Each Class
Number of Shares Outstanding
as of March 29, 201318, 2015
Common Stock, $1 par value 16,595,56516,478,438

Documents Incorporated by Reference

Portions of our proxy statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A relating to the Annual Meeting of Shareholders of Oxford Industries, Inc. to be held on June 19, 201317, 2015 are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K.






Table of Contents


Table of Contents



Page

PART I

PART I


Item 1.



Business




4


Item 1A.

1.

4


Risk Factors




29


Unresolved Staff Comments



Item 2.


35


Properties




41


Item 3.



Legal Proceedings



Item 4.



Mine Safety Disclosures



PART II


Item 5.



Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities



Item 6.



Selected Financial Data



Item 7.



Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations



Item 7A.



Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk



Item 8.



Financial Statements and Supplementary Data



Item 9.



Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure



Item 9A.



Controls and Procedures



Item 9B.



Other Information



PART III


Item 10.



Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance



Item 11.



Executive Compensation



Item 12.



Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters



Item 13.



Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence



Item 14.



Principal Accountant Fees and Services



PART IV


Item 15.



Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules


Signatures


Signatures


 


Table of Contents



CAUTIONARY STATEMENTS REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Our SEC filings and public announcements may include forward-looking statements about future events. Generally, the words "believe," "expect," "intend," "estimate," "anticipate," "project," "will" and similar expressions identify forward-looking statements, which generally are not historical in nature. We intend for all forward-looking statements contained herein, in our press releases or on our website, and all subsequent written and oral forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf, to be covered by the safe harbor provisions for forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and the provisions of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (which Sections were adopted as part of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995). ImportantSuch statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions relatingincluding, without limitation, the uncertainties related to these forward-looking statements include,any potential sale transaction involving Ben Sherman being identified or consummated (including, among others, the timing of any transaction and the ultimate impact of any transaction on our business and operating results) and assumptions regarding the impact of economic conditions on consumer demand and spending, particularly in light of general economic uncertainty that continues to prevail, demand for our products, competitive conditions, timing of shipments requested by our wholesale customers, expected pricing levels, competitive conditions, retention of and disciplined execution by key management, the timing and cost of store openings and of planned capital expenditures, weather, costs of products as well as the raw materials used in those products, costs of labor, acquisition and disposition activities, expected outcomes of pending or potential litigation and regulatory actions, access to capital and/or credit markets and the impact of foreign losses on our effective tax rate. Forward-looking statements reflect our current expectations, based on currently available information, and are not guarantees of performance. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements are reasonable, these expectations could prove inaccurate as such statements involve risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our ability to control or predict. Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties, or other risks or uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial, materialize, or should underlying assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary materially from those anticipated, estimated or projected. Important factors relating to these risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those described in Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors and elsewhere in this report and those described from time to time in our future reports filed with the SEC. We caution that one should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date on which they are made. We disclaim any intention, obligation or duty to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.


DEFINITIONS

As used in this report, unless the context requires otherwise, "our," "us" or "we" means Oxford Industries, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries; "SG&A" means selling, general and administrative expenses; "SEC" means U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission; "FASB" means Financial Accounting Standards Board; "ASC" means the FASB Accounting Standards Codification; and


Table of Contents

"GAAP" "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States. Additionally, the terms listed below reflect the respective period noted:

Fiscal 2014201552 weeks ending January 30, 2016
Fiscal 201452 weeks ended January 31, 2015
Fiscal 201352 weeks endingended February 1, 2014
Fiscal 201253 weeks ended February 2, 2013
Fiscal 201152 weeks ended January 28, 2012
Fiscal 201052 weeks ended January 29, 2011
Fiscal 200952 weeks ended January 30, 2010
Fiscal 200852 weeks ended January 31, 2009
Fourth quarter fiscal 201214 weeks ended February 2, 2013
Third quarter fiscal 201213 weeks ended October 27, 2012
Second quarter fiscal 201213 weeks ended July 28, 2012
First quarter fiscal 201213 weeks ended April 28, 2012
Fourth quarter fiscal 2011Fiscal 201413 weeks ended January 28, 201231, 2015
Third quarter fiscal 2011Fiscal 201413 weeks ended October 29, 2011November 1, 2014
Second quarter fiscal 2011Fiscal 201413 weeks ended July 30, 2011August 2, 2014
First quarter fiscal 2011Fiscal 201413 weeks ended April 30, 2011May 3, 2014
Fourth quarter Fiscal 201313 weeks ended February 1, 2014
Third quarter Fiscal 201313 weeks ended November 2, 2013
Second quarter Fiscal 201313 weeks ended August 3, 2013
First quarter Fiscal 201313 weeks ended May 4, 2013

3


Table of Contents


PART I

Item 1.    Business

BUSINESS AND PRODUCTS

Overview

We are a global apparel company that designs, sources, markets and distributes products bearing the trademarks of our company-owned lifestyle brands, as well as certain licensed and private label apparel products. Our portfolio of brands includes Tommy Bahama®, Lilly Pulitzer® and Ben Sherman®. We distribute our company-owned lifestyle branded products through our direct to consumer channel, consisting of ownedour retail stores and e-commerce sites, and our wholesale distribution channel, which includes better department stores and specialty stores. During fiscal 2012, 88%Fiscal 2014, 90% of our net sales were from products bearing brands that we own, and 54%61% of our net sales were sales of our products through our direct to consumer channels of distribution, which includes our 151206 owned retail stores, our e-commerce websites and our 1415 Tommy Bahama restaurants. In fiscal 2012, more thanFiscal 2014, approximately 90% of our consolidated net sales were to customers located in the United States, with the remaindersales outside the United States primarily being sales of our Ben Sherman products in the United Kingdom and Europe.

continental Europe as well as sales of our Tommy Bahama products in Canada and the Asia-Pacific region.

Our business strategy is to develop and market compelling lifestyle brands and products that are "fashion right" and evoke a strong emotional response from our target consumers. We strive to exploit the potential of our existing brands and products domestically and internationally and, as suitable opportunities arise, we may acquire additional lifestyle brands that we believe fit within our business model.internationally. We consider "lifestyle" brands to be those brands that have a clearly defined and targeted point of view inspired by an appealing lifestyle or attitude, such as the Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and Ben Sherman brands. We believe that lifestyle branded products that create an emotional connection with our target customersconsumers can command greater loyalty and higher price points at retail, resulting in higher earnings. We also believe a successful lifestyle brand opens up greater opportunities for direct to consumer operations as well as licensing opportunities in product categories beyond our core business.

We believe that the attraction of a lifestyle brand to consumers is dependent on maintaining appropriate product quality and design, appropriately restricting distribution to a select tier of retailers and effectively communicating the respective lifestyle brand message. Our design-led, commercially informed lifestyle brand operations strive to provide compelling, differentiated products each season. We seek to maintain the integrity of our lifestyle brands by limiting promotional activity in our full price retail stores and e-commerce websites. Accordingly, we target select wholesale customers that typically follow this same approach in their stores. In order to further strengthen each lifestyle brand's connections with consumers, we attempt to communicate regularly with consumers via the use of electronic media, and other media, in a manner intended to engage consumers and guide them to our retail stores, e-commerce websites and wholesale customers in search of our brands. Following our principles and continuing appropriate practices to maintain and enhance the images of each of our lifestyle brands, we believe that our lifestyle brands are ideally suited to succeed and thrive in the long-term while managing the various challenges facing the industry, including rapidly changing technology, consumer shopping patterns and an increasingly promotional apparel retail environment.
Our direct to consumer operations provide us with the opportunity to interact directly with our customers, and to present to them the full line of our current season products.products and provide an opportunity for a consumer to be immersed in the theme of the lifestyle brand. We believe that presenting our products in a setting specifically designed to showcase the lifestyle on which the brands are based enhances the image of our brands. We believe that our owned retail stores provide high visibility for our brands and products, and allow us to stay close to the preferences of our consumers, while also providing a platform for long-term sustainable growth for the brands without jeopardizing the image of the brands. Additionally, our e-commerce websites for our lifestyle brands provide the opportunity to increase revenues by reaching a larger population of consumers and at the same time allow our brands to provide a broader range of our products. We anticipate further investments in Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer to increase the retail store footprint and number of retail stores of each of the brands and to further enhance each brand's e-commerce operations.

        As

In addition to operating e-commerce websites for each of February 2, 2013,our lifestyle brands, as of January 31, 2015, we operated 113157 Tommy Bahama, 1928 Lilly Pulitzer and 1921 Ben Sherman retail locations, including outlet locations for Tommy Bahama and Ben Sherman. ForOur Tommy Bahama and Ben Sherman outlets and our outlet storesTommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer e-commerce flash clearance sales on our websites play an important role in overall inventory management by allowing us to sell discontinued and out-of-season products at better prices than are otherwise available from outside parties. Periodically, our e-commerce sites are also used as an efficient, brand appropriate manner of moving end of season product through flash clearance sales.

        In addition to

Our wholesale operations complement our direct to consumer operations we distribute our owned and licensed branded products through severalprovide access to a larger group of consumers. Our wholesale distribution channels includinginclude better department stores, specialty stores, national chains, specialty catalogs,warehouse clubs, mass merchants and Internet retailers. We believe it is imperative that we maintainvalue our long-standing relationships with our wholesale customers and are

4



committed to working with them to enhance the integritysuccess of our lifestyle brands by ensuring that the branded products are sold to wholesale customers that will enhance the image of our brands. Because our intent is that


Table of Contents

our Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and Ben Sherman products in our owned full-price retail stores are typically sold at full price with limited sales or promotions, we target wholesale customers that typically follow this same approach inwithin their stores. Our 10 largest customers represented 26%22% of our consolidated net sales for fiscal 2012,Fiscal 2014, with no individual customer representing more than 10% of our consolidated net sales.

Within our Lanier Clothes operating group, we hold licenses to produce and sell certain categories of apparel products under certain brands sellthat are licensed to us and certain private label apparel products, and sellas well as products bearing brands that we own. During fiscal 2012,Fiscal 2014, on a consolidated basis, sales of products from licensed brands accounted for 8% of our consolidated net sales, while sales ofand private label products representedaccounted for 6% and 4%, respectively, of our consolidated net sales.

We operate in highly competitive domestic and international markets in which numerous U.S.-based and foreign apparel firms compete. No single apparel firm or small group of apparel firms dominates the apparel industry and our direct competitors vary by operating group and distribution channel. We believe that the principal competitive factors in the apparel industry are the reputation, value and image of brand names; design; consumer preference; price; quality; marketing; and customer service. We believe that our ability to compete successfully in styling and marketing is directly related to our proficiency in foreseeing changes and trends in fashion and consumer preference, and presenting appealing products for consumers. In some instances, a retailer that is our customer may compete directly with us by offering certain of theirits own competing products some of which may be sourced directly by our customer, in their ownits retail stores. Additionally, the apparel industry is cyclical and dependent upon the overall level of discretionary consumer spending, which changes as regional, domestic and international economic conditions change. Often, negative economic conditions have a longer and more severe impact on the apparel and retail industry than thethese conditions have on other industries.


We believe the global economic conditions and resulting economic uncertainty that hashave prevailed in recent years continue to impact each of our operating groups, and the apparel industry as a whole. Although some signs of economic improvements exist, in the United States, unemployment levels remain high, theapparel retail environment remains veryincreasingly promotional and economic uncertainty remains. Further, the economiesWe anticipate that sales of the United Kingdom and Europe, which are important to our Ben Sherman operating group,products may continue to struggle more thanbe impacted negatively as long as the economyretail apparel environment remains promotional and there is an elevated level of economic uncertainty in the United States.geographies in which we operate. Additionally, fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2012 werewe have been impacted in recent years by pricing pressures on raw materials, fuel, transportation, labor and other costs necessary for the production and sourcing of apparel products.

products, most of which appear to be permanent cost increases.


On March 24, 2015, our Board of Directors authorized our management to pursue a sale of the Ben Sherman business.  We have engaged Financo, Ltd. as our financial advisor to assist in the transaction process. We plan to continue to operate the Ben Sherman business during the process, and although we expect to complete a sale within Fiscal 2015 no specific timetable has been set for consummation of a transaction. There can be no assurance that a transaction will take place, and our Board of Directors may consider other alternatives for the Ben Sherman business that it believes are in the best interest of shareholders.
Important factors relating to certain risks, many of which are beyond our ability to control or predict, which could impact our business include, but are not limited to, competition, economic factors and others as described in Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors of this report.

Investments and Opportunities


We believe that our Tommy BahamaBahama® and Lilly Pulitzer operating groupsPulitzer® lifestyle brands have significant growth opportunities for long-term growth in their direct to consumer businesses through expansion of our retail store operations, as we add additional retail store locations and with increases in sameincrease comparable store sales, withand higher sales in our e-commerce operations, which are likely to grow at a faster rate than comparable brick and mortar retail store operations.sales. We also believe that these lifestyle brands provide an opportunity for moderate sales increases in their wholesale businesses in the long-term primarily from our current customers adding to their existing door count and ourthe selective addition of new wholesale customers.

customers who generally follow a full-price retail model. Additionally, we believe that there are opportunities for modest sales growth for Lanier Clothes through new product programs; however, we also believe that the tailored clothing environment will continue to be very challenging.


We believe that in order to take advantage of opportunities for long-term growth, we must continue to invest in our Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer lifestyle brands. Our fiscal 2012 investments includedbrands in order to take advantage of their long-term growth opportunities. Investments include capital expenditures primarily related to the continued development of an international Tommy Bahama infrastructure and relateddirect to consumer operations such as retail store openings in Asia; a Tommy Bahama retail storebuild-out and restaurant, which we refer to as an


Table of Contents

"island location," in New York City which opened in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012,remodels, technology enhancements and distribution center and administrative office expansion initiatives, as well as increased employment, advertising and other domestic Tommy Bahama retail store openings duringcosts in key functions to support the year; the acquisition of the Australian Tommy Bahamaongoing business from our former licensee;operations and the opening of four new Lilly Pulitzer full-price retail locations. While we believe that these fiscal 2012 investments will generate long-term benefits, they negatively impacted our operating results in fiscal 2012 as we expected. Further, we anticipatefuel future net sales growth. We expect that the negative impact of the continued development of an international infrastructure and related store openings in Asia for Tommy Bahama will have a negative impactinvestments may continue to put downward pressure on our operating resultsmargins in fiscal 2013 and beyondthe near future until we have sufficient sales in our Tommy Bahama Asian operations to offset the ongoing infrastructure costs.

        We believe that the tailored clothing environment will continue to be very challenging, with competition and costing pressures negatively impacting operating income for Lanier Clothes in the near term. The Ben Sherman lifestyle brand currently faces challenges due to the ongoing elevation of the distribution of the brand, the sluggish economic conditions in the United Kingdom and Europe and missteps in the merchandise mix in our own retail stores in the second half of fiscal 2012. We anticipate thatleverage the operating loss for Ben Sherman in fiscal 2013 should be less than the operating loss in fiscal 2012 due to actions taken to address the merchandise mix and additional actions to reduce the infrastructure and operating costs of Ben Sherman late in fiscal 2012 and early in fiscal 2013. We believe that in the long-term Ben Sherman will have opportunities to improve its operating results if the elevation of the brand is successful and the economic conditions in the United Kingdom and Europe improve.

costs.


We continue to believe that it is important to maintain a strong balance sheet and ample liquidity. We believe that our positive cash flow from operations in the future coupled with the strength of our balance sheet and liquidity will provide us amplewith sufficient resources to fund future investments in our lifestyle brands. InWhile we believe that we have significant opportunities

5



to appropriately deploy our capital and resources in our existing lifestyle brands, in the future, we may also add additional lifestyle brands to our portfolio, if we identify appropriate targets which meet our investment criteria; however, we believe that we have significant opportunities to appropriately deploy our capital and resources in our existing lifestyle brands.

Background and Transformation

        Originally founded in 1942, we have undergone a significant transformation as we migrated from our historical domestic private label manufacturing roots. Over the years we transitioned first to an international apparel design and sourcing company and ultimately to a company with a focus on owning, managing, designing, sourcing, marketing and distributing apparel products bearing prominent trademarks owned by us. Significant milestones in the last 10 years include the acquisition of our Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and Ben Sherman lifestyle brands, as well as the divestiture of certain of our private label and licensed brand operations, including our former Womenswear and Oxford Apparel operating groups. These acquisitions and divestitures have resulted in a dramatic change in our sales mix from fiscal 2002, when less than 5% of our sales were from products bearing brands that we owned or from direct to consumer sales.

        Our strategy of emphasizing company-owned lifestyle branded apparel products, including those with direct to consumer opportunities, was driven in part by the consolidation in the retail industry and the concentration of apparel manufacturing in a relatively limited number of offshore markets. We believe that these two factors, as well as an increasingly promotional retail environment, will continue to make the branded apparel and direct to consumer business models more appealing than a business focused on wholesale sales of private label apparel.

criteria.

Operating Groups

Our business is primarily operated through fourour operating groups: Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer, Lanier Clothes and Ben Sherman, each of which is described below. We identify our operating groups


Table of Contents

based on the way our management organizes the components of our business for purposes of allocating resources and assessing performance. Our operating group structure reflects a brand-focused management approach, emphasizing operational coordination and resource allocation across theeach brand's direct to consumer, wholesale and licensing operations. The table below presents net sales and operating information about our operating groups (in thousands).

 
 Fiscal 2012 Fiscal 2011 

Net Sales

       

Tommy Bahama

 $528,639 $452,156 

Lilly Pulitzer

  122,592  94,495 

Lanier Clothes

  107,272  108,771 

Ben Sherman

  81,922  91,435 

Corporate and Other(1)

  15,117  12,056 
      

Total

 $855,542 $758,913 
      

Operating Income(Loss)

       

Tommy Bahama

 $69,454 $64,171 

Lilly Pulitzer(2)

  20,267  14,278 

Lanier Clothes

  10,840  12,862 

Ben Sherman

  (10,898) (2,535)

Corporate and Other(1)(3)

  (20,692) (19,969)
      

Total

 $68,971 $68,807 
      

(1)
Corporate and Other is a reconciling category for reporting purposes and includes our corporate offices, substantially all financing activities, elimination of inter-segment sales, LIFO inventory accounting adjustments, and other costs that are not allocated to ourthe operating groups. Corporategroups and Other also includes the operations of our Oxford Golf business and our Lyons, Georgia distribution center.

(2)
Lilly Pulitzer's operating results were negatively impacted by $6.3 million and $2.4 million in fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2011, respectively, of changes in the fair value of contingent consideration associated with the Lilly Pulitzer acquisition. Lilly Pulitzer's operating results in fiscal 2011 were also negatively impacted by $1.0 million of chargesother businesses which are not included in cost of goods sold associated with the write-up of inventory from cost to fair value in fiscal 2011.

(3)
our four operating groups.
The fiscal 2012table below presents net sales and operating loss for Corporate and Other included $4.0 million of LIFO accounting charges. The fiscal 2011information about our operating loss for Corporate and Other included $5.8 million of LIFO accounting charges, which were partially offset by a $1.2 million life insurance death benefit gain.groups (in thousands).
 Fiscal 2014Fiscal 2013
Net Sales  
Tommy Bahama$627,498
$584,941
Lilly Pulitzer167,736
137,943
Lanier Clothes112,934
109,530
Ben Sherman77,481
67,218
Corporate and Other12,157
17,465
Total$997,806
$917,097
Operating Income (Loss)  
Tommy Bahama$71,132
$72,207
Lilly Pulitzer32,190
25,951
Lanier Clothes10,849
10,828
Ben Sherman(10,832)(13,131)
Corporate and Other (1)(19,736)(11,185)
Total operating income$83,603
$84,670


Table of Contents

(1)The Fiscal 2014 operating loss for Corporate and Other included $2.1 million of LIFO accounting charges, with no significant LIFO accounting impact in Fiscal 2013. Additionally, Fiscal 2013 included a gain on sale of property of $1.6 million with no such gain in Fiscal 2014.

The table below presents the total assets of each of our operating groups (in thousands).

  
 February 2,
2013
 January 28,
2012
 
 

Assets

       
 

Tommy Bahama

 $359,462 $306,772 
 

Lilly Pulitzer

  90,873  82,417 
 

Lanier Clothes

  28,455  30,755 
 

Ben Sherman

  74,055  78,040 
 

Corporate and Other

  3,225  11,223 
       
 

Total

 $556,070 $509,207 
       
 January 31, 2015February 1, 2014
Assets  
Tommy Bahama$428,835
$408,599
Lilly Pulitzer108,969
101,704
Lanier Clothes35,152
39,989
Ben Sherman78,568
79,299
Corporate and Other(6,457)(2,286)
Total$645,067
$627,305

Total assets for Corporate and Other include a LIFO reserve of $56.4$58.6 million and $52.4$56.7 million as of January 31, 2015 and February 2, 2013 and January 28, 2012,1, 2014, respectively. For more details on each of our operating groups, see Note 102 of our consolidated financial statements and Part II, Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, both included in this report. For financial information by geographic areas, see Note 102 of our consolidated financial statements, included in this report.


6



Tommy Bahama

Tommy Bahama designs, sources, markets and distributes men's and women's sportswear and related products. The target consumers of Tommy Bahama are primarily affluent men and women age 35 and older who embrace a relaxed and casual approach to daily living. Tommy Bahama products can be found in our owned Tommy Bahama stores within and outside the United States and on our Tommy Bahama e-commerce website, tommybahama.com, as well as in better department stores and independent specialty stores throughout the United States and licensed Tommy Bahama stores in Canada and the United Arab Emirates.States. We also operate Tommy Bahama restaurants and license the Tommy Bahama name for various product categories. During fiscal 2012, 99%Fiscal 2014, 95% of Tommy Bahama's sales were to customers within the United States, with 3% of Tommy Bahama's sales in Canada and the remaining sales primarily being in Australia and Asia.

We believe that the attraction of the Tommy Bahama brand to our consumers is a reflection of our efforts over many years of maintaining appropriate quality and design of our Tommy Bahama apparel, accessories and licensed products, limiting the distribution of Tommy Bahama products to a select tier of retailers and effectively communicating the relaxed and casual Tommy Bahama lifestyle to consumers. We expect to continue to follow this approach for the brand in the future. We believe that the retail sales value of all Tommy Bahama branded products sold during Fiscal 2014, including our estimate of retail sales by our wholesale customers and other third party retailers, exceeded $1.1 billion.
We believe there is ample opportunity to expand the reach of the Tommy Bahama brand, while at the same time maintaining the select distribution that Tommy Bahama has historically maintained. We believe that in order to take advantage of opportunities for long-term growth, we must continue to invest in the Tommy Bahama brand. Fiscal 2012 was a year of significant investment for Tommy Bahama, which negatively impacted operating income. Ourbrand both domestically and internationally. These investments in fiscal 2012 included (1) costsinclude amounts associated with operating an international infrastructure but not yet having sufficient product sales in these geographic areas to offset the cost, (2) significantcapital expenditures and pre-opening expenses including rent,of new stores and set-up costs associated with our New York City restaurant-retail location, which opened inrestaurants; the fourth quarterremodeling of fiscal 2012existing stores and is larger and more expensive, both for rental amounts and initial store build-out, than our typical locations, and (3) the pre-opening and set-up costs associated with our other domestic and international store openings. In addition to these expenses that impacted operating income, we also incurred significantrestaurants; capital expenditures in fiscal 2012and ongoing expenses to enhance e-commerce and other technology capabilities; and capital expenditures related to new store openings, including the capital expenditures at our New York City Tommy Bahama location.

        Similarly, we anticipate that fiscal 2013 will also be a significant investment year for the Tommy Bahama brand as we continue to dedicate resources to our international expansion. In fiscal 2013, we anticipate that we will incur an operating loss in our international operations as we will not have sufficient sales, to offset the ongoing infrastructure costs in place. Additionally, we will continue to open additional Tommy Bahama domesticadministration and international stores in fiscal 2013, including two retail stores in Japan, resulting in our incurring certain pre-opening expenses that will negatively impact our operating income in fiscal 2013. distribution facilities.

While we believe that our investments will provide long-term benefits, we believe that these investments will have a negative impactthere are abundant opportunities for continued growth in futurethe United States, in recent years until we have sufficient


Table of Contents

sales in our Tommy Bahama Asian operations to offset the ongoing infrastructure costs. Further, we will also incur capital expenditures in fiscal 2013 related to new store openings, but we do not anticipate that the amount of capital expenditures will be as significant as the levels in fiscal 2012.

        We believe that the attractionbegun expansion of the Tommy Bahama brand to our consumers is a reflectioninto international markets. These efforts have included the acquisition of our efforts to ensure that we maintain appropriate qualitythe assets and designoperations of our apparel and licensed products, while also restricting the distribution of Tommy Bahama productsbusiness from our former licensees in Australia in Fiscal 2012 and Canada in Fiscal 2013. The operations of these licensees in each of these countries had developed a certain level of brand awareness, but we determined that after considering the potential direct to consumer and wholesale growth opportunities, it was appropriate for us to re-acquire the rights to these operations.

We also commenced operations in Asia by opening retail store locations in Hong Kong, Macau, Singapore in Fiscal 2012 and Japan beginning in Fiscal 2013. The operations in Asia thus far have generated operating losses as we developed a select tiersignificant Hong Kong-based team and infrastructure to support a larger Asia retail operation. The roll-out of retailers. Weretail stores in Asia has been at a modest pace as we have attempted to focus on improving store operations in Asia prior to engaging in a significant roll-out of additional stores. As a lifestyle brand which desires to remain primarily a full-price brand, we continue to believe it is appropriate that in certain key markets we initially set the tone for the brand rather than engaging a partner. However, in the future, in certain markets we may engage a local partner to accelerate growth.
At this time, we anticipate our near term focus in the Asia-Pacific region will be on our direct to consumer operations in Australia and Japan while at the same time reducing our infrastructure costs in Hong Kong to better align with our current Asia retail operations. By focusing on a limited number of international markets and increasing the store count in those locations, we believe we can do a better job of increasing brand awareness and sales by focusing our marketing spend in a location where the consumer has a variety of options for purchasing Tommy Bahama product, including our own retail stores, our wholesale customers' stores and an in-country Tommy Bahama website, which in the case of Japan launched in early Fiscal 2015. While we believe there are significant long-term opportunities for our Tommy Bahama operations in the Asia-Pacific region, we believe that the operating losses and capital expenditures associated with these operations will continue to work diligentlyput downward pressure on our operating margin in the near future until we have sufficient sales to maintain these critical qualities ofleverage the brand. We believe that the retail sales value of all Tommy Bahama branded products sold during fiscal 2012, including our estimate of retail sales by our wholesale customers and other third party retailers, was approximately $950 million.

    operating costs.

Design, Sourcing, Marketing and Distribution

Tommy Bahama products are designed by product specific teams who focus on the target consumer. The design process includes feedback from buyers, consumers and sales agents, along with market trend research. Our Tommy Bahama apparel products generally incorporate fabrics made of cotton, silk, linen, nylon, leather, tencel and other natural and man-made fibers, or blends of two or more of these fiber types.

materials.

We operate a buying office located in Hong Kong to manage the production and sourcing of substantially allthe substantial majority of our Tommy Bahama products. During fiscal 2012,Fiscal 2014, we utilized approximately 185240 suppliers, which are primarily located in China, to manufacture our Tommy Bahama products. In Fiscal 2014, 80% of Tommy Bahama's product purchases were from manufacturers in China. The largest 10 suppliers of Tommy Bahama products provided 53%46% of the products acquired during fiscal 2012.

Fiscal 2014.


7



We believe that advertising and marketing are an integral part of the long-term strategy of the Tommy Bahama brand, and we therefore devote significant resources to advertising and marketing. While the advertising for Tommy Bahama promotes our products, the primary emphasis is on brand image and brand lifestyle. We intend that Tommy Bahama's advertising will engage individuals within the brand's consumer demographic and guide them on a regular basis to our retail stores, e-commerce websites or wholesale customers' stores in search of our products. The marketing of the Tommy Bahama brand includes traditional media such as print, catalogs and other correspondence with customers, as well as moving media and trade show initiatives. However, an increasing amount of Tommy Bahama's marketing focus involves email, Internet and social media advertising. As a lifestyle brand, we believe that it is very important that Tommy Bahama communicate regularly with consumers via the use of email, Internet and social media about product offerings or other brand events in order to maintain and strengthen Tommy Bahama's connections with its consumers.
We also believe that highly visible retail store locations with creative design, broad merchandise selection and brand appropriate visual presentation are key enticements for customers to visit our retail stores and buy merchandise. We intend that our retail stores enhance the shopping experience of our customers, which we believe will increase consumer brand loyalty. Marketing initiatives at certain of our retail stores may include special event promotions and a variety of public relations activities designed to create awareness of our stores and products. At certain times during the year, two integral components of the marketing plan for Tommy Bahama include mailing loyalty gift cards to some of our loyal consumers for use in our stores during a specified time period and our "flip-side" events whereby if certain spending thresholds are achieved by the consumer in one transaction during a specified time period, the consumer earns a gift card to be used in our retail stores or on-line at a future date. We believe that our retail store operations as well as our traditional and electronic media communications increase the sales of our own retail stores and e-commerce operations, as well as the sales of our products for our wholesale customers.
For certain of our wholesale customers, we also provide point-of-sale materials and signage to enhance the presentation of our branded products at their retail locations and/or participate in cooperative advertising programs.
We operate a Tommy Bahama distribution center in Auburn, Washington.Washington, which serves our North American direct to consumer and wholesale operations. Activities at the distribution center include receiving finished goods from suppliers, inspecting the products and shipping the products to our Tommy Bahama stores, our wholesale customers and our e-commerce customers. We seek to maintain sufficient levels of Tommy Bahama inventory at the distribution center to support our direct to consumer operations, as well as pre-booked orders and anticipated sales volume ofsome limited replenishment ordering for our wholesale customers. We utilize local third party distribution centers for our Asian and AustralianAsia-Pacific operations.

Direct to Consumer Operations

A key component of our Tommy Bahama growth strategy is to operate our own stores and e-commerce website, which we believe permits us to develop and build brand awareness by presenting our products in a setting specifically designed to showcase the aspirational lifestyle on which the products are based. Our Tommy Bahama direct to consumer channels, which consist of retail store, e-commerce and restaurant operations, in the aggregate, represented 69%74% of Tommy Bahama's net sales in fiscal 2012.Fiscal 2014. We expect the percentage of our Tommy Bahama sales which are direct to consumer sales will increase slightly in future years as we anticipate that the direct to consumer distribution channel will continue to grow at a faster pace than the wholesale distribution channel. Store,Retail store, e-commerce and restaurant net sales accounted for 48%50%, 11%14% and 10%, respectively, of Tommy Bahama's net sales in fiscal 2012. During fiscal 2012, 67% and 28% of our full-price retail store sales were sales of Tommy Bahama men's and women's apparel products, respectively, with the remainder of the full-price retail store sales being home products and other accessories.

Fiscal 2014.

For Tommy Bahama's domestic full-price retail stores and restaurant-retail locations operating for the full fiscal 2012Fiscal 2014 year, sales per gross square foot, excluding restaurant sales and restaurant space, were approximately $705$680 during the 53-week fiscal 2012,Fiscal 2014, compared to $645$695 for stores operating for the entire 52-week fiscal 2011 year. Thisfull Fiscal 2013 year, with the decrease primarily reflecting Fiscal 2013 store openings having a lower sales per square foot than the overall average, partially offset by slightly favorable domestic comparable store sales on stores opened prior to Fiscal 2013. For international full-price retail stores and restaurant-retail locations located in Canada, Australia and Asia operating for the full Fiscal 2014 year, sales per gross square foot, excluding restaurant sales and restaurant space, were approximately $390 during Fiscal 2014. These per square foot sales information excludesamounts exclude the sales and square feet of our outlet stores. In Fiscal 2014, our domestic outlet stores which in fiscal 2012and international outlet stores generated approximately $440$375 and $320, respectively, of sales per square foot for outlets open for the entire 53-week 20122014 fiscal year. For relocated stores or outlets, for which the square feet changed during


Table of Contents

the year, if any, we included, for the purposes of the calculation above, the square feet of the relocated store based on the weighted average month-end square feet for the relocated store.

During Fiscal 2014, 65% and 30% of our full-price retail store sales were sales of Tommy Bahama men's product and women's product, respectively with the remainder of the full-price retail store sales being home products and other accessories.

Our direct to consumer strategy for the Tommy Bahama brand includes locating and operating full-price retail stores in upscale malls, lifestyle shopping centers, resort destinations and brand appropriate street locations. Generally, we seek malls and shopping areas with high-profile or luxury consumer brands for our full-price retail stores. As of January 31, 2015, approximately 40% of our full-price Tommy Bahama retail locations are in regional malls, with the remainder primarily being

8



stores in street-front locations or lifestyle centers. Our full-price retail stores allow us the opportunity to carry a full line of current season merchandise, including apparel, home products and accessories, all presented in an aspirational, island-inspired atmosphere designed to be relaxed, comfortable and unique. We believe that the Tommy Bahama retail stores provide high visibility for the brand and products, and allow us to stay close to the preferences of our consumers. Further, we believe that our presentation of products and our strategy to operate the retail stores as full-price stores with limited in-store promotional activities are good for the Tommy Bahama brand and, in turn, enhance business with our wholesale customers.

Generally, we believe there are opportunities for retail stores in warmer and colder climates, as we believe the more important consideration is whether the location attracts the affluent consumer that we are targeting. Further, as recent new store openings have enhanced e-commerce sales within the local geographic area, we believe that there are ample opportunities for additional Tommy Bahama retail store locations.

Our Tommy Bahama outlet stores, which generated 9%11% of our total Tommy Bahama net sales in fiscal 2012,Fiscal 2014, are generally located in upscale outlet shopping centers that include upscale retailers and serve an important role in overall inventory management by allowing us to sell discontinued and out-of-season products at better prices than are otherwise available from outside parties. We believe that this approach helps us protect the integrity of the Tommy Bahama brand by allowing our full-price retail stores to limit promotional activity and controlling the distribution of discontinued and out-of-season product.

To supplement the clearance items sold in Tommy Bahama outlets, approximately 20% of the product sold in our Tommy Bahama outlets was made specifically for our outlets. At this time and based on our anticipated proportion of clearance versus made for items in our outlet stores, we anticipate that we would generally operate one outlet for approximately every three full-price stores.

As of February 2, 2013January 31, 2015 we operated 1415 restaurants, generally adjacent to a Tommy Bahama full-price retail store location, which together we often refer to as islands. These restaurant-retail locations provide us with the opportunity to immerse customers in the ultimate Tommy Bahama experience. We do not anticipate that manymost of our retail locations will have an adjacent restaurant; however, in select high-profile, brand appropriate locations, such as Naples and Jupiter, Florida, and New York City, as well as the Waikiki, Hawaii location scheduled to open in Fiscal 2015, we have determined that an adjacent restaurant can further enhance the image of the brand. Generally,The net sales per square foot in our domestic full-price retail stores which are adjacent to a restaurant outpaceare on average two times the net sales per square foot of our typicaldomestic full-price retail store, as westores not adjacent to a restaurant. We believe that the experience of a meal or drink in a Tommy Bahama restaurant experience may entice the customer to purchase additional Tommy Bahama merchandise.

merchandise and potentially provide a memorable consumer experience that further enhances the relationship between Tommy Bahama and the consumer.

As of February 2, 2013,January 31, 2015, the total square feet of space utilized for our Tommy Bahama full-price retail store and outlet store operations was 0.50.6 million with another 0.1 million of total square feet


Table of Contents

utilized in our Tommy Bahama restaurant operations. The table below provides certain information regarding Tommy Bahama retail stores operated by us as of February 2, 2013.

January 31, 2015.
 
Full-Price
Retail Stores
Outlet Stores
Restaurant-Retail
Locations
Total
Florida20
4
5
29
California15
5
3
23
Texas5
4
1
10
Hawaii4
1
2
7
Nevada3
1
1
5
Maryland3
2

5
Other states34
18
2
54
Total domestic84
35
14
133
Canada6
3

9
Total North America90
38
14
142
Australia7
1

8
Japan1
1
1
3
Other international3
1

4
Total101
41
15
157
Average square feet per store(1)3,500
4,600
11,300
 
Total square feet at year end350,000
190,000
170,000
 


 
 Full-Price
Retail Stores
 Outlet Stores Restaurant-Retail
Locations
 Total 

California

  15  4  3  22 

Florida

  14  2  4  20 

Texas

  5  3  1  9 

Hawaii

  4  1  2  7 

Nevada

  3  1  1  5 

New York

  1  2  1  4 

Virginia

  2  2    4 

Other states

  24  8  2  34 
          

Total domestic

  68  23  14  105 

Australia

  4  1    5 

Other international

  3      3 
          

Total

  75  24  14  113 
          

Average square feet per store(1)

  3,500  5,200  11,800    

Total square feet at year end

  265,000  125,000  165,000    
9



(1)
Average square feet for restaurant-retail locations include average retail space and restaurant space of 4,000 and 7,800 square feet, respectively.

(1)Average square feet for restaurant-retail locations include average retail space and restaurant space of 4,000 and 7,300 square feet, respectively.

The table below reflects the changes in store count for Tommy Bahama stores during fiscal 2012.

Fiscal 2014.


 Full-Price
Retail Stores
 Outlet
Stores
 Restaurant-
Retail
Locations
 Total Full-Price
Retail Stores
Outlet StoresRestaurant-Retail
Locations
Total

Open as of beginning of fiscal year

 63 20 13 96 91
36
14
141

Opened during fiscal year

 10 4 1 15 10
5
1
16

Licensee stores acquired during fiscal year

 4 1  5 

Closed during fiscal year

 (2) (1)  (3)
         

Open as of end of fiscal year

 75 24 14 113 101
41
15
157
         

During fiscal 2012,Fiscal 2014, the average total gross square feet, calculated as the average of the total gross square feet at the beginning and end of each quarter during the year, of full-price retail space, including the retail portion of our Tommy Bahama restaurant-retail locations, used in our domestic and international retail operations for Tommy Bahama was approximately 295,000385,000 square feet, while the average total gross square feet of space used in our domestic and international Tommy Bahama outlet operations was approximately 118,000175,000 square feet. We anticipate that the average total gross square feet of full-price retail spaceIn Fiscal 2015 and outlet space used in the Tommy Bahama domestic and international operations will increase by approximately 15% and in the mid to high teens percentage range, respectively, for fiscal 2013, as compared to fiscal 2012 average total gross square feet amounts. In fiscal 2013,beyond, we currently expect to open 12 domestic retail locations in total, with slightly more than half of the new stores being outlet stores. We currently anticipate openingapproximately eight to 10 domestic retail locations per year beyond fiscal 2013.year. The majority of these locations in Fiscal 2015 are expected to be full-price stores along with one restaurant-retail location in Waikiki, Hawaii. Additionally, we expect to open fourtwo or fivethree international stores in fiscal 2013. Although the specific locations and timing of all of our domestic and international store openings have not been finalized, we anticipate opening locations in Tokyo, Sydney, Miami and Chicago, among other cities, in fiscal 2013.

Fiscal 2015.

Table of Contents

The operation of full-price retail stores, outlet stores and restaurant-retail locations requires a greater amount of initial capital investment than wholesale operations, as well as greater ongoing operating costs. We estimate that we will spend approximately $1.3$1.0 million and $0.5 million on average in connection with the build-out of a domestic full-price retail store and domestic outlet store, respectively. However, individual locations, particularly those in urban locations, including Chicago, may require investments greater than these amounts depending on a variety of factors, including the location and size of the store. Recently, we have opened certain stores using a smaller footprint of approximately 2,500 square feet in select locations, which allows us to minimize the cost of the store build-out on these stores.

The cost of a restaurant-retail location is significantly more than the cost of a retail store and can vary significantly depending on a variety of factors. Historically, the cost of our restaurant-retail locations has been approximately $5 million; however, we have spent significantly more than that amount for certain locations, includinglocations. For the New YorkWaikiki, Hawaii restaurant-retail location which openedwe expect to open in fiscal 2012.late Fiscal 2015, we anticipate a cost of approximately $12 million. Also, the international retail store and outlet store locations that we open in the future may be more expensive than our domestic retail stores depending on the location and size of the store as well as the impact of foreign currency exchange rates and other factors. For certainmost of our stores, the landlord often provides certain incentives to fund a portion of our capital expenditures.

We also incur capital expenditures when a lease expires and we determine it is appropriate to relocate a store to a new location in the same vicinity as the previous store. We anticipate having four store relocations during fiscal 2013. The cost of store relocations is generally comparable to the costs of opening a new full-price retail store or outlet store. In addition to our new store openings and relocations,Additionally, we also incur capital expenditure costs related to periodic remodels of existing stores, particularly when we renew or extend a lease beyond the original lease term, or otherwise determine that a remodel of a store is appropriate. The costs associated with someAs we reach the expirations of more of our lease agreements in the near future, we anticipate that the capital expenditures for relocations and remodels, in the aggregate, may be significant.

increase in future periods.

In addition to our full-price retail stores and outlet stores, and restaurant-retail operations, our direct to consumer approach includes various e-commerce websites, including the tommybahama.com website and the tommybahama.jp website, which launched in February 2015. During Fiscal 2014, e-commerce sales represented 11%14% of Tommy Bahama's net sales during fiscal 2012. The website allowssales. Our Tommy Bahama websites allow consumers to buy Tommy Bahama products directly from us via the Internet. This website hasThese websites also enabledenable us to significantly increase our database of customerconsumer contacts, which allows us to communicate directly and frequently with consenting consumers. As we reach more customers in the future, we anticipate that our e-commerce distribution channel for Tommy Bahama will continue to grow at a faster pace than our domestic retail store operations or wholesale operations.

Wholesale Operations

To complement our direct to consumer operations and have access to a larger group of consumers, including those who may wish to shop at specialty stores or department stores, we continue to maintain our wholesale operations for Tommy Bahama through better department stores and specialty stores. Wholesale sales forstores that generally follow a full-price retail model approach with

10



limited discounting. We value our long-standing relationships with our wholesale customers and are committed to working with them to enhance the success of the Tommy Bahama accounted for 31% of Tommy Bahama's net sales in fiscal 2012.brand within their stores. We believe that the integrity and continued success of the Tommy Bahama brand, including its direct to consumer operations, is dependent, in part, upon the continued controlled wholesale distribution with careful selection of the retailers through which Tommy Bahama products are sold. A key componentAs a result of this approach to limiting our wholesale strategy is to control the distributioncustomers, we believe that sales growth in our men's apparel wholesale business, which represented approximately 81% of Tommy Bahama's wholesale sales in Fiscal 2014, may be somewhat limited domestically. However, we believe that we have significant opportunities for wholesale sales increases for our Tommy Bahama productswomen's business, which represented approximately 16% of Tommy Bahama's wholesale sales in Fiscal 2014, and our Tommy Bahama footwear business. Overall, we expect that the Tommy Bahama wholesale business will grow at a manner intendedslower rate than the direct to protect and grow the valueconsumer distribution channel.
Wholesale sales for Tommy Bahama accounted for 26% of the brand.Tommy Bahama's net sales in Fiscal 2014. During fiscal 2012, 20%Fiscal 2014, 15% of Tommy Bahama's net sales were to Tommy Bahama's five largest wholesale customers, with no individualits largest customer representing greater than 10%6% of Tommy Bahama's net sales.

Approximately half of Tommy Bahama's wholesale business reflects sales to its two largest customers, in the aggregate, with the remaining wholesale sales being sales to other department and specialty stores. Tommy Bahama products are available in more than 2,000 retail locations.

We maintain Tommy Bahama apparel sales offices and showrooms in several locations, including New York and Seattle, as well as other locations, to facilitate sales to our wholesale customers. Our Tommy Bahama wholesale operations utilize a sales force primarilypredominantly consisting of independent commissioned sales representatives.


Table of Contents

We believe licensing is an attractive business opportunity for the Tommy Bahama brand. For an established lifestyle brand, licensing typically requires modest additional investment for us but can yield high-margin income. It also affords the opportunity to enhance overall brand awareness and exposure. In evaluating a licensee for Tommy Bahama, we typically consider the candidate's experience, financial stability, sourcing expertise and marketing ability. We also evaluate the marketability and compatibility of the proposed licensed products with other Tommy Bahama products.

Our agreements with Tommy Bahama licensees are for specific geographic areas and expire at various dates in the future, and in limited cases include contingent renewal options. Generally, the agreements require minimum royalty payments as well as additional royalty payments and, in some cases, advertising payments and/or obligations to expend certain funds towards marketing the brand on an approved basis based oncalculated as specified percentages of the licensee's net sales of the licensed products. Our license agreements generally provide us the right to approve all products, advertising and proposed channels of distribution.

Third party license arrangements for our Tommy Bahama products include the following product categories:

Men's and women's watchesPet related productsCeiling fansIndoor furniture
Men's and women's eyewearheadwearCeiling fansRugsOutdoor furniture and related products
Men's belts and socksRugsFabricsBedding and bath linens
Men'sMattressesBelts, leather goods and women's headwearFabricsgiftsTable top accessories
SleepwearLuggageLeather goods and giftsCandlesSuncare products
Shampoo, soap and bath amenitiesLuggageTumblers
Fragrances 

In addition to our licenses for the specific product categories listed above, we have also enteredmay enter into certain international license agreements which allow those licensees to distribute certain Tommy Bahama branded products within certain countries or regions. As of January 31, 2015, we have one such agreement for the Middle East. Substantially all of the products sold by our licensees/distributorsthe licensee are identical to the products sold in our own Tommy Bahama stores. In addition to selling Tommy Bahama goods to wholesale accounts, in those regions, the licensees have openedlicensee operates four retail stores in their respective geographic regions. As of February 2, 2013, our licensees operated 12 retail stores in Canada and the United Arab Emirates.

Seasonal Aspects of Business

Tommy Bahama's operating results are impacted by seasonality as the demand by specific product or style, as well as by distribution channel, may vary significantly depending on the time of year. The following table presents the percentage of net sales and operating income for Tommy Bahama by quarter for fiscal 2012:

Fiscal 2014:

11




 First Quarter Second Quarter Third Quarter Fourth Quarter First QuarterSecond QuarterThird QuarterFourth Quarter

Net sales

 27% 24% 19% 30%25%25%20 %30%

Operating income

 37% 24% 5% 34%28%31% %41%

As the timing of certain unusual or non-recurring items, economic conditions, wholesale product shipments or other factors affecting the business may vary from one year to the next, we do not believe that net sales or operating income for any particular quarter or the distribution of net sales and operating income for fiscal 2012Fiscal 2014 are necessarily indicative of anticipated results for the full fiscal year or expected distribution in future years.

The timing of Tommy Bahama's sales in the direct to consumer and wholesale distribution channels generally varies. Typically, the demand in the direct to consumer operations, including sales at


Table of Contents

our own stores and e-commerce site, for Tommy Bahama products in our principal markets is generally higher in the spring, summer and holiday seasons and lower in the fall season. However, wholesale product shipments are generally shipped prior to each of the retail selling seasons. As the allocation of sales within a quarter is impacted by the seasonality of direct to consumer and wholesale sales, we have presented in the following table the proportion of net sales for each quarter represented by each distribution channel for fiscal 2012,Fiscal 2014, which may not necessarily be indicative of the allocation of sales within any particular quarter in future periods:


 First
Quarter
 Second
Quarter
 Third
Quarter
 Fourth
Quarter
 Full
Year
 

Full-price retail and outlet stores

 43% 51% 46% 51% 48%
First
Quarter
Second
Quarter
Third
Quarter
Fourth
Quarter
Full
Year
Full price retail stores and outlets46%54%47%51%50%

E-commerce

 9% 12% 7% 15% 11%11%15%11%19%14%

Restaurant

 12% 10% 10% 9% 10%12%10%10%9%10%

Wholesale

 36% 27% 37% 25% 31%31%21%32%21%26%
           

Total

 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%100%100%100%100%100%

Lilly Pulitzer designs, sources, markets and distributes upscale collections of women's and girl's dresses, sportswear and related products. The Lilly Pulitzer brand was originally created in the late 1950's by Lilly Pulitzer and is an affluent brand with a heritage and aesthetic based on the Palm Beach resort lifestyle. The brand is somewhat unique among women's brands in that it has demonstrated multi-generational appeal, including young women in college or recently graduated from college; young mothers with their daughters; and women who are not tied to the academic calendar. Lilly Pulitzer products can be found in our owned Lilly Pulitzer stores, in Lilly Pulitzer Signature Stores, which are described below, and on our Lilly Pulitzer website, lillypulitzer.com, as well as in better department and independent specialty stores. During fiscal 2012, 39%Fiscal 2014, 42% and 37%38% of Lilly Pulitzer's net sales were for dresseswomen's sportswear and women's sportswear,dresses, respectively, with the remaining sales consisting of Lilly Pulitzer accessories, including scarves, bags, jewelry and belts; children's apparel, footwearapparel; footwear; and licensed products. Sportswear represented a greater proportion of Lilly Pulitzer sales in fiscal 2012 than fiscal 2011 as the breadth of our sportswear offerings has expanded and the growth of sales in sportswear has outpaced sales growth for dresses. We also license the Lilly Pulitzer name for various product categories.

We acquired the Lilly Pulitzer brand on December 21, 2010 and anticipate growth in the brand's retail, e-commerce, wholesale and licensing operations in the future. We believe that there is significant opportunity to expand the reach of the Lilly Pulitzer brand, while at the same time maintaining the exclusive distribution that Lilly Pulitzer has historically maintained. We believe that in order to take advantage of opportunities for long-term growth, we must continue to invest in the Lilly Pulitzer brand. Fiscal 2012These investments in Lilly Pulitzer included costsinclude amounts associated with the opening of new stores, as well ascosts to enhance e-commerce and other technology capabilities, an expansion and other enhancements of Lilly Pulitzer's facilities in King of Prussia, Pennsylvania and an increase in SG&A as weemployment costs to continue to build the infrastructure to support a growing business. We anticipate that such investments will continue in fiscal 2013. While we believe that these investments will generate long-term benefits, the investments may have a short-term negative impact on ourLilly Pulitzer's operating results.

margin.

We believe the attraction of the Lilly Pulitzer brand to our consumers is a reflection of years of effort to ensure that themaintaining appropriate quality and design of the Lilly Pulitzer apparel, accessories and licensed products, is maintained, while also restricting the distribution of the Lilly Pulitzer products to a select tier of retailers.retailers and effectively communicating the message of Lilly's optimistic Palm Beach resort chic lifestyle. We believe this approach to quality, design, distribution and distributioncommunication has been critical in allowing the brandus to achieve the current retail price points for Lilly Pulitzer products. We believe that the retail sales value of all Lilly Pulitzer branded products sold during fiscal 2012,Fiscal 2014, including our estimate of retail sales by our wholesale customers and other third party retailers, exceeded $200$225 million.


Table of Contents

Lilly Pulitzer's products are developed by our dedicated design teams primarily located at the Lilly Pulitzer headquarters in King of Prussia, Pennsylvania. Our Lilly Pulitzer design teams focus on the target consumer, and the design process

12



combines feedback from buyers, consumers and our sales force, along with market trend research. Lilly Pulitzer apparel products are designed to incorporate various fiber types, including cotton, silk, linen and other natural and man-made fibers, or blends of two or more of these materials.

Lilly Pulitzer utilizes a combination of in-house employees in our King of Prussia and Hong Kong offices and third party buying agents primarily based in Asia to manage the production and sourcing of the Lilly Pulitzer apparel products. Through its buying agents and direct sourcing, Lilly Pulitzer used approximately 4045 suppliers, located primarily in China to manufacture Lilly Pulitzer products during fiscal 2012. Thewith the largest 10 suppliers provided 70%providing 63% of the Lilly Pulitzer products acquired during fiscal 2012.

Fiscal 2014. In Fiscal 2014, 66% of Lilly Pulitzer's product purchases were from manufacturers located in China.

We believe that advertising and marketing are an integral part of the long-term strategy of the Lilly Pulitzer brand, and we therefore devote significant resources to advertising and marketing. We intend that Lilly Pulitzer's advertising will engage individuals within the brand's consumer demographic and guide them on a regular basis to our retail stores, e-commerce websites and wholesale customers' stores in search of our products. The marketing of the Lilly Pulitzer brand includes traditional media such as print, catalogs and other correspondence with customers, as well as moving media and trade show initiatives. However, an increasing amount of Lilly Pulitzer's marketing focus involves email, Internet and social media advertising. We believe that it is very important that a lifestyle brand effectively communicate with consumers on a regular basis via the use of email, Internet and social media about product offerings or other brand events in order to maintain and strengthen the brands' connections with consumers.
In addition to our ongoing Lilly Pulitzer marketing initiatives, we are also excited about a specific one-time marketing program for Fiscal 2015. This initiative is a single delivery design collaboration with the Target Corporation where Lilly Pulitzer provided certain designs and prints to Target, and Target used those prints on a collection of 250 pieces spanning apparel, accessories and shoes for women and girls, as well as home accents, outdoor entertaining accessories, beach gear and travel essentials. This single delivery program launches in April in all domestic Target locations and on the Target website. Target will highlight the collaboration in its marketing materials in connection with the launch. This marketing program will provide a significant amount of national exposure for the Lilly Pulitzer brand. We believe that this marketing exposure will introduce the Lilly Pulitzer brand to new potential consumers both on the East Coast where the brand has a very strong brand recognition and also west of the Mississippi River, where Lilly Pulitzer generated approximately 10% of its Fiscal 2014 sales. From a financial perspective, we do not expect a significant impact on our Fiscal 2015 operating results as we will not recognize any product sales or have inventory exposure related to the program; however, we believe that in the long-term, the collaboration will enhance the awareness of the Lilly Pulitzer brand.
We believe that highly visible retail store locations with creative design, broad merchandise selection and brand appropriate visual presentation are key enticements for customers to visit our retail stores and buy merchandise. We intend that our retail stores enhance the shopping experience of our customers, which we believe will increase consumer brand loyalty. Marketing initiatives at certain of our retail stores may include special event promotions and a variety of public relations activities designed to create awareness of our stores and products. At certain times during the year, an integral part of the marketing plan for Lilly Pulitzer includes certain gift with purchase programs where the consumer earns the right to a Lilly Pulitzer gift product if certain spending thresholds are achieved by the consumer. We believe that our retail store operations as well as our traditional and electronic media communications increase the sales of our own retail stores and e-commerce operations, as well as the sales of our products for our wholesale customers.
For certain of our wholesale customers, we also provide point-of-sale materials and signage to enhance the presentation of our branded products at their retail locations and/or participate in cooperative advertising programs.
Lilly Pulitzer operates a distribution center in King of Prussia, Pennsylvania for its operations. Activities at the distribution center include receiving finished goods from suppliers, inspecting the products and shipping the products to wholesale customers, Lilly Pulitzer full-price retail stores and our e-commerce customers. We seek to maintain sufficient levels of inventory at the distribution center to support our direct to consumer operations, as well as pre-booked orders and some limited replenishment ordering for our wholesale customers.

Direct to Consumer Operations

A key component of our Lilly Pulitzer growth strategy is to operate our own stores and e-commerce website which we believe permits us to develop and build brand awareness by presenting products in a setting specifically designed to showcase the aspirational lifestyle on which they are based. The distribution channels included in Lilly Pulitzer's direct to consumer strategy consist of full-price retail store and e-commerce operations and represented 54%62% of Lilly Pulitzer's net sales in fiscal 2012,Fiscal 2014, compared to 47%57% in fiscal 2011.Fiscal 2013. We expect the percentage of our Lilly Pulitzer sales which are direct to consumer sales towill increase in future years as we anticipate that the full-price retail and e-commerce components of the Lilly Pulitzer business will continue to grow at a faster rate than the wholesale distribution channel in the future.

        Lilly Pulitzer's full-price retail store sales per gross square foot for fiscal 2012 were approximately $580 for the 15 full-price retail stores which were open the entire 53-week fiscal 2012 year compared to approximately $480 for the 16 Lilly Pulitzer stores open for the full 52-week fiscal 2011 year. For relocated stores, for which the square feet changed during the year, we included, for the purposes of the calculation above, the square feet of the relocated store based on the weighted average month-end square feet for the relocated store. The increase from the prior year was primarily due to higher comparable store sales in fiscal 2012, as well as the closure of one larger underperforming full-price retail store in fiscal 2012.

channel.


13



Our direct to consumer strategy for the Lilly Pulitzer brand includes operating full-price retail stores in higher-end malls, lifestyle shopping centers, resort destinations and brand-appropriate street locations. As of January 31, 2015, 14 of the Lilly Pulitzer stores were located in indoor regional malls and eight of the Lilly Pulitzer stores were located in outdoor regional lifestyle centers with the remaining locations being street locations. Each full-price retail store carries a wide range of merchandise, including apparel, footwear and accessories, all presented in a manner intended to enhance the Lilly Pulitzer image, brand awareness and acceptance. Our Lilly Pulitzer retail stores allow the opportunityus to present Lilly Pulitzer's full line of current season products. We believe our Lilly Pulitzer full-price retail stores provide high visibility for the brand and products and also enable us to stay close to the needs and preferences of consumers. Also, we believe that our presentation of products and our strategy to operate the retail stores as full-price stores with limited promotional activities in our own retail stores complement our business with our wholesale customers.

Generally, we believe there are opportunities for retail stores in warmer and colder climates, as we believe the more important consideration is whether the location attracts the affluent consumer that we are targeting.

TableLilly Pulitzer's retail store sales per gross square foot for Fiscal 2014 were approximately $730 for the 23 retail stores which were open the full Fiscal 2014 year compared to approximately $645 for the 19 Lilly Pulitzer stores open for the full Fiscal 2013 year. For relocated stores, if any, for which the square feet changed during the year, we included, for the purposes of Contents

the calculation above, the square feet of the relocated store based on the weighted average month-end square feet for the relocated store. The increase in sales per gross square foot from the prior year was primarily due to higher comparable store sales in stores open prior to Fiscal 2013 as well as the favorable impact of the inclusion of the stores opened in Fiscal 2013 in the Fiscal 2014 calculation.

The table below provides certain information regarding Lilly Pulitzer full-price retail stores as of February 2, 2013.

January 31, 2015.


Number of
Full-Price
Retail Stores

Florida

 5
Number of
Full-Price
Retail Stores

Florida

9
New York

3

Pennsylvania

Maryland2

Texas

North Carolina2

Other

Ohio
27
Pennsylvania2

Total

Texas
219
Other6

Total

28
Average square feet per store

2,8003,100

Total square feet at year-end

79,00058,400

The table below reflects the changes in store count for Lilly Pulitzer stores during fiscal 2012.

Fiscal 2014.


Full-Price
Retail Stores

Open as of beginning of fiscal year

2316

Opened during fiscal year

54

Closed during fiscal year

(1)

Open as of end of fiscal year

2819

During fiscal 2012,Fiscal 2014, the average total gross square feet, calculated as the average of the total gross square feet at the beginning and end of each quarter during the year, of full-price retail space was approximately 56,00075,000 square feet. We anticipate that the average total gross square feet of full-price retail space for Lilly Pulitzer will increase by approximately 14% in fiscal 2013 as compared to fiscal 2012 average total gross square feet amounts, if we open four new stores in fiscal 2013. In fiscal 2013,Fiscal 2015, we expect to open four or five full-pricesix retail stores, and we expect that thisto maintain a pace of domestic store openings will continue and possibly accelerate beyond fiscal 2013.four to six stores a year after Fiscal 2015. Although the specific locations and timing of all of our store openings have not been finalized, we anticipate opening full-price retail store locations in Cincinnati, Ohio; Durham, NorthKiawah Island, South Carolina; Nashville, Tennessee; Chicago, Illinois; and Hackensack, New JerseyOrlando, Coral Gables and Coconut Point, Florida in fiscal 2013.

Fiscal 2015. All but one of these stores is expected to open in the first half of the year.

The operation of full-price retail stores requires a greater amount of initial capital investment than wholesale operations, as well as greater ongoing operating costs. We anticipate that newmost future full-price retail store openings will generally be in the 2,500 square foot range as we believe thatfeet on average; however, many stores will be larger or smaller than 2,500 square feet with the determination of size of the store depending on a storevariety of this size will generally provide a better return on investment than a larger store.criteria. To open a 2,500 square foot Lilly Pulitzer full-price retail store, we anticipate

14



capital expenditures of approximately $0.8$0.7 million on average. For certainmost of our retail stores, the landlord often provides certain incentives to fund a portion of our capital expenditures.

        We may also incur capital expenditures if a lease expires and we determine it is appropriate to relocate a store to a new location in the same vicinity as the previous store. The cost of store relocations, if any, will generally be comparable to the costs of opening a new store.

In addition to new store openings, and relocations, we also incur capital expenditure costs related to remodels of existing stores, particularly when we renew or extend a lease beyond the original lease term, or otherwise determine that a remodel of a store is appropriate. We may also incur capital expenditures if a lease expires, or otherwise, and we determine it is appropriate to relocate a store to a new location in the same vicinity as the previous store. The costs associated with some remodels maycost of store relocations, if any, will generally be significant.

comparable to the cost of opening a new store.

In addition to operating Lilly Pulitzer full-price retail stores, another key element of our direct to consumer strategy is the lillypulitzer.com website, which represented 23%28% of Lilly Pulitzer's net sales in


Table of Contents

fiscal 2012 Fiscal 2014 compared to 16%25% in fiscal 2011. We believe our ability to effectively communicate the Lilly Pulitzer brand message to targeted consumers through social media and other methods of digital marketing is a significant factor in the success of the Lilly Pulitzer brand.Fiscal 2013. The Lilly Pulitzer e-commerce business has experienced significant growth in recent years and we anticipate that the rate of growth of the e-commerce business will exceedremain strong in the rate of growth in our full-price retail and wholesale businesses. future.

We also utilize the Lilly Pulitzer website as an effective means of liquidating discontinued or out-of-season inventory, which is an ongoing part of any apparel business, in a brand appropriate manner, by having a select number ofmanner. Usually, we have two e-commerce flash clearance sales duringper year, both of which are in typical industry end of season promotional periods. These sales are brand appropriate events that create a significant amount of excitement with loyal Lilly Pulitzer consumers, who are looking for an opportunity to purchase Lilly Pulitzer products at a discounted price. Each of these two e-commerce flash clearance sales are for a very limited number of days, allowing the Lilly Pulitzer website to essentially remain full-price for the remainder of the year.

Wholesale Operations

To complement our direct to consumer operations and have access to a larger group of consumers, including those who may wish to shop at a specialty store or department store, we continue to maintain our wholesale operations for Lilly Pulitzer through better department stores and specialty stores that generally follow a full-price retail model approach with limited discounting. Although we do not expect that the Lilly Pulitzer wholesale business will grow at the same pace as the direct to consumer distribution channel, we value our long-standing relationships with our wholesale customers and are committed to working with them to enhance the success of the Lilly Pulitzer brand within their stores. We believe that the integrity and continued success of the Lilly Pulitzer brand, including its direct to consumer operations, is dependent, in part, upon controlled wholesale distribution with careful selection of the retailers through which Lilly Pulitzer products are sold. During fiscal 2012, 46%Fiscal 2014, 38% of Lilly Pulitzer's net sales were sales to wholesale customers.

customers, with Lilly Pulitzer products available in more than 600 retail locations.

During fiscal 2012,Fiscal 2014, almost half of Lilly Pulitzer's wholesale sales were to certain wholesale customers, which we refer to as Lilly Pulitzer Signature Stores. For these stores, we enter into agreements whereby we grant the other party the right to independently operate a storeone or more stores as a Lilly Pulitzer Signature Store, within a specified geographic area, subject to certain conditions, including designating the majority ofsubstantially all the store specifically for Lilly Pulitzer products and adhering to certain trademark usage requirements. These agreements are generally for a one- or two-year period. We sell products to these Lilly Pulitzer Signature Stores on a wholesale basis and do not receive royalty income associated with these sales. As of February 2, 2013,January 31, 2015, there were approximately 6571 Lilly Pulitzer Signature Stores.

The remaining wholesale sales were to specialtybetter department stores and better departmentspecialty stores. Lilly Pulitzer's net sales to its five largest wholesale customers represented 16% of Lilly Pulitzer's net sales in fiscal 2012Fiscal 2014 with no individualits largest customer representing greater than 10%.6% of Lilly Pulitzer typically utilizes a combination of e-commerce flash clearance sales, select promotions within the owned Lilly Pulitzer full-price retail stores, off-price retailers and warehouse sales to dispose of any discontinued or out-of-season inventory.

Pulitzer's net sales.

We maintain Lilly Pulitzer apparel sales offices and showrooms in several locations, includingboth King of Prussia, Pennsylvania and New York.York City. Our wholesale operations for Lilly Pulitzer utilize a sales force consisting of salaried sales employees.

Licensing Operations

We license the Lilly Pulitzer trademark to licensees in categories beyond Lilly Pulitzer's core product categories. In the long-term, we believe licensing may be an attractive business opportunity for the Lilly Pulitzer brand.brand, particularly once our direct to consumer presence has expanded. Once a brand is established, licensing requires modest additional investment for us but can yield high-margin income. It also affords the opportunity to enhance overall brand awareness and exposure. In evaluating a potential Lilly Pulitzer licensee, we typically consider the candidate's experience, financial stability, manufacturing performance and marketing ability. We also evaluate the marketability and compatibility of the proposed products with other Lilly Pulitzer brand products.

Our agreements with Lilly Pulitzer licensees are for specific geographic areas and expire at various dates in the future. Generally, the agreements require minimum royalty payments as well as royalty and advertising payments based on specified

15



percentages of the licensee's net sales of the licensed products. Our license agreements generally provide us the right to approve all products, advertising and proposed channels of distribution.


Table of Contents

Third party license arrangements for Lilly Pulitzer products include the following product categories: bedding and home fashions,fashions; home furnishing fabrics,fabrics; stationery and gift products, eyewearproducts; and mobile device accessories.

Lilly Pulitzer's operating results are impacted by seasonality as the demand by specific product or style as well as demand by distribution channel may vary significantly depending on the time of year. The following table presents the percentage of net sales and operating income for Lilly Pulitzer by quarter for fiscal 2012:

Fiscal 2014:



 First Quarter Second Quarter Third Quarter Fourth Quarter First QuarterSecond QuarterThird QuarterFourth Quarter

Net sales

 29% 25% 22% 24%30%28%21%21%

Operating income

 54% 37% 17% (8)%46%35%13%6%

As the timing of certain unusual or non-recurring items, economic conditions, wholesale product shipments or other factors affecting the business may vary from one year to the next, we do not believe that net sales or operating income for any particular quarter or the distribution of net sales for fiscal 2012Fiscal 2014 are necessarily indicative of anticipated results for the full fiscal year or expected distribution in future years. We believe that the impact of a $4.5 million charge for the change in fair value of contingent consideration in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012, which resulted in an operating loss in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012, compared to a $0.6 million charge for the change in fair value of the contingent consideration in each of the first three quarters of fiscal 2012, causes the percentage of operating income by quarter for fiscal 2012 to not be indicative of the operating income distribution by quarter in future years.

The timing of Lilly Pulitzer's sales in the direct to consumer and wholesale distribution channels generally varies. Typically, the demand in the direct to consumer operations, including sales for our own stores and e-commerce sites, for Lilly Pulitzer products in our principal markets is generally higher in the spring, summer and resort seasons and lower in the fall season. However, wholesale product shipments are generally shipped prior to each of the retail selling seasons. Further, in the third quarter of our fiscal year, which has not historically been a strong direct to consumer or wholesale quarter for Lilly Pulitzer, Lilly Pulitzer has historically held a significant e-commerce flash clearance sale which results in e-commerce sales representing a larger percentage of total sales than in other fiscal quarters. As the allocation of sales within a quarter is impacted by the seasonality of direct to consumer and wholesale sales, we have presented in the following table the proportion of net sales for each quarter represented by each distribution channel for fiscal 2012,Fiscal 2014, which may not be indicative of the allocation of sales by distribution channel in future periods:


 First
Quarter
 Second
Quarter
 Third
Quarter
 Fourth
Quarter
 Full
Year
 

Full-price retail stores

 24% 44% 26% 28% 30%
First
Quarter
Second
Quarter
Third
Quarter
Fourth
Quarter
Full
Year
Full price retail stores31%45%26%33%34%

E-commerce

 16% 17% 36% 27% 24%18%23%44%32%28%

Wholesale

 60% 39% 38% 45% 46%51%32%30%35%38%
           

Total

 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%100%100%100%100%100%

Lanier Clothes designs, sources and marketsdistributes branded and private label men's apparel, with a focus on tailored clothing, including suits, sportcoats, suit separates and dress slacks, as well as casual pants and other dress apparel, across a wide range of price points, with the majority of the business at moderate price points. Substantially allThe majority of our Lanier Clothes branded products are sold under certain trademarks licensed to us by third parties. Licensed brands includedinclude Kenneth Cole®, Dockers®, and Geoffrey Beene® and Ike Behar®. Additionally, we design and market products for our owned Billy London®, Arnold Brant® and Oxford Republic® brands. Billy London is a modern, British-inspired fashion brand geared towards the value-oriented consumer, while Arnold Brant is an upscale tailored brand that is intended to blend modern elements of style with affordable


Table of Contents

luxury. brand. In addition to thethese branded businesses, Lanier Clothes designs and sources private label tailored clothingapparel products for certain customers. Significantcustomers, including a large private label brandspants program for which we produce tailored clothing include Lands' End®, Stafford®a warehouse club. The private label programs offer the retailer product exclusivity at generally higher gross margins than they would achieve on branded products, while allowing us the opportunity to leverage our design, sourcing and Alfani®, among others.distribution infrastructure. Sales of branded products represented 73%approximately 67% of Lanier Clothes' net sales during fiscal 2012, compared to 66% in fiscal 2011.

Fiscal 2014.

Our Lanier Clothes products are sold to department stores, national chains, department stores,warehouse clubs, discount retailers, specialty stores, specialty catalog retailers and discount retailersothers throughout the United States. Lanier Clothes' products are sold in more than 5,000 retail locations. In Lanier Clothes, we have long-standing relationships with some of the United States' largest retailers, with Men's Wearhouse, Macy's, Sears (which includes Lands' End)retailers. During Fiscal 2014, Lanier Clothes' four largest customers represented 20%, 16%, 15% and Burlington Coat Factory representing 19%, 19%, 14% and 13%, respectively,11% of Lanier Clothes' net sales, during fiscal 2012. Saleswhile sales to Lanier Clothes' 10 largest customers represented 91%86% of Lanier Clothes' net sales in fiscal 2012.sales. The amount and percentage of net sales attributable to an individual customer in future years may be different than fiscal 2012Fiscal 2014 amounts as sales are typically on an order by order or specific program basis and not tied to long-term contracts.


16



As much of Lanier Clothes' private label sales are program based, where for each program or season Lanier Clothes must bid for a program, an individual customer could increase, decrease or discontinue its purchases from us at any time. Thus, significant fluctuations in Lanier Clothes' operating results from one year to the next may result, particularly if a program is not renewed, the customer decides to use another vendor, we determine that the return on the program is not acceptable to us, a new program is initiated, there is a significant increase in the size of the program or otherwise. Additionally, in accordance with normal industry practice, as part of maintaining an ongoing relationship with certain customers, Lanier Clothes may be required to provide cooperative advertising or other incentives to the customer.
The moderate price point tailored clothing market is an extremely competitive apparel sector that is experiencing increasedwith significant competition at retail and gross margin pressures due to retail sales price pressures and sourcing cost increases. We continue to believe that the opportunities for branded tailored clothing are generally better than private label tailored clothing, although the challenges in branded tailored clothing are also significant.increases as fewer low cost sourcing alternatives exist. We believe that our Lanier Clothes business has historically excelled at bringing quality products to our customers at competitive prices and managing inventory risk appropriately while requiring minimal capital expenditure investments.

Design, Manufacturing, Sourcing, Marketing and Distribution

We believe that superior customer service and supply chain management, as well as the design of quality products, are all integral components of our strategy in the branded and private label tailored clothing market. Our Lanier Clothes' design teams, which are located in New York City, focus on the target consumer for each brand. The design process combines feedback from buyers and sales agents along with market trend research.

        Lanier Clothes manages production in Asia, Latin Americaresearch and Italy through a combination of effortsinput from our Lanier Clothes offices in Atlanta, Georgia and third party buying agents. During fiscal 2012, 31% of Lanier Clothes product purchases were from manufacturers located in China, compared to 45% in fiscal 2011 and 68% in fiscal 2010, as certain production continued to shift away from factories in China to Vietnam and India. Lanier Clothes purchased goods from approximately 150 suppliers in fiscal 2012. The 10 largest suppliers of Lanier Clothes provided 70% of the finished goods and raw materials Lanier Clothes acquired from third parties during fiscal 2012. In addition to purchasing products from third parties, Lanier Clothes operates a manufacturing facility, located in Merida, Mexico, which produced 22% of our Lanier Clothes products during fiscal 2012.

manufacturers. Our various Lanier Clothes products are manufactured from a variety of fibers, including wool, silk, linen, cotton and other natural fibers, as well as synthetics and blends of these materials.

Lanier Clothes manages production in Asia and Latin America through a combination of efforts from our Lanier Clothes offices in Atlanta, Georgia and third party buying agents. Lanier Clothes' sourcing operations are also supplemented, as appropriate, by third party contractors who may provide certain sourcing functions or in-country quality assurance to further enhance Lanier Clothes' global sourcing operations. During Fiscal 2014, 64% and 15% of Lanier Clothes product purchases were from manufacturers located in Vietnam and India, respectively. Lanier Clothes purchased goods from approximately 115 suppliers in Fiscal 2014. The majority10 largest suppliers of Lanier Clothes provided 88% of the finished goods and raw materials usedLanier Clothes acquired from third parties during Fiscal 2014, with 35% of our product purchases being from our largest third party supplier. In addition to purchasing products from third parties in Vietnam, India and other countries, Lanier Clothes operates a manufacturing facility, located in Merida, Mexico, which produced 13% of our Lanier Clothes products during Fiscal 2014.
The advertising efforts of Lanier Clothes are much more product specific than advertising for our owned lifestyle brands. For Lanier Clothes' manufacturing operationsbranded products, advertising primarily consists of co-operative advertising with our larger customers, contributions to the licensor based on a specified percentage of our net sales to fund the licensor's general brand advertising initiatives and attending brand appropriate trade shows. As a provider of private label apparel, we are purchased in the form of woven finished fabrics directly from various offshore fabric mills.

generally not responsible for advertising for private label brands.

For Lanier Clothes, we utilize a distribution center located in Toccoa, Georgia, as well as third party distribution centers for certain of our product shipments, where we receive goods from our suppliers, inspect those products and ship the goods to our customers. We seek to maintain sufficient levels of inventory to support programs for pre-booked orders and to meet customer demand for at-once ordering.ordering, including when consumers purchase products from our customers' websites and we ship directly to the consumer. For certain standard tailored clothing product styles, we maintain in-stock replenishment programs, providing shipment to customers within just a few days of receiving the order. These types of programs generally require higher inventory levels. Disposal of excess prior- seasonprior-season inventory is an ongoing part of our business and Lanier Clothes utilizes various off-price retailers to sell such products.


Table of Contents

We maintain apparel sales offices and showrooms for our Lanier Clothes products in several locations, including New York City and Atlanta. WeAtlanta and employ a sales force for Lanier Clothes primarily consisting of salaried employees. Lanier Clothes also operates the billylondonuk.com and menstailoreddirect.com websites, where certain Lanier Clothes'Clothes products may be purchased onlineon-line directly by consumers. In addition, Lanier Clothes also ships certain products directly to consumers who purchase products from the websites of certain of our wholesale customers.

Lanier Clothes' operating results are impacted by seasonality as the demand by specific product or style may vary significantly depending on the time of year. As a wholesale tailored clothingapparel business, in which product shipments generally occur prior to the retail selling seasons, the seasonality of Lanier Clothes generally reflects stronger spring and fall wholesale deliveries which typically occur in our first and third quarters.quarters; however, in some fiscal years this will not be the case due to much of

17



Lanier Clothes' operations being program-driven businesses. The following table presents the percentage of net sales and operating income for Lanier Clothes by quarter for fiscal 2012:

Fiscal 2014:


 First Quarter Second Quarter Third Quarter Fourth Quarter First QuarterSecond QuarterThird QuarterFourth Quarter

Net sales

 31% 23% 25% 21%25%19%32%24%

Operating income

 37% 22% 22% 19%25%14%32%29%

As the timing of certain unusual or non-recurring items, economic conditions, wholesale product shipments, the introduction of new programs, the loss of programs or customers or other factors affecting the business may vary from one year to the next, we do not believe that net sales or operating lossincome for any particular quarter or the distribution of net sales and operating lossincome for fiscal 2012Fiscal 2014 are necessarily indicative of anticipated results for the full fiscal year or expected distribution in future years. The first quarter of fiscal 2012 operating results were unusually strong compared to the other quarters of fiscal 2012 primarily due to the shift in timing of shipments into that quarter, as well as the negative gross margin impact on operating margins, as discussed in Part II, Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, included in this report, which was more significant subsequent to the first quarter of fiscal 2012.

Ben Sherman

Ben Sherman is a London-based designer, marketer and distributor of men's branded sportswear and related products. Ben Sherman was established in 1963 as an edgy shirt brand that was adopted by the followers of the contemporary London music scene known as modernists or "Mods" and has throughout its history been inspired by what is new and current in British art, music, culture and style. The brand has evolved into a British modernist lifestyle brand of apparel targeted at style conscious men ages 25 to 40 in multiple markets throughout the world. During fiscal 2012, 39%Fiscal 2014, approximately 40%, 25% and 31%25% of Ben Sherman's net sales occurred in the United Kingdom, continental Europe and the United States, respectively, with the remainder of the sales predominantly in Europe.respectively. Ben Sherman products can be found in better department stores, a variety of independent specialty stores and our owned and licensed Ben Sherman retail stores, as well as on the Ben Sherman e-commerce websites. We also license the Ben Sherman name for various product categories.

We believe the attraction of the Ben Sherman brand to our consumers is a reflection of our efforts to ensure that we maintain appropriate quality and design of our apparel and licensed products, while also implementing restricted distribution of the Ben Sherman products to a select tier of retailers. We believe this approach to quality, design and distribution will allow us to achieve higher retail price pointsincreases consumer desire for our Ben Sherman products than we have historically achieved.products. We believe that the retail sales value of all Ben Sherman branded products sold during fiscal 2012,Fiscal 2014, including our estimate of retail sales by our wholesale customers and other third party retailers, exceeded $275was approximately $225 million.


Table of Contents

        InBen Sherman has faced challenges in recent years,years. At the same time, we have implemented certain initiatives to elevate ourelevated the wholesale distribution in order to attain higher price points for ourof the Ben Sherman men's products, reduce our infrastructure and license certain of our non-core businesses to third parties to allow us to focus our resources on our core business—men's sportswear.brand. Although we have made significant strides in elevating our wholesale distribution, we believehave not realized enough sales at higher distribution levels to date to replace the sales from accounts that we still have additional stepsexited. On March 24, 2015, our Board of Directors authorized our management to take in order to achieve our ideal wholesale distribution, which may result inpursue a further decline of wholesale sales in the short-term. Additionally, in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012 and first quarter of fiscal 2013 we have taken additional actions to further reduce the infrastructure and operating costs of Ben Sherman given the smaller sales base in recent years and, at the same time, ensure that the direction of the brand is focused. We believe that the initiatives taken thus far and expected in the short-term are critical steps towards improving the operating resultssale of the Ben Sherman brand.business.  We believe thathave engaged Financo, Ltd. as our financial advisor to assist in the long-term,transaction process. We plan to continue to operate the Ben Sherman withbusiness during the process, and although we expect to complete a smaller infrastructure,sale within Fiscal 2015 no specific timetable has been set for consummation of a transaction. There can be no assurance that a transaction will have growth opportunities iftake place, and our Board of Directors may consider other alternatives for the elevationBen Sherman business that it believes are in the best interest of the brand is successful and the economic conditions improve.

Ben Sherman men's apparel products are developed by our dedicated design teams located at the Ben Sherman headquarters in London, England. Our Ben Sherman design teams focus on the target consumer, and the design process combines feedback from buyers, consumers and our sales force, along with market trend research. We design our Ben Sherman apparel products to incorporate various fiber types, including cotton, wool or other natural fibers, synthetics, or blends of two or more of these materials.

We primarily utilize a large third party buying agent based in Hong Kong to manage the production and sourcing of the majority of our Ben Sherman apparel products;products, supplemented by our sourcing office in India. During Fiscal 2014 we used approximately 66%50 suppliers primarily located in Asia to manufacture our Ben Sherman products. During Fiscal 2014, 38% and 33% of our Ben Sherman apparel products arewere sourced from China and India. Through this buying agent and a sourcing office we operate in India, during fiscal 2012 we used approximately 100 suppliers primarily located in China, India and Thailand to manufacture our Ben Sherman products. Therespectively, while the largest 10 suppliers provided 55%67% of the Ben Sherman products acquired during fiscal 2012.

Fiscal 2014.

We believe that advertising and marketing are an integral part of the long-term strategy of the Ben Sherman brand, and we therefore devote significant resources to advertising and marketing. We intend that Ben Sherman advertising will engage individuals within the brand's consumer demographic and guide them on a regular basis to our retail stores, e-commerce websites and wholesale customers' stores in search of our products. The marketing of the Ben Sherman brand includes traditional media such as print, catalogs and other correspondence with customers, as well as moving media and trade show initiatives. However, an increasing amount of Ben Sherman's marketing focus involves email, Internet and social media advertising. We believe that it is very important that a lifestyle brand communicate regularly with consumers via the use of

18



email, Internet and social media about product offerings or other brand events in order to maintain and strengthen the brands' connections with its consumers.
We also believe that highly visible retail store locations with creative design, broad merchandise selection and brand appropriate visual presentation are key enticements for customers to visit our retail stores and buy merchandise. We intend that our retail stores enhance the shopping experience of our customers, which we believe will increase consumer brand loyalty. Marketing initiatives at certain of our retail stores may include special event promotions and a variety of public relations activities designed to create awareness of our stores and products. We believe that our retail store operations as well as our traditional and electronic media communications increase the sales of our own retail stores and e-commerce operations, as well as the sales of our products for our wholesale customers.
For certain of our wholesale customers, we also provide point-of-sale materials and signage to enhance the presentation of our branded products at their retail locations and/or participate in cooperative advertising programs.
Ben Sherman uses a third party distribution center in the United Kingdom for its products sold in the United Kingdom and continental Europe. This distribution center provides warehouse and distribution services for our Ben Sherman products sold in the United Kingdom and continental Europe. In the United States, distribution services are performed for Ben Sherman at our owned distribution center in Lyons, Georgia. Distribution center activities include receiving finished goods, inspecting the products and shipping the products to wholesale customers, our Ben Sherman retail stores and our e-commerce customers. We seek to maintain sufficient levels of inventory to support pre-booked orders and anticipated sales volumesome limited replenishment ordering for our wholesale customers as well as sales for our direct to consumer operations.

Wholesale Operations

During fiscal 2012, 62%Fiscal 2014, 55% of Ben Sherman's net sales were sales to wholesale customers, andincluding international distributors.distributors, with Ben Sherman products available in more than 1,200 retail locations. During fiscal 2012, 21%Fiscal 2014, 27% of Ben Sherman's net sales were to its five largest customers, of which no individualwith its largest customer accounted for greater than 10%representing 7% of Ben Sherman's net sales. As discussed above, in recent years, we have implemented certain initiatives to elevate our wholesale distribution in order to attain higher price points for our Ben Sherman men's products which, if effective, will provide growth opportunities for the brand in the future. We maintain Ben Sherman apparel sales offices and showrooms in several locations, including London, New York City, Amsterdam and Dusseldorf, among others.Dusseldorf. Our wholesale operations for Ben Sherman utilize a sales force consisting of salaried sales employees and independent commissioned sales representatives.


Table of Contents

Our direct to consumer strategy for the Ben Sherman brand includes locating full-price retail stores in brand-appropriate street locations and malls. Each full-price retail store carries a wide range of merchandise, including apparel, footwear and accessories, all presented in a manner intended to enhance the Ben Sherman image. Our Ben Sherman full-price retail stores allow the opportunityus to present Ben Sherman's full line of current season products, including licensees' products. We believe our Ben Sherman retail stores provide high visibility of the brand and products and also enable us to stay close to the needs and preferences of consumers. We believe the presentation of these products in our Ben Sherman full-price retail stores helps build brand awareness and acceptance and thus enhances business with our wholesale customers. Our
While we make approximately 40% of the Ben Sherman product sold in our outlets specifically for our outlets, our Ben Sherman outlet stores also serve an important role in the overall inventory management by allowing us to sell discontinued and out-of-season products at better prices than are generally otherwise available from outside parties, while helpingallowing us protect the Ben Sherman brand by controllingto better control the distribution of such products, although at times we also utilize off-price retailers to sell these products.

Outlet store sales comprised 11% of Ben Sherman sales in Fiscal 2014.

The components of Ben Sherman's direct to consumer strategy include retail store, concession and e-commerce operations and represented 38%45% of Ben Sherman's net sales in fiscal 2012,Fiscal 2014, compared to 33%46% in fiscal 2011.Fiscal 2013. Retail store sales per gross square foot were approximately $665$730 for our Ben Sherman full-price retail stores which excludes outlets, which were open throughout the 53-week fiscal 2012Fiscal 2014 compared to approximately $750$655 for Ben Sherman full-price retail stores open throughout the 52-week fiscal 2011.Fiscal 2013. The decreaseincrease from fiscal 2011Fiscal 2013 was primarily due to lower full-pricehigher comparable retail store sales and the negative impact of lowersales. The above amounts for sales per square foot from two full-price stores located in the United Kingdom which opened in fiscal 2011.

do not include sales or square feet amounts for outlets and concessions.

The table below provides certain information regarding Ben Sherman retail stores as of February 2, 2013.

January 31, 2015.

19



 
Number
of Stores
Average
Square Feet
United Kingdom retail stores (1)7
2,300
Continental Europe retail stores2
1,900
United States retail stores3
4,000
Outlet stores (2)(3)9
1,800
Total21
2,200
Total gross square feet at year end46,000
 

 
 Number
of Stores
 Average
Square Feet
 

United States full-price retail stores

  4  3,700 

United Kingdom full-price retail stores

  6  2,000 

Germany full-price retail stores

  2  2,100 

Outlet stores(1)

  7  1,700 
       

Total

  19  2,300 
       

Total gross square feet at year end

  43,100    
       


(1)One United Kingdom retail store was closed subsequent to January 31, 2015.
(2)Includes four outlet stores in the United Kingdom and five outlet stores in continental Europe.
(3)Excludes two temporary outlet stores operated in the United Kingdom, which were opened in late Fiscal 2014 and are expected to close in the first half of Fiscal 2015.
(1)
Includes four, two and one outlet stores in the United Kingdom, Europe and the United States, respectively.

The table below reflects the changes in store count for Ben Sherman stores during fiscal 2012.

Fiscal 2014.

 Full-Price
Retail Stores
 Outlet Stores Total Retail StoresOutlet StoresTotal

Open as of beginning of fiscal year

 11 5 16 11
6
17

Opened during fiscal year

 1 2 3 1
4
5
       
Closed during fiscal year
(1)(1)

Open as of end of fiscal year

 12 7 19 12
9
21
       

We do not anticipate a significant increase in the retail store square feet from fiscal 2012 to fiscal 2013 as we do not currently have any plans to open any new Ben Sherman stores in fiscal 2013. However, we continue to evaluate potential locations and may open retail stores or outlets in the future if we identify locations which meet our investment criteria.Fiscal 2015. The operation of our retail stores requires a greater


Table of Contents

amount of initial capital investment than wholesale operations as well as greater ongoing operating costs. Based on recent store openings,Also, we have spent approximately $0.6 million of capital expenditures on average to build out a Ben Sherman full-price retail store and less than that to build out an outlet store. However, individual locations will vary. In some cases, the landlord has provided certain incentives to fund a portion of these capital expenditures.

        We also incur capital expenditures when a lease expires and we determine it is appropriate to relocate a store to a new location in the same vicinity as the previous store. The cost of store relocations will generally be comparable to the costs of opening a new store. In addition to our new store openings and relocations, we also incur capital expenditure costs related to remodels of existing stores, particularly when we renew or extend a lease beyond the original lease term, or otherwise determine that a remodel of a store is appropriate. The costs associated with some remodels may be significant.

We also incur capital expenditures when a lease expires and we determine it is appropriate to relocate a store to a new location in the same vicinity as the previous store.

Another component of our direct to consumer strategy is operating certain concession arrangements, whereby we operate Ben Sherman shops within department or other stores. The inventory at these locations is owned by us until sold to the consumer, at which time we recognize the full retail sales price. In these arrangements, a Ben Sherman employee is responsible for the area, and we pay a commission to the department store to cover occupancy and certain other costs associated with using the space. As of February 2, 2013,January 31, 2015, we operated nine12 concession locations in the United Kingdom.

        During fiscal 2011,

In addition to our retail store operations, we re-launched the Bensherman.com website in the United Kingdom and Europe, and during fiscal 2012 we re-launched the Bensherman.com website in the United States. Theseoperate various Ben Sherman websites which provide consumers the opportunity to purchase Ben Sherman products directly on-line. Although the netNet sales of Ben Sherman's e-commerce operations were less than 5% of net sales for Ben Sherman in fiscal 2012, we believe that the Ben Sherman customer base will embrace a high-quality, brand appropriate e-commerce site and that e-commerce is an important growth opportunity for the Ben Sherman brand.

Licensing/Distributor Operations

We license the Ben Sherman trademark to a variety of licensees in categories beyond Ben Sherman's core product categories, including footwear and kids apparel. We believe licensing is an attractive business opportunity for the Ben Sherman brand. Once a brand is established, licensing requires modest additional investment for us but can yield high-margin income. It also affords the opportunity to enhance overall brand awareness and exposure. In evaluating a potential Ben Sherman licensee, we typically consider the candidate's experience, financial stability, manufacturing performance and marketing ability. We also evaluate the marketability and compatibility of the proposed products with other Ben Sherman brand products.

Our agreements with Ben Sherman licensees are for specific geographic areas and expire at various dates in the future. Generally, the agreements require minimum royalty payments as well as royalty and advertising payments based on specified percentages of the licensee's net sales of the licensed products. Our license agreements generally provide us the right to approve all products, advertising and proposed channels of distribution.


Table of Contents

Third party license arrangements for Ben Sherman products include the following product categories:


20



FootwearKid's apparel
Men's watches and jewelryMen's tailored clothes and dress shirts
Men's hats, caps, scarves and glovesMen's neckwear and pocket squares
Men's fragrances and toiletriesMen's and boys' underwear, socks and sleepwear
Men's gift products 

In addition to the license agreements for the specific product categories listed above, we have also entered into certain international license/distribution agreements which give these third parties the opportunity to distribute Ben Sherman products in certain geographic areas around the world. The products sold by our licensees/distributors generally are identical to the products sold in the United Kingdom and United States.by us. In mostmany markets, our licensees/distributors are required to open retail stores in their respective geographic regions. As of February 2, 2013,January 31, 2015, our licensees/distributors operated 1916 Ben Sherman retail stores located in Australia, Asia, South Africa, EuropeMalaysia, Canada and Canada.

Seasonal Aspects of Business

Ben Sherman's net sales are impacted by seasonality as the demand by specific product or style, as well as by distribution channel, may vary significantly depending on the time of year. The sales of Ben Sherman generally align with a typical wholesale and retail apparel company whereby the fall and holiday seasons are generally stronger quarters than the first half of the fiscal year. The following table presents the percentage of net sales for Ben Sherman by quarter for fiscal 2012:

Fiscal 2014:

 
 First Quarter Second Quarter Third Quarter Fourth Quarter 

Net sales

  21% 25% 24% 30%
 First QuarterSecond QuarterThird QuarterFourth Quarter
Net sales19%24%24%33%
Operating Loss43%29%20%8%

As the timing of certain unusual or non-recurring items, economic conditions, wholesale product shipments or other factors affecting the business may vary from one year to the next, we do not believe that net sales or operating loss for any particular quarter or the distribution of net sales and operating loss for fiscal 2012Fiscal 2014 are necessarily indicative of anticipated results for the full fiscal year or expected distribution in future years. Specifically, we believe that as a result of the significant impact of the merchandising mix miss in the second half of fiscal 2012 and our expectation of improved operating results in future years, presenting the percentages of operating loss by quarter for Ben Sherman in fiscal 2012 would not be meaningful in assessing the seasonal aspects of the Ben Sherman business for future periods. Therefore, we have not included operating loss by quarter in the table above.

The timing of Ben Sherman's sales in the direct to consumer and wholesale distribution channels generally varies. Typically, the demand in the direct to consumer operations including sales for our own stores and e-commerce sites, for Ben Sherman products in our principal markets is generally higher in the fall and holiday seasons and lower in the spring and summer seasons. Wholesale product shipments are generally shipped prior to each of the retail selling seasons. As the allocation of sales within a quarter is impacted by the seasonality of direct to consumer and wholesale sales, we have presented in the following table the proportion of net sales for each quarter represented by each distribution channel for fiscal 2012,Fiscal 2014, which may not necessarily be indicative of the allocation of sales in future periods:


 First
Quarter
 Second
Quarter
 Third
Quarter
 Fourth
Quarter
 Full Year 
First
Quarter
Second
Quarter
Third
Quarter
Fourth
Quarter
Full Year

Wholesale

 66% 61% 65% 57% 62%58%49%59%55%55%

Direct to consumer

 34% 39% 35% 43% 38%
           
Direct to Consumer42%51%41%45%45%

Total

 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%100%100%100%100%100%

Table of Contents

Corporate and Other is a reconciling category for reporting purposes and includes our corporate offices, substantially all financing activities, elimination of inter-segment sales, LIFO inventory accounting adjustments, other costs that are not allocated to the operating groups and operations of our other businesses which are not included in our four operating groups.

        The operations that are included in Corporate and Other includegroups, including our Oxford Golf business and our Lyons, Georgia distribution center. center operations. LIFO inventory calculations are made on a legal entity basis which does not correspond to our operating group definitions; therefore, LIFO inventory accounting adjustments are not allocated to operating groups.

The Oxford Golf® brand is designed to appeal to a sophisticated golf apparel consumer with a preference for high quality and classic styling. In addition to apparel bearing the Oxford Golf trademark, Oxford Golf also sources some private label products for certain customers.small apparel companies. Our Oxford Golf products are primarily acquired on a package purchase, finished goods basis from third party producers outside of the United States. Oxford Golf seeks to maintain sufficient levels of inventory to support programs for pre-booked orders and at-once ordering. Oxford Golf employs a sales force consisting primarily of

21



commissioned sales agents. Our Lyons, Georgia distribution center receives finished goods from suppliers, inspects those products and ships the products to customers of our Oxford Golf business and to customers and retail stores of our Ben Sherman United States business while also performing certain warehouse and distribution services for third parties.

        References to results of operations, assets or liabilities related to discontinued operations within this report refer to the operations, assets or liabilities associated with our former Oxford Apparel operating group, which were sold on January 3, 2011. Our former Oxford Apparel operating group sold certain private label and branded apparel to a variety of customers. Additionally, unless otherwise indicated, all references to assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses included in this report reflect continuing operations and do not include any amounts related to the discontinued operations.


ADVERTISING AND MARKETING

        We believe that advertising and marketing are an integral part of the long-term strategy of our brands, and we therefore devote significant resources to advertising and marketing our brands. During fiscal 2012, we spent $27.6 million on advertising, marketing and promoting our products. For each of our lifestyle brands, we incurred advertising, marketing and promotions expenses of 3% to 6% of net sales of the lifestyle brand during fiscal 2012. Each of our operating groups manages the advertising, marketing and promotion of its brands. While the advertising of our lifestyle brands promotes our products, the primary emphasis is on brand image and brand lifestyle. We intend that the advertising will engage individuals within the brand's distinct consumer demographic and guide them on a regular basis to our retail stores, e-commerce websites or wholesale customers' stores in search of our products. The marketing of our lifestyle brands continues to include traditional media such as print, catalogs and other correspondence with customers, as well as moving media and trade show initiatives. However, an increasing amount of our marketing focus involves email, Internet and social media advertising. We believe that it is very important that we communicate regularly with our consumers via the use of email, Internet and social media about product offerings or other brand events in order to maintain and strengthen our brands' connections with our consumers.

        We also believe that highly visible retail store locations with creative design, broad merchandise selection and brand appropriate visual presentation are key enticements for customers to visit our retail stores and buy merchandise. We intend that our retail stores enhance the retail experience of our customers, which we believe will increase consumer brand loyalty. Marketing initiatives at certain of our retail stores may include special event promotions and a variety of public relations activities designed to create awareness of our stores and products. We believe that our retail store operations as well as our


TRADEMARKS

Table of Contents

traditional media and electronic media communications increase the sales of our own retail stores and e-commerce operations, as well as the sales of our products for our wholesale customers.

        For certain of our wholesale customers we also provide point-of-sale materials and signage to enhance the presentation of our branded products at their retail locations and/or participate in cooperative advertising programs.


TRADEMARKS

As discussed above, we own trademarks, several of which are very important to our business. Generally, our significant trademarks are subject to registrations and pending applications throughout the world for use on a variety of items of apparel and, in some cases, apparel-related products, accessories, home furnishings and beauty products, as well as in connection with retail services. We continue to expandevaluate our worldwide usage and registration of certain of our trademarks. In general, trademarks remain valid and enforceable as long as the trademarks are used in connection with our products and services in the relevant jurisdiction and the required registration renewals are filed. Our significant trademarks are discussed within each operating group description. Important factors relating to risks associated with our trademarks include, but are not limited to, those described in Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors.


PRODUCT SOURCING

We intend to maintain a flexible, diversified, cost-effective manufacturing basesourcing operations that providesprovide high-quality branded products. Our operating groups, either internally or through the use of third-party buying agents, source substantially all of our products from non-exclusive, third-party producers located in foreign countries or from our licensees for licensed products sold in our direct to consumer distribution channels. The use of contract manufacturers reduces the amount of capital investment required by us as operating manufacturing facilities can require a significant amount of capital investment. During fiscal 2012,Fiscal 2014, we sourced approximately 65%60% of our products from producers located in China.China and 12% of our products from producers in Vietnam, with less than 10% of our products sourced from each other single country. Although we place a high value on long-term relationships with our suppliers and have used many of our suppliers for a number of years, generally we do not have long-term contracts with our suppliers. Instead, we conduct business on an order-by-order basis. Thus, we compete with other companies for the production capacity of independent manufacturers. We believe that this approach provides us with the greatest flexibility in identifying the appropriate manufacturers while considering quality, cost, timing of product delivery and other criteria while also utilizing the expertise of the manufacturers. During fiscal 2012,Fiscal 2014, no individual third-party manufacturer supplied more than 10% of our product purchases.

We purchase substantially all of our Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and Ben Sherman products from third-party producers as package purchases of finished goods, which are manufactured with our oversight and to our design and fabric specifications. For package purchases, we regularlyWe depend upon the ability of third-party producers to secure a sufficient supply of raw materials specified by us, adequately finance the production of goods ordered and maintain sufficient manufacturing and shipping capacity rather than us providing or financing the costs of these items. We believe that purchasing substantially all of our focus on acquiringproducts as package purchases allows us to reduce our working capital requirements as we generally are not required to purchase, or finance the purchase of, the raw materials or other production costs related to our product purchases until we take ownership of the finished goods, which typically occurs when the goods are shipped by the third-party producers.

        For our Lanier Clothes operating group, we acquired the majority of our Lanier Clothes products during fiscal 2012 on a package purchase basis from third-party producers. The remainder of the inventory purchases from third parties were primarily on a CMT basis, which we consider to be purchases whereby we supply the fabric and purchase cut, sew and finish labor (or "cut, make, trim") from our third-party producers. As the ability and willingness of third-party tailored clothing apparel


Table of Contents

manufacturers to finance raw materials purchases continues to increase along with other changes in manufacturing and sourcing practices for tailored clothing, we anticipate that Lanier Clothes will continue to increase the percentage of goods acquired as package purchases of finished goods rather than CMT purchases. In addition to purchasing products from third parties, Lanier Clothes also operates our only owned manufacturing facility, which is located in Merida, Mexico and produced 22%13% of our Lanier Clothes products during fiscal 2012.

Fiscal 2014.

As the design, manufacture and transportation of apparel products for our brands may take as many as six months for each season, we typically make commitments months in advance of when products will arrive in our retail stores or our wholesale customers' stores. We continue to seek ways to reduce the time required from design and ordering to bringing products to our customer. As our merchandising departments must estimate our requirements for finished goods purchases for our own retail stores and e-commerce sites based on historical product demand data and other factors, and as purchases for our wholesale accounts must be committed to and purchased by us prior to the receipt of customer orders in some cases, we carry the risk that we have purchased more inventory than we will need.

        We are committedultimately desire.

As part of our commitment to sourcingsource our products in a lawful and responsible manner. As part of this commitment,manner, each of our operating groups has implemented a code of conduct program applicable to vendors that we purchase goods from, which includes provisions related to abiding by applicable laws as well as compliance with other business ethics, including related human rights, health, safety, working conditions, environmental and other requirements. We require that each of our vendors and licensees comply with the applicable code of conduct.conduct or substantially similar compliance standards. On an ongoing basis we assess vendors' compliance with the applicable code of conduct and applicable laws and regulations through assessmentsaudits performed by either our employees or our designated agents. This assessment of compliance by vendors is directed by our corporate leadership team. In the event we determine that a vendor is not abiding by the applicable code of conduct,our required standards, we work with the vendor to remediate the violation. If the violation is not satisfactorily remediated, we generally will discontinue use of the vendor.


IMPORT RESTRICTIONS AND OTHER GOVERNMENT REGULATIONS

22



We are exposed to certain risks as a result of our international operations. Almost all of our merchandise is manufactured by foreign suppliers. During fiscal 2012,Fiscal 2014, we sourced approximately 65%60% of our products from producers located in China. Our imported products are subject to customs, trade and other laws and regulations governing their entry into the United States and other countries where we sell our products.

Substantially all of the merchandise we acquire is subject to duties which are assessed on the value of the imported product and represent a material portion of the cost of the goods we sell. Duty rates vary depending on the type of garment and its fiber content and are subject to change in future periods. In addition, while the World Trade Organization's member nations have eliminated quotas on apparel and textiles, the United States and European countries into which we import our products are still allowed in certain circumstances to unilaterally impose "anti-dumping" or "countervailing" duties in response to threats to their comparable domestic industries.

In addition, apparel and other products sold by us are subject to stringent and complex product performance and security and safety standards, laws and other regulations. These regulations relate principally to product labeling, licensing requirements, certification of product safety and importer security procedures. We believe that we are in material compliance with those regulations. Our licensed products and licensing partners are also subject to regulation. Our agreements require our licensing partners to operate in compliance with all laws and regulations, and we are not aware of any violations which could reasonably be expected to have a material effect on our business or results of operations.

regulations.

Although we have not been materially inhibited from doing business in desired markets in the past, we cannot assure that significant impediments will not arise in the future as we expand product offerings and brands and enter into new markets. Our management regularly monitors proposed


Table of Contents

regulatory changes and the existing regulatory environment, including any impact on our operations or on our ability to import products.

Important factors relating to risks associated with government regulations include, but are not limited to, those described in Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors.


INFORMATION TECHNOLOGIES

We believe that sophisticated information systems and functionality are an important componentcomponents of maintaining our competitive position and supporting continued growth of our businesses.businesses, particularly in the ever changing consumer shopping environment. Our management information systems wereare designed to provide effective retail store, e-commerce and wholesale operations while emphasizing efficient point-of-sale, distribution center, design, sourcing, order processing, marketing, accounting and other functions. We use point-of-sale registers that capture sales data, track inventories and monitor traffic and other information in our retail stores. We regularly evaluate the adequacy of our information technologies and upgrade or enhance our systems to gain operating efficiencies, to provide additional consumer access and to support our anticipated growth as well as other changes in our business. We believe that continuous upgrading and enhancements to our management information systems with newer technology that offers greater efficiency, functionality and reporting capabilities is important to our operations and financial condition.


SEASONAL ASPECTS OF BUSINESS

Each of our operating groups is impacted by seasonality as the demand by specific product or style, as well as by distribution channel, may vary significantly depending on the time of year. For details of the impact of seasonality on each of our operating groups, see the business discussion of each operating group above. The following table presents our percentage of net sales and operating income by quarter for fiscal 2012:

 
 First
Quarter
 Second
Quarter
 Third
Quarter
 Fourth
Quarter(1)
 

Net sales

  27% 24% 21% 28%

Operating income

  48% 29% 9% 14%

Fiscal 2014:
(1)
The fourth quarter of fiscal 2012 operating income included a $4.5 million LIFO accounting charge. Additionally, the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012 included a charge of $4.5 million for the change in fair value of contingent consideration whereas the first three quarters of fiscal 2012 included a $0.6 million charge for the change in fair value of contingent consideration. These items resulted in the percentage of operating income in the fourth quarter being lower and the first three quarters being higher than if these charges did not occur in the fourth quarter.

 
First
Quarter
Second
Quarter
Third
Quarter
Fourth
Quarter
Net sales26%25%22%27%
Operating income34%32%3%31%
We anticipate that as our retail store operations increase in the future, the third quarter will continue to be our weakestsmallest net sales and operating income quarter and the percentage of the full year net sales and operating income generated in the third quarter will continue to decrease.decrease, absent any other factors that might impact seasonality. As the timing of certain unusual or non-recurring items, economic conditions, wholesale product shipments, weather or other factors affecting the retail business may vary from one year to the next, we do not believe that net sales or operating income for any particular quarter or the distribution of net sales and operating income for fiscal 2012Fiscal 2014 are necessarily indicative of anticipated results for the full fiscal year or expected distribution in future years.


ORDER BACKLOG

23



As more than 50%61% of our sales are direct to consumer sales, which are not reflected in an order backlog, and the order backlog for wholesale sales may be impacted by a variety of factors, we do not


Table of Contents

believe that order backlog information is necessarily indicative of sales to be expected for future periods. Therefore, we believe the order backlog is not material for an understanding of our business taken as a whole. Further, as our sales continue to shift towards direct to consumer rather than wholesale sales, the order backlog will continue to be less meaningful as a measure of our future sales and results of operations.


EMPLOYEES

As of February 2, 2013,January 31, 2015, we employed approximately 4,8005,400 persons, of whom approximately 75%80% were employed in the United States. Approximately 60%69% of our employees were retail store and restaurant employees. We believe our employee relations are good.


AVAILABLE

INFORMATION

Oxford Industries, Inc. is a Georgia corporation originally founded in 1942. Our corporate headquarters are located at 999 Peachtree Street, N.E., Ste. 688, Atlanta, Georgia 30309. Our Internet address is oxfordinc.com. Copies of our annual report on Form 10-K, proxy statement, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, are available free of charge on our website the same day that they are electronically filed with the SEC. The information on our website is not and should not be considered part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and is not incorporated by reference in this document.

Item 1A.    Risk Factors

The risks described below highlight some of the factors that could materially affect our operations. If any of these risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition, prospects and/or operating results may be adversely affected. These are not the only risks and uncertainties we face. We operate in a competitive and rapidly changing business environment, and additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently consider immaterial may also adversely affect our business.

We operate in a highly competitive industry and our success depends on the reputation and value of our brand names and our ability to offer innovative and market appropriate products that respond to rapidly changing fashion trends; any failure to maintain the reputation or value of our brands, to offer innovative, fashionable and desirable brands and products and/or to appropriately respond to competitive factors within our industry could adversely affect our business operations and financial condition.

We operate in a highly competitive industry and our success depends on the reputation and value of our brand names. We believe that the principal competitive factors in the apparel industry are the reputation, value and image of brand names; design; consumer preference; price; quality; marketing; and customer service. We believe that our ability to compete successfully is directly related to our proficiency in foreseeing changes and trends in fashion and consumer preference, and presenting appealing products for consumers.

The value of our brands could be diminished by actions taken by us or by our wholesale customers or others including marketing partners, who have interestsan interest in the brands, including by failing to respond to emerging fashion trends, orby selling products bearing our brands through distribution channels that are inconsistent with the retail channels in which our customers expect to find those brands, by becoming overly promotional.promotional or setting up consumer expectations for promotional activity for our products. We are becoming more reliant on social media as one of our marketing strategies and the value of our brands could be adversely affected if we do not effectively communicate our brand message through social media vehicles that interface with our consumers on a regular basis. In addition, we cannot always control the marketing and promotion of our products by our wholesale customers or other third parties and actions by such parties that are inconsistent with our own marketing efforts or that otherwise adversely affect the appeal of our products could diminish the value or reputation of one or more of our brands and have an adverse effect on our sales and business operations.


Table of Contents

During fiscal 2012,Fiscal 2014, Tommy Bahama'sBahama’s net sales represented 62%63% of our consolidated net sales, while Lilly Pulitzer'sPulitzer’s and Ben Sherman'sSherman’s net sales represented 14%17% and 10%8%, respectively, of our consolidated net sales. The limited diversification in our portfolio may heighten the risks we face if one of our brands fails to meet our expectations and/or is adversely impacted by any actions we or third parties take with respect to that brand or by competitive conditions in the apparel industry. For example, Ben Sherman's missteps in merchandise mix in the second half of fiscal 2012, coupled with the sluggish economic conditions in the United Kingdom and Europe during fiscal 2012, resulted in a fiscal 2012 operating loss of $10.9 million for Ben Sherman, which not only affected Ben Sherman's operating results but materially impacted our consolidated operating results and the amount of time required by our management to focus on the Ben Sherman operations.

Although certain of our products carry over from season to season, the apparel industry is subject to rapidly changing fashion trends and shifting consumer demands, particularly for our lifestyle branded Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and Ben Sherman products. Due to the competitive nature of the apparel industry, there can be no assurance that the demand for our

24



products will not decline or that we will be able to successfully evaluate and adapt our products to align with consumers'consumer preferences fashion trends and changes in consumer demographics. The introduction or repositioning of newproduct lines and productscategories and the entry of our products into new geographic territories often requires substantial costs in design, marketing and advertising, which may not be recovered if the productsthese initiatives are not successful. Any failure on our part to develop and market appealing products could result in lower sales and operating lossesweakened financial performance and/or harm the reputation and desirability of our brands.

        Additionally, since we generally make decisions regarding product designs several months in advance of the time when consumer acceptance can be measured, such a failure could result in a substantial amount of unsold inventory or other conditions, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. For example, the merchandise mix missteps in Ben Sherman during the second half of fiscal 2012 resulted in higher promotions in our direct to consumer operations, more off-price sales and more significant inventory markdowns during the second half of fiscal 2012, as we sought to liquidate excess Ben Sherman inventory.

The highly competitive apparel industry, characterized by low entry barriers, includes numerous domestic and foreign apparel designers, manufacturers, distributors, importers, licensors and retailers, some of whom may also be our customers and some of whom are significantly larger, more diversified and have significantly greater financial resources than we do. Certain of our competitors offer apparel for sale at lower initial price points than our products and/or at significant discounts, particularly in response to weak economic conditions, which resultshas resulted, and may continue to result, in moresignificant pricing pressure to reduce prices orwithin the risk that our products may not be as desirable asapparel industry. This has been exacerbated by structural headwinds in the specialty retail sector, where the growth of fast fashion and value fashion retailers and expansion of off-price retailers has shifted consumer expectations to lower priced products.products from traditional, well-known brands. Competitive factors within the apparel industry may result in reduced sales, increased costs, lower prices for our products and/or decreased margins.

We also license certain of our brands, including Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and Ben Sherman, to third party licensees. While we enter into comprehensive license and similar collaborative agreements with these third parties covering product design, product quality, sourcing, distribution, manufacturing and marketing requirements and approvals, there can be no guarantee our brands will not be negatively impacted through our association with products outside of our core apparel products, by the market perception of the third parties with whom we associate and/or due to the actions of a licensee. The improper or detrimental actions of a licensee could significantly impact the perception of our brands.

In addition, the reputation of our brands could be harmed if our third party manufacturers and vendors, substantially all of which are located outside the United States, fail to meet ourappropriate product safety, product quality and social compliance standards, including the terms of our applicable codes of conduct and vendor compliance standards. We cannot assure that our manufacturers and vendors will at all times conduct their operations in accordance with ethical practices or that the products we purchase will always meet our safety and quality control standards. Any violation of our applicable codes of conduct or local laws relating to labor conditions by our manufacturers or vendors or other


Table of Contents

actions or failures by us or such parties may result in negative public perception of our brands or products, as well as disrupt our supply chain, which may adversely affectingaffect our business operations.

The apparel industry is heavily influenced by general economic conditions, and a deterioration or worsening of consumer confidence or consumer purchases of discretionary products may adversely affect our business and financial condition.

        Consumers may generally consider our products discretionary items. condition, including as a result of adverse business conditions for third parties with whom we do business.

The apparel industry is cyclical and dependent upon the overall level of discretionary consumer spending, which changes as regional, domestic and international economic conditions change. Demand for our products ismay be significantly impacted by trends in consumer confidence and discretionary consumer spending, which may be influenced by employment levels, recessions, fuel and energy costs, availability of personal credit, interest rates, tax rates and changes in tax laws, the European debt crisis, declining purchasing power due to foreign currency fluctuations, personal debt levels, housing prices, stock market volatility, general political conditions and other factors. The factors impacting consumer confidence and discretionary consumer spending are outside of our control and difficult to predict, and, often, the apparel industry experiences longer periods of recession and greater declines than the general economy.

        Starting in 2008, the global economic environment began to deteriorate. This has been characterized by a dramatic decline in consumer discretionary spending disproportionately affecting our industry. While we have seen intermittent signs of stabilization in the United States since fiscal 2010, there is continued volatility in the European markets. There are no assurances that the United States, European or global economy will recover in the near future or that recessionary conditions will not return to or worsen in these markets. In addition, the European sovereign debt crisis or unstable political conditions, or potential or actual international conflicts, in the Middle East or other parts of the world, could result in disruptions to sourcing of our products from foreign markets. Any deterioration or worsening of consumer confidence or discretionary consumer spending, or disruptions to our supply chain from macroeconomic conditions,which has been negatively impacted in the past few years, could reduce our sales increaseand/or adversely affect our costs of goods sold or require us to significantly modify our current business practices.

and financial condition.

Additionally, significant changes in the operations or liquidity of any of the parties with which we conduct our business, including suppliers, customers, trademark licensees and lenders, among others, now or in the future, or in the access to capital markets for any such parties, could result in lower demand for our products, lower sales, higher costs or other disruptions in our business.

In response to technological advancements, retailers are shifting how they interact with their consumers and facilitate transactions, and our ability to execute our direct to consumer retail strategies in our branded businesses and/or the effect of the shift in the manner in which retail consumers transact business, subjects us to risks that could adversely affect our financial results and operations.
Certain of our brands, including Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and Ben Sherman, distribute products through brick and mortar retail stores and e-commerce websites and regularly communicate with consumers through social media and other methods of digital marketing. One of our key initiatives is to grow our branded businesses through retail strategies that allow

25



our consumers to access our brands whenever and wherever they choose to shop. Our success depends to a large degree on our ability to introduce new retail concepts and products, locate new retail locations with the proper consumer demographics, establish the infrastructure necessary to support growth, source sufficient levels of inventory, hire and train qualified associates, anticipate and implement innovations in sales and marketing technology to align with our consumers’ shopping preferences and maintain brand specific websites and other social media presence that offer the functionality and security customers expect.
In addition, in response to technological advancements, retail consumers have shifted their shopping behavior in recent years, with computers, mobile phones, tablets and other devices facilitating retail transactions anywhere in the world and allowing greater consumer transparency in product pricing and competitive offerings from other retailers. As a result, retailers have been forced to shift the way in which they do business, including development of applications for electronic devices; improvement of guest-facing technology; one-day or same-day delivery of products purchased online (including through the enhancement of inventory management systems and their interface with e-commerce websites, the development and more effective use of additional distribution facilities, either owned or provided by a third party, and in-store enhancements that facilitate shipment of e-commerce transactions from traditional brick and mortar retail locations); free shipping of e-commerce transactions; greater and more fluid inventory availability between online transactional businesses and brick and mortar retail locations; and greater consistency in marketing and pricing strategies for online and traditional brick and mortar retail operations, including with respect to the retail pricing strategies of a retailer’s own product offerings and those of its wholesale customers.
The continuing shift in the manner in which consumers transact business globally and our efforts to respond to these changes and execute our direct to consumer retail strategies could adversely affect our financial results and operations as a result of, among other things: investment in technology and infrastructure in order to remain competitive (including investments to maintain modern technology and functionality similar to that provided by our competitors and expected by our customers); reliance on outdated technology that is not as appealing or functionally effective as those of our competitors; our own e-commerce business and/or third party offers diverting sales from our brick and mortar retail stores, where we have made substantial capital expenditures on leasehold improvements and have significant remaining long-term financial commitments, and rendering the traditional retail model more challenging financially; decision making with respect to the wholesale customers to whom we are willing to sell our products in order to maintain a consistent brand message and pricing strategy; any failure to properly communicate our brand message or recreate the ambiance of our retail stores through social media; a reliance on third party service providers for software, processing and similar services; liability for our online content; credit card fraud; and failure of computer systems, theft of personal consumer information and computer viruses. If we are unable to properly manage these risks and effectively respond to the behavioral shift in consumer expectations, we may lose sales and/or our reputation and credibility may be damaged.
There are risks associated with the announcement of our pursuit of strategic alternatives to sell our Ben Sherman operations, which could adversely affect our ongoing operations, divert management’s attention and negatively impact our results of operations.
On March 26, 2015, we announced that we are pursuing a sale of our Ben Sherman business. We plan to continue to operate the Ben Sherman business during this process. However, the announcement could impact confidence about the long-term implications for the brand among our customers and other third party distribution partners and others and could negatively impact sales and operating results. There can be no assurance that we will enter into a transaction in the future or as to the timing of such a transaction, nor can we be certain as to the terms or structure of such a transaction, including the potential for recognizing a loss on such a divestiture transaction or the magnitude of such a loss. The announcement may subject us, in particular Ben Sherman, to substantial risks and uncertainties that may result in a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations, including our ability to identify and consummate a transaction that is in the best interests of our shareholders; reaction by, and the impact on relationships with, current and prospective customers and third party licensees, international distributors and vendors pending a decision on a transaction; potential disruption to Ben Sherman’s operations and management that could occur leading up to and after a transaction is chosen; diversion of senior management’s attention towards executing our strategy to exit the Ben Sherman business; and the loss of key personnel at Ben Sherman pending a decision on a transaction.
Loss of one or more of our key wholesale customers, or a significant adverse change in a customer’s financial performance or financial position, could negatively impact our net sales and profitability.
We generate a significant percentage of our wholesale sales from a few key customers. For example, during Fiscal 2014, 41% of our consolidated wholesale sales were to our five largest customers. Over the last several years, there has been a trend towards greater consolidation in the retail industry, centralized purchasing decisions within consolidated customer groups, significant levels of store closures by large retailers, increased prevalence and emphasis on private label products at large retailers and direct sourcing of products by large retailers. A decrease in the number of stores that carry our products,

26



restructuring of our customers’ operations, more centralized purchasing decisions, continued store closures by major department stores, direct sourcing and greater leverage by customers, as a result of further consolidation in the retail industry or otherwise, could result in lower prices, realignment of customer affiliations or other factors which could negatively impact our net sales and profitability.
We generally do not have long-term contracts with any of our wholesale customers. Instead, we rely on long-standing relationships with these customers and our position within the marketplace. As a result, purchases generally occur on an order-by-order basis, and each relationship can generally be terminated by either party at any time. A decision by one or more of our key wholesale customers to terminate its relationship with us or to reduce its purchases from us, whether motivated by competitive considerations, quality or style issues, financial difficulties, economic conditions or otherwise, or our own decision to terminate or curtail our sales to a particular customer, whether for brand protection or enhancement or otherwise, could adversely affect our net sales and profitability, as it would be difficult to immediately, if at all, replace this business with new customers, reduce our operating costs or increase sales volumes with other existing customers.
In addition, due to long product lead times, our product lines are typically designed and manufactured in anticipation of orders for sale. We make commitments for production in connection with these lines up to several months prior to the receipt of firm orders from customers, and if orders do not materialize or are canceled, we may incur expenses to terminate our production commitments or incur losses in order to dispose excess inventories.
We also extend credit to most of our key wholesale customers without requiring collateral, which results in a large amount of receivables from just a few customers. At January 31, 2015, our five largest outstanding customer balances represented $26 million, or 32% of our consolidated receivables balance. Companies in the apparel industry, including some of our customers, may experience financial difficulties, including bankruptcies, restructurings and reorganizations, tightened credit markets and/or declining sales and profitability. A significant adverse change in a customer’s financial position could cause us to limit or discontinue business with that customer, require us to assume greater credit risk relating to that customer’s receivables or limit our ability to collect amounts related to shipments to that customer.
We rely to a large extent on third party producers in foreign countries to meet our production demands and failures by these producers to meet our requirements, or the unavailability of suitable producers at reasonable prices and/or changes in international trade regulation may negatively impact our ability to deliver quality products to our customers on a timely basis, disrupt our supply chain or result in higher costs or reduced net sales.

We source substantially all of our products from non-exclusive, third party producers located in foreign countries, including sourcing approximately 65%60% of our product purchases from China during fiscal 2012.Fiscal 2014. Although we place a high value on long-term relationships with our suppliers, generally we do not have long-term supply contracts but, instead, conduct business on an order-by-order basis. Therefore, we compete with other companies for the production capacity of independent manufacturers. We regularly depend uponon the ability of third party producers to secure a sufficient supply of raw materials, adequately finance the production of goods ordered and maintain sufficient manufacturing and shipping capacity. Although we monitor production in third party manufacturing locations, we cannot be certain that we will not experience operational difficulties with our manufacturers, such as the reduction of availability of production capacity, errors in complying with product specifications, insufficient quality control, failures to meet production deadlines or increases in manufacturing costs. Such difficulties may negatively impact our ability to deliver quality products to our customers on a timely basis, which may, in turn, have a negative impact on our customer relationships and result in lower net sales.


Table of Contents

Changes in international trade regulation and risks relatingIn addition, due to the importation of our products may cause our products to become less competitive, disrupt our supply chain and/or adversely affect our operations.

        We source substantially all of our products from foreign countries, most significantly China. As a result,sourcing activities, we are exposed to risks associated with changes in the laws and regulations governing the importing and exporting of apparel products into and from the countries in which we operate. Some of theThese risks associated with importing our products from foreign countries include changes in social, political, labor and economic conditions or terrorist acts that could result in the disruption of trade from the countries in which our manufacturers are located; the imposition of additional or new duties, tariffs, taxes, quota restrictions or other changes and shifts in sourcing patterns as a result of such changes; significant delays in the delivery of our products, due to security or other considerations; fluctuations in sourcing costs; the imposition of antidumping or countervailing duties; fluctuations in the value of the dollar against foreign currencies; changes in customs procedures for importing apparel products; and restrictions on the transfer of funds to or from foreign countries. We may not be able to offset any disruption to our supply chain as a result of any of these factors by shifting production to suitable manufacturers in other jurisdictions in a timely manner or at acceptable prices, and any of these factors could harm our business, result in a loss of sales and/or increase the costs of our goods.

        In addition, our, or any of our suppliers', failure to comply with customs or similar laws or any other applicable regulations could restrict our ability to import products or lead to fines, penalties or adverse publicity, and future regulatory actions or changes in international trade agreementsregulation may provide our competitors with a material advantage over us or materially increase our costs.

Loss of one or more of our key wholesale customers, or a significant adverse change in a customer's financial performance or financial position could negatively impact our net sales and profitability.

        We generate a significant percentage of our wholesale sales from a few major customers. During fiscal 2012, sales to our five largest customers accounted for 42% of our consolidated wholesale sales and sales to our largest wholesale customer represented 16% of our consolidated wholesale sales. Over the last several years, there has been a trend towards greater consolidation in the retail industry, as well as more centralized purchasing decisions within consolidated customer groups, and direct sourcing of products by large retailers. A decrease in the number of stores that carry our products, restructuring of our customers' operations, more centralized purchasing decisions, direct sourcing and greater leverage by customers, as a result of further consolidation in the retail industry or otherwise, could result in lower prices, realignment of customer affiliations or other factors which could negatively impact our net sales and profitability.

        We generally do not have long-term contracts with any of our customers. Instead, we rely on long-standing relationships with these customers and our position within the marketplace. As a result, purchases generally occur on an order-by-order basis, and each relationship can generally be terminated by either party at any time. A decision by one or more of our major customers to terminate its relationship with us or to reduce its purchases from us, whether motivated by competitive considerations, quality or style issues, financial difficulties, economic conditions or otherwise, could adversely affect our net sales and profitability, as it would be difficult to immediately, if at all, replace this business with new customers or increase sales volumes with other existing customers.

        In addition, due to long product lead times, our product lines are typically designed and manufactured in anticipation of orders for sale. We make commitments for production in connection with these lines. These commitments can be made up to several months prior to the receipt of firm orders from customers, and if orders do not materialize or are canceled, we may incur expenses to terminate our production commitments or to dispose of excess inventories.

        We also extend credit to several of our key customers without requiring collateral, which results in a large amount of receivables from just a few customers. At February 2, 2013, our five largest

us.

Table of Contents

outstanding customer balances represented 37% of our consolidated receivables balance. Companies in the apparel industry, including some of our customers, may experience financial difficulties, including bankruptcies, restructurings and reorganizations, tightened credit markets and/or declining sales and profitability on a comparable store basis. A significant adverse change in a customer's financial position could cause us to limit or discontinue business with that customer, require us to assume greater credit risk relating to that customer's receivables or limit our ability to collect amounts related to previous shipments to that customer.

We rely on the proper operation of our primary distribution facilities in order to support our direct to consumer operations, meet customer expectations, manage inventory, complete sales and achieve operating efficiencies, and any disruption or failure in these facilities may materially adversely affect our business or operations.

        Our ability to support our direct to consumer operations, meet customer expectations, manage inventory and achieve objectives for operating efficiencies depends on the proper operation of our primary brand-focused distribution facilities, each of which manages the receipt, storage, sorting, packing and distribution of finished goods for one of our operating groups. The primary distribution facilities that we operate are: a distribution center in Auburn, Washington for our Tommy Bahama products; a distribution center in King of Prussia, Pennsylvania for our Lilly Pulitzer products; a distribution center in Toccoa, Georgia for our Lanier Clothes products; and a distribution center in Lyons, Georgia for our Ben Sherman products sold in the United States. In addition, in the United Kingdom, we utilize a third party distribution center that manages substantially all of the distribution activities for our Ben Sherman products sold in the United Kingdom and Europe. During fiscal 2013, we expect to transition the Ben Sherman distribution center activities in the United Kingdom to another third party facility.

        If any of our primary distribution facilities were to shut down or otherwise become inoperable or inaccessible for any reason, including as a result of natural or man-made disasters, cybersecurity attacks, computer viruses or otherwise, if our distribution facilities fail to upgrade their technological systems to ensure efficient operations, if the goods in a distribution center were otherwise unavailable for shipment, as a result of a technology failure or otherwise, or if we experience any difficulty in transitioning our distribution activities for Ben Sherman in the United Kingdom, we could experience a reduction in sales, a substantial loss of inventory or higher costs, insufficient inventory at our retail stores to meet consumer expectations and longer lead times associated with the distribution of our products. In addition, for the distribution facilities that we operate, there are substantial fixed costs associated with these large, highly automated distribution centers. We could experience reduced operating and cost efficiencies during periods of economic weakness. Any disruption to our distribution facilities or in their efficient operation could negatively affect our operating results and our customer relationships.

Our operations are reliant on information technology and any interruption or other failure may impair our ability to provide products to our customers and meet the needs of management.

        The efficient operation of our business is dependent on information technology. Information systems are used in all stages of our operations from design to distribution and as a method of communication with our customers and suppliers. Additionally, certain of our operating groups utilize e-commerce websites to sell goods directly to consumers. Our management also relies on information systems to provide relevant and accurate information in order to allocate resources and forecast and report our operating results. Service interruptions may occur as a result of a number of factors, including power outages, computer viruses, hacking or other unlawful activities by third parties, disasters, or failures to properly install, upgrade, integrate, protect, repair or maintain our systems and e-commerce websites.


Table of Contents

        We regularly evaluate upgrades or enhancements to our information systems to more efficiently and competitively operate our business, including an ongoing transition towards more integrated systems for our businesses. We may experience difficulties during the implementation of this financial system and/or not be equipped to address system problems. Any material disruption in our information technology systems, or any failure to timely, efficiently and effectively integrate new systems, could have an adverse affect on our business or results of operations.

Our business depends on our senior management and other key personnel, and the unsuccessful transition of key management responsibilities, the unexpected loss of individuals integral to our business, our inability to attract and retain qualified personnel in the future or our failure to successfully plan for and implement succession of our senior

27



management and key personnel may have an adverse effect on our operations, business relationships and ability to execute our strategies.

        Over the last two years, we have announced various changes to our senior management, including the retirement of our long-time Chief Executive Officer Mr. J. Hicks Lanier from that position on December 31, 2012.

Our senior management has substantial experience and expertise in the apparel and related industries, with our newly elected Chief Executive Officer Mr. Thomas C. Chubb III having worked with our company for almostmore than 25 years, including in various executive management capacities. Changes in key management positions, including within our operating groups, have inherent risks, and there are no assurances that any of our recent changes in management will not disrupt our business or operations, distract employees and/or affect our strategic relationships.

Our success also depends upon disciplined execution at all levels of our organization, including our senior management. Competition for qualified personnel in the apparel industry is intense, and we compete to attract and retain these individuals with other companies that may have greater financial resources than us. While we believe that we have depth within our management team, if we lose any key executives, especially if one or more of these individuals join a competitor, our business and financial performance could be harmed.

In addition, we will need to plan for the succession of our senior management and successfully integrate new members of management within our organization. The unexpected loss of any of our senior management, or the unsuccessful integration of new leadership, could negatively affect our operations, business relationships and ability to execute our strategies.

Breaches of information security or privacy could damage our reputation or credibility and cause us financial harm.

As an ongoing part of our business operations, including direct to consumer transactions and marketing through various social media tools, we regularly collect and utilize sensitive and confidential personal information, including of our customers, employees and suppliers and including credit card information. The routine operation of our business involves the storage and transmission of customer personal information, preferences and credit card information, and we use social media and other online activities to connect with our customers. The regulatory environment governing our use of individually identifiable data of customers, employees and others is complex, and the security of personal information is a matter of public concern.
Cybersecurity attacks are becoming increasingly sophisticated, and experienced computer programmers and hackers may be able to penetrate our network security and misappropriate or compromise our confidential information or disrupt our systems. Consumer awareness and sensitivity to privacy breaches and cybersecurity threats has also heightened recently. Despite our implementation of security measures, if an actual or perceived data security breach occurs, whether as a result of cybersecurity attacks, computer viruses, vandalism, human error or otherwise, the image of our brands and our reputation and credibility could be damageddamaged. The costs to eliminate or alleviate cyber or other security problems and wevulnerabilities, including to comply with security or other measures under state, federal and international laws governing the unauthorized disclosure of confidential information or to resolve any litigation, and to enhance cybersecurity protection through organizational changes, deploying additional personnel and protection technologies, training employees, and engaging third party experts and consultants could experiencebe significant and result in significant financial losses and expenses, as well as lost sales.
In addition, privacy and information security laws and requirements change frequently, and compliance with them or similar security standards, such as those created by the payment card industry, may require us to modify our operations and/or incur costs to make necessary systems changes and implement new administrative processes. Our failure to comply with these laws and regulations, or similar security standards, could lead to fines, penalties or adverse publicity.

Our operations are reliant on information technology and any interruption or other failure, in particular at one of our principal distribution facilities, may impair our ability to provide products to our customers, efficiently conduct our operations, and meet the needs of our management.
The efficient operation of our business is dependent on information technology. Information systems are used in all stages of our operations and as a method of communication with our customers, service providers and suppliers. Additionally, each of our operating groups utilizes e-commerce websites to sell goods directly to consumers. Our management also relies on information systems to provide relevant and accurate information in order to allocate resources and forecast and report our operating results. Service interruptions may occur as a result of a number of factors, including power outages, consumer traffic levels, computer viruses, hacking or other unlawful activities by third parties, disasters, or failures to properly install, upgrade, integrate, protect, repair or maintain our various systems and e-commerce websites.
We regularly evaluate upgrades or enhancements to our information systems to more efficiently and competitively operate our businesses, including an ongoing transition towards more integrated systems for our businesses. We may experience difficulties during the implementation, upgrade or subsequent operation of our systems and/or not be equipped to address system problems. Any material disruption in our information technology systems, or any failure to timely, efficiently and effectively integrate new systems, could have an adverse affect on our business or results of operations.
We may additionally have a greater risk than our peers due to the concentration of our distribution facilities. The primary distribution facilities that we operate are: a distribution center in Auburn, Washington for our Tommy Bahama

28


Table


products; a distribution center in King of Contents

Prussia, Pennsylvania for our Lilly Pulitzer products; a distribution center in Toccoa, Georgia for our Lanier Clothes products; and a distribution center in Lyons, Georgia for our Ben Sherman products sold in the United States and for our Oxford Golf products. In addition, in the United Kingdom, we utilize a third party distribution center that manages substantially all of the distribution activities for our Ben Sherman products sold in the United Kingdom and continental Europe. Each of these distribution centers relies on computer-controlled and automated equipment, which may be subject to a number of risks. Our ability to support our direct to consumer operations, meet customer expectations, manage inventory and achieve objectives for operating efficiencies depends on the proper operation of these brand-focused distribution facilities, each of which manages the receipt, storage, sorting, packing and distribution of finished goods for one of our operating groups.

If any of our primary distribution facilities were to shut down or otherwise become inoperable or inaccessible for any reason, including as a result of natural or man-made disasters, cybersecurity attacks, computer viruses or otherwise, if our distribution facilities fail to upgrade their technological systems to ensure efficient operations, or if we are unable to receive goods in a distribution center or to ship the goods in a distribution center, as a result of a technology failure or otherwise, we could experience a reduction in sales, a substantial loss of inventory or higher costs, insufficient inventory at our retail stores to meet consumer expectations and longer lead times associated with the distribution of our products. In addition, for the distribution facilities that we operate, there are substantial fixed costs associated with these large, highly automated distribution centers, and we could experience reduced operating and cost efficiencies during periods of economic weakness. Any disruption to our distribution facilities or in their efficient operation could negatively affect our operating results and our customer relationships.
We may be unable to protect our trademarks and other intellectual property.

We believe that our trademarks and other intellectual property, as well as certain contractual arrangements, including licenses, and other proprietary intellectual property rights, have significant value and are important to our continued success and our competitive position due to their recognition by retailers and consumers. In fiscal 2012, 88%Fiscal 2014, 90% of our consolidated net sales were attributable to branded products for which we own the trademark. Therefore, our success depends to a significant degree uponon our ability to protect and preserve our intellectual property. We rely on laws in the United States and other countries to protect our proprietary rights. However, we may not be able to sufficiently prevent third parties from using our intellectual property without our authorization, particularly in those countries where the laws do not protect our proprietary rights as fully as in the United States. The use of our intellectual property or similar intellectual property by others could reduce or eliminate any competitive advantage we have developed, causing us to lose sales or otherwise harm the reputation of our brands.

From time to time, we discover products that are counterfeit reproductions of our products or that otherwise infringe on our proprietary rights. These activities typically increase as brand recognition increases, especially in markets outside the United States. Counterfeiting of our brands could divert sales away from our company,sales, and association of our brands with inferior counterfeit reproductions could adversely affect the integrity and reputation of our brands.

Additionally, there can be no assurance that the actions that we have taken will be adequate to prevent others from seeking to block sales of our products as violations of proprietary rights. As we extend our brands into new product categories and new product lines and expand the geographic scope of our distribution and marketing, we could become subject to litigation or challenge based on allegations of the infringement of intellectual property rights of third parties. In the event a claim of infringement against us is successful or would otherwise affect our operations, we may be required to pay damages, royalties or license fees or other costs to continue to use intellectual property rights that we had been using, or we may be unable to obtain necessary licenses from third parties at a reasonable cost or within a reasonable time. Litigation and other legal action of this type, regardless of whether it is successful, could result in substantial costs to us and diversion of the attention of our management and other resources.

Our business is subject to various federal, foreign, state and local laws and regulations, and the costs of compliance with, or the violation of, such laws and regulations could have an adverse effect on our costs or operations.

In the United States, we are subject to stringent standards, laws and other regulations, including those relating to health, product performance and safety, labor, employment, privacy and data security, anti-bribery, consumer protection, taxation, customs, logistics and similar operational issues. In addition, operating in foreign jurisdictions, including those where we may operate retail stores, requires compliance with similar laws and regulations. These laws and regulations, in the United States and abroad, are complex and often variesvary widely by jurisdiction, making it difficult for us to ensure that we are currently or will be in the future compliant with all applicable laws and regulations. We may be required to make significant expenditures or modify our business practices to comply with existing or future laws or regulations, and unfavorable resolution to litigation or a violation of applicable laws and regulations by us, or any of our suppliers or licensees, may restrict our ability to import

29



products, lead to fines or otherwise increase our costs, and/or materially limit our ability to operate our business.

business or result in adverse publicity.

We rely on our product design teams and our vendors to ensure that our products comply with regulatory requirements. If our products fail to comply with applicable regulations and standards, regardless of our culpability, or there are customer concerns about such issues, our reputation may be damaged, we may incur lost sales and/or we may need to recall products.
In addition, the restaurant industry is highly competitive and requires compliance with a variety of federal, state and local regulations. In particular, all of our Tommy Bahama restaurants serve alcohol and, therefore, maintain liquor licenses. Our ability to maintain our liquor licenses depends on our compliance with applicable laws and regulations. The loss of a liquor license would adversely affect the profitability of a restaurant. Additionally, as a participant in the restaurant industry, we face risks related to food quality, food-borne illness, injury, health inspection scores and labor relations.


Table of Contents

Regardless of whether any allegations related to these mattersof violations of the laws and regulations governing our business are valid or whether we ultimately become liable, we may be materially affected by negative publicity associated with these issues. TheFor example, the negative impact of adverse publicity relating to allegations of violations at one restaurantof our restaurants may extend beyond the restaurant involved to affect some or all of the other restaurants, as well as the image of the Tommy Bahama brand as a whole.

Additionally, as a publicly traded company, we are subject to a significant body of regulation, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act. Compliance with these regulations requires us to devote time and management resources to institute corporate processes and compliance programs and to update these processes and programs in response to newly implemented or changing regulatory requirements and could affect the manner in which we operate our businesses. We cannot provide assurance that we are or will be in compliance with all potentially applicable corporate regulations. We could be subject to a range of regulatory actions, fines or other sanctions or litigation or our brand reputation could suffer, either as a result of a failure to comply with any of these regulations or our disclosures in response to these regulations.
Changes in tax laws and unanticipated tax liabilities could adversely affect our effective income tax rate and profitability.

As a global apparel company, we are subject to income taxes in the United States and various foreign jurisdictions. We record our income tax liability based on an analysis and interpretation of local tax laws and regulations, which requires a significant amount of judgment and estimation. In addition, we may from time to time modify our operations in an effort to minimize our global income tax exposure. Our effective income tax rate in any particular period or in future periods may be affected by a number of factors, including among others a shift in the mix of revenues, income and/or losses among domestic and international sources during a year or over a period of years,years; changes in tax laws and regulations and/or international tax treaties; the outcome of income tax audits in various jurisdictions,jurisdictions; and the resolution of uncertain tax positions, any of which could adversely affect our effective income tax rate and profitability.

Fluctuations and volatility in the cost and availability of raw materials, labor and freight may materially increase our costs.

We and our third party suppliers rely on the availability of raw materials at reasonable prices. The principal fabrics used in our business are cotton, linens, wools, silk, other natural fibers, synthetics and blends of these materials. The prices paid for these fabrics depend on the market price for raw materials used to produce them. In addition, the cost of the materials that are used in our manufacturing process, such as oil-related commodity prices and other raw materials, such as dyes and chemicals, and other costs, can fluctuate. During fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2012,In recent years, we saw an increasehave from time to time seen increases in the costs of certain raw materials, particularly cotton, as a result of rising demand from the economic recovery, weather-related supply disruptions, significant declines in U.S. inventory and a sharp rise in the futures market for cotton. We historically have not entered into any futures contracts to hedge commodity prices.

In addition, in recent years, we have recently seen increases in the cost of labor at many of our suppliers, particularly with the growth of the middle class in certain developing countries, as well as in freight costs. In China, for example, apparel manufacturers have been experiencing increased costs resulting fromdue to labor shortages and the fluctuation of the Chinese Yuan in relation to the U.S. dollar, and these increased oil prices. costs are often passed on to us.
We believe that these cost pressures may not be alleviated in the near future and could further increase.

Although we attempt to mitigate the effect of increases in our cost of goods sold through sourcing initiatives and by selectively increasing the prices of our products, these product costing pressures, as well as other variable cost pressures, may materially increase our costs, and we may be unable to fully pass on these costs to our customers, particularly in our Lanier Clothes and Ben Sherman operating groups.

customers.


30



We may be unable to grow our business through organic growth and/or, if and when appropriate, acquisitions of lifestyle brands that fit within our business model, and any failure to successfully execute this aspect of our business strategy may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.

One component of our business strategy is to grow our business through organic growth and/or, if and when appropriate, acquisitions of lifestyle brands that fit within our business model. Organic growth may be achieved by, among other things, increasing sales in our direct to consumer channels; selling our products in new markets, including international markets; increasing our market share in existing markets, including to existing wholesale customers; selling our products in new markets, including international markets; increasing sales in our direct to consumer channels; and increasing the product offerings within our various operating groups. Successful growth of our business through organic growth and/or


Table of Contents

acquisitions is subject to, among other things, theour ability of our management to implement plans for expanding our existing businesses at satisfactory levels and our ability to find suitable acquisition candidates at reasonable prices in the future.future, particularly in the current acquisition climate where desirable acquisition candidates are garnering higher acquisition multiples than in prior years; there are multiple competitive bidders; there are competing bidders who may have more financial resources than us; and the competitive acquisition climate is further enhanced by the relatively low cost of available capital. We may not be successful in this regard,achieving suitable organic growth and/or growth through acquisitions, and our inability to grow our business may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, liquidity and results of operations.

Continued challenges with implementing our long-term strategic plans at Ben Sherman could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

        The Ben Sherman brand continues to face challenges due to our ongoing elevation of the distribution of the brand, the sluggish economic conditions in the United Kingdom and Europe and missteps in the merchandise mix in our own retail stores in the second half of fiscal 2012. Ben Sherman's recent results have been exacerbated by a number of related factors, including operational and product assortment issues relating to inventory management, control of expenses, buying and merchandising decisions, pricing decisions and underperformance of retail stores. While we believe that Ben Sherman will have growth opportunities in the long-term if the elevation of the brand is successful and the economic conditions in the United Kingdom and Europe improve, there can be no assurances that our actions will be successful. Continued operational or product issues could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

The acquisition of new businesses has certain inherent risks, including, for example, strains on our management team and unexpected acquisition costs.

        From time to time, we acquire new businesses or product lines when we believe appropriate investment opportunities are available. As a result of acquisitions, we may become responsible for unexpected liabilities that we failed or were unable to discover in the course of performing due diligence. Although we may be entitled to indemnification against undisclosed liabilities from the sellers of the acquired business, we cannot be certain that the indemnification, even if obtained, will be enforceable, collectible or sufficient in amount, scope or duration to fully offset the possible liabilities associated with the business or assets acquired. Any of these liabilities, individually or in the aggregate, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

        In addition, integrating acquired businesses is a complex, time-consuming and expensive process. The integration process for newly acquired businesses could create for us a number of challenges and adverse consequences associated with the integration of product lines, employees, sales teams and outsourced manufacturers; employee turnover, including key management and creative personnel of the acquired and existing businesses; disruption in product cycles for newly acquired product lines; maintenance of acceptable standards, controls, procedures and policies; and the impairment of relationships with customers of the acquired and existing businesses. Further, we may not be able to manage the combined operations and assets effectively or realize the anticipated benefits of the acquisition.

We may not be successful in identifying locations and negotiating appropriate lease terms for retail stores and restaurants.

restaurants and/or office locations.

An integral part of our strategy has been to develop and operate retail stores and restaurants for certain of our lifestyle brands. Net sales from our retail stores and restaurants were 44%47% of our consolidated net sales during fiscal 2012. WeFiscal 2014, and we expect to increase the number of our retail stores during fiscal 2013Fiscal 2015 and in future years, including opening Tommy Bahamayears. Many of our retail stores and restaurants are located in geographic territories where we have not previously operated Tommy Bahamashopping malls and lifestyle centers that benefit from the ability of “anchor” retail stores.

tenants, generally large department stores, and other area attractions and businesses, to generate sufficient levels of consumer traffic in the vicinity of our stores and restaurants.

We lease all of our retail store and restaurant locations. Successful operation of our retail stores and restaurants depends, in part, on our ability to identify desirable, brand appropriate retail locations,


Table of Contents

the overall ability of the retail location to attract a consumer base sufficient to make store sales volume profitable, and our ability to negotiate satisfactory lease terms and employ qualified personnel.personnel, and our ability to timely construct and complete any build-out and open the location in accordance with our plans. We compete with other retailersothers for these favorable store locations, lease terms and desired personnel. If we are unable to identify new locations with consumer traffic sufficient to support a profitable sales level or the local market reception to a new retail store opening is inconsistent with our expectations, retail growth may be limited. Further, if existingany decline in the volume of consumer traffic at our retail stores and restaurants, do not maintainwhether because of general economic conditions, changes in consumer shopping preferences or technology, a sufficient customer base that provides a reasonable sales volume, itdecline in the popularity of malls or lifestyle centers in general or at those in which we operate, the closing of anchor stores or other adjacent tenants, or otherwise, could have a negative impact on our sales, gross margin, and results of operations.

    Our retail store and restaurant leases generally represent long-term financial commitments, with substantial costs at lease inception for which we also incur substantial fixed costs for each location'sa location’s design, leasehold improvements, fixtures and systems installation. From time to time, we seek to downsize or close some of our retail store or restaurant operations, which may require a modification or termination of an existing lease; such actions may require payment of exit fees and/or result in fixed asset impairment charges, the amounts of which could be material.

In addition, our retail store and restaurant leases generally grant the third party landlord with discretion on a number of operational matters, such as store hours and construction of our improvements. The recentContinued consolidation within the commercial real estate development, operation and/or management industries, which has been prevalent in recent years, may further reduce our leverage with those parties, thereby materially adversely affecting the terms of future leases for our retail stores and restaurants or making entering into long-term commitments with such parties cost prohibitive.

During fiscal 2012,Fiscal 2015, we opened newexpect to relocate the current Tommy Bahama retail stores in various jurisdictions in Asiasales and also began operating stores in Australia,administration offices to another location within Seattle, Washington. The process of relocating our Tommy Bahama sales and administration offices is inherently complex, as it includes among other things consolidation of Tommy Bahama’s Women’s Design team from Pasadena, California into our other Seattle, Washington design functions and the transfer of our primary information technology systems to a third party co-located facility, and could cause significant disruption to our operations and cause the temporary diversion of management resources, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

31



In recent years, we have expanded our Tommy Bahama direct to consumer operations into international markets, and we anticipate continuing to expand our Tommy Bahama international operations in fiscal 2013;the future; these efforts may not be successful.

During the past three fiscal 2012,years, we opened threehave expanded our Tommy Bahama retail storesoperations into international markets, specifically in Asiathe Asia-Pacific region and acquired the Tommy Bahama business in Australia, including five retail stores, from our former licensee.Canada. We continue to look for additional, brand-appropriate locations for retail stores in these markets, with particular focus on Australia, Japan and Canada in the Asia/Australia markets and expect to open two retail stores, including a Tommy Bahama island, in Tokyo and a new retail store in Sydney, Australia during fiscal 2013.near term. The continued development of our Tommy Bahama international infrastructure and related store openings has had, and will continue to have, a negative impact on our operating results until we are able to adequately scale our infrastructure costs and generate sufficient sales in those operations to offset the ongoing infrastructure costs.

        Expanding

We have limited experience with regulatory environments and market practices related to international retail store operations in the Asia-Pacific region, and expanding our operations internationallyinto these territories requires significant capital investment and long-term commitments, and there are risks associated with doing business in these markets, including lack of brand recognition in certain markets; understanding fashion trends and satisfying consumer tastes, includingtastes; understanding sizing and fitting in these markets; market acceptance of our products, which is difficult to assess immediately; establishing appropriate market-specific operational and logistics functions and operational infrastructure;functions; managing compliance with the various legal requirements; staffing and managing foreign operations; fluctuations in currency exchange rates; obtaining governmental approvals that may be required to operate; potentially adverse tax implications; local regulations relating to employment and retail and restaurant operations; and maintaining proper levels of inventory. If we are unable to properly manage these risks or if our international expansion efforts do not prove successful, our business, financial condition and results of operations could suffer.

continue to be negatively impacted.

In addition, as we continue to expand our international Tommy Bahama operations, we are subject to certain anti-corruption laws, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, in addition to the local laws of the foreign countries into which we enter. If any of our international operations, or our employees or agents, violates such laws, we could become subject to sanctions or other penalties that could negatively affect our reputation, business and operating results.
In the future, we may elect to operate in certain international markets through joint ventures with third parties or distribution partners. Any such arrangements are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, including our reliance on the operational skill and expertise of a local joint venture partner, the ability of the joint venture to manage its employees and appropriately represent our brands in those markets, and any protective rights that we may be forced to grant to a joint venture partner, which could limit our ability to fully realize the anticipated benefits of such a relationship.
Our geographical concentration of retail stores and wholesale customers for certain of our products exposes us to certain regional risks.

Our retail locations are heavily concentrated in certain geographic areas in the United States, including Florida and California for our Tommy Bahama retail stores (42(52 out of 105133 domestic stores in these states as of February 2, 2013)January 31, 2015), Florida for our Lilly Pulitzer retail stores (five(nine out of 1928 stores as


Table of Contents

of February 2, 2013)January 31, 2015), and the United Kingdom for our Ben Sherman retail stores (10(11 out of 1921 stores as of February 2, 2013)January 31, 2015). Additionally, a significant portion of our wholesale sales for Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and Ben Sherman products are concentrated in the same geographic areas as our own retail store locations for these brands. Due to this concentration, we have heightened exposure to factors that impact these regions, including general economic conditions, weather patterns, natural disasters, changing demographics and other factors.

Our Internet operations subject us to risks that could adversely affect our results and operations.

        Certain of our brands, including Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and Ben Sherman, distribute products through their e-commerce websites and communicate with consumers through social media and other methods of digital marketing. These operations subject us to numerous risks that could adversely affect our results and operations, including diversion of sales from our brick-and-mortar retail stores; failure to properly communicate our brand message or recreate the ambiance of our retail stores; reliance on third party service providers for software, processing and similar services; liability for website content; credit card fraud; and failure of computer systems, theft of personal consumer information and computer viruses. If we are unable to properly manage these risks, we may lose sales and/or our reputation and credibility may be damaged.

Our business could be harmed if we fail to maintain proper inventory levels.

We schedule production from third party manufacturers based on our expectations for the demand for our products. However, we may be unable to sell the products we have ordered in advance from manufacturers or that we have in our inventory, which may result in inventory markdowns or the sale of excess inventory at discounted prices.prices and through off-price channels. These events could significantly harm our operating results and impair the image of our brands. Conversely, we may not be in a position to order quality products from our manufacturers in a timely manner and/or we may experience inventory shortages as demand for our products increases, which might result in unfilled orders, negatively impact customer relationships, diminish brand loyalty and result in lost sales, any of which could harm our business.

Our international operations, including foreign sourcing, result in an exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.

As a result of our international operations, we are exposed to certain risks in conducting business outside of the United States. Substantially allThe substantial majority of our orders for the production of apparel in foreign countries areis denominated in U.S. dollars. If the value of the U.S. dollar decreases relative to certain foreign currencies in the future, then the prices that we negotiate for

32



products could increase, and it is possible that we would not be able to pass this increase on to customers, which would negatively impact our margins. However, if the value of the U.S. dollar increases between the time a price is set and payment for a product, the price we pay may be higher than that paid for comparable goods by competitors that pay for goods in local currencies, and these competitors may be able to sell their products at more competitive prices. Additionally, currency fluctuations could also disrupt the business of our independent manufacturers by making their purchases of raw materials more expensive and difficult to finance.

We received U.S. dollars for more thanapproximately 90% of our product sales during fiscal 2012. The sales denominated in foreign currencies primarily relate to Ben Sherman sales in the United Kingdom and Europe.Fiscal 2014. As we increasefocus on increasing our Tommy Bahama operations in foreign markets the volume ofand continue to source our growing sales denominatedproduction from foreign manufacturers, we will have greater exposure to fluctuations in foreign currencies would be expected to increase.currency exchange rates. An increase in the value of the U.S. dollar compared to these other currencies in which we have sales could result in lower levels of sales and earnings in our consolidated statements of operations, although the sales in foreign currencies could be equal to or greater than amounts in prior periods. In addition, to the extent that a stronger U.S. dollar increases


Table of Contents

costs, and the products are sold in another currency, but the additional cost cannot be passed on to our customers, our gross margins will be negatively impacted.

Labor-related matters, including labor disputes, may adversely affect our operations.
We may be adversely affected as a result of labor disputes in our own operations or in those of third parties with whom we work. Our business depends on our ability to source and distribute products in a timely manner, and our new retail store and restaurant growth is dependent on timely construction of our locations. While we are not subject to any organized labor agreements and have historically enjoyed good employee relations, there can be no assurance that we will not experience work stoppages or other labor problems in the future with our non-unionized employees. In addition, potential labor disputes at independent factories where our goods are produced, shipping ports, or transportation carriers create risks for our business, particularly if a dispute results in work slowdowns, lockouts, strikes or other disruptions during our peak manufacturing, shipping and selling seasons. For example, a severe and prolonged disruption to ocean freight transportation, such as the disruption to West Coast port operations which began in 2014 continued into 2015 due to a port workers’ union dispute, could force us to re-route our merchandise through alternate and more expensive transportation systems, such as air freight. Further, we plan our inventory purchases and forecasts based on the anticipated timing of retail store and restaurant openings, which could be delayed as a result of a number of factors, including labor disputes among contractors engaged to construct our locations. Any potential labor dispute, either in our own operations or in those of third parties on whom we rely, could materially affect our costs, decrease our sales, harm our reputation or otherwise negatively affect our operations.
The acquisition of new businesses has certain inherent risks, including, for example, strains on our management team and unexpected acquisition costs.
From time to time, we acquire new businesses or product lines when we believe appropriate investment opportunities are available. For example during Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2013, we acquired the Tommy Bahama-related businesses in Australia and Canada, respectively, from our former licensees. As a result of acquisitions, we may become responsible for unexpected liabilities that we failed or were unable to discover in the course of performing due diligence. Although we may be entitled to indemnification against undisclosed liabilities from the sellers of the acquired business, we cannot be certain that the indemnification, even if obtained, will be enforceable, collectible or sufficient in amount, scope or duration to fully offset the possible liabilities associated with the business or assets acquired. Any of these liabilities, individually or in the aggregate, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
In addition, integrating acquired businesses is a complex, time-consuming and expensive process. The integration process for newly acquired businesses could create for us a number of challenges and adverse consequences associated with the integration of product lines, employees, sales teams and outsourced manufacturers; employee turnover, including key management and creative personnel of the acquired and existing businesses; disruption in product cycles for newly acquired product lines; maintenance of acceptable standards, controls, procedures and policies; operating business in new geographic territories; diversion of the attention of our management from other areas of our business; and the impairment of relationships with customers of the acquired and existing businesses. Further, we may not be able to manage the combined operations and assets effectively or realize the anticipated benefits of the acquisition.
We hold licenses for the use of other parties'parties’ brand names, and we cannot guarantee our continued use of such brand names or the quality or salability of such brand names.

We have entered into license and design agreements to use certain trademarks and trade names, such as Kenneth Cole, Dockers and Geoffrey Beene, and Ike Behar, to market some of our products. During fiscal 2012,Fiscal 2014, sales of products bearing brands licensed to us accounted for 8%6% of our consolidated net sales and 60%54% of our Lanier Clothes net sales. When we enter into these license and design agreements, they generally provide for short contract durations (typically three to five years); these agreements

33



often include options that we may exercise to extend the term of the contract but, when available, those option rights are subject to our satisfaction of certain contingencies (e.g., minimum sales thresholds) that may be difficult for us to satisfy. WeCompetitive conditions for the right to use popular trademarks means that we cannot guarantee that we will be able to renew these licenses on acceptable terms upon expiration, that the terms of any renewal will not result in operating margin pressures or reduced profitability, or that we will be able to acquire new licenses to use other populardesirable trademarks. The termination or expiration of a license agreement will cause us to lose the sales and any associated profits generated pursuant to such license and in certain cases could result in an impairment charge for related intangible assets.

Our license agreements generally require us to receive approval from the brand’s owner of all design and other elements of the licensed products we sell prior to production, as well as to receive approval from the brand owner of distribution channels in which we may sell and the manner in which we market and distribute licensed products. Any failure by us to comply with these requirements could result in the termination of the license agreement.
In addition to certain compliance obligations, all of our significant licenses provide minimum thresholds for royalty payments and advertising expenditures for each license year, which we must pay regardless of the level of our sales of the licensed products. If these thresholds are not met, our licensors may be permitted contractually to terminate these agreements or seek payment of minimum royalties even if the minimum sales are not achieved. In addition, our licensors produce their own products and license their trademarks to other third parties, and we are unable to control the quality of these goods that others produce. If licensors or others do not maintain the quality of these trademarks or if the brand image deteriorates, or the licensors otherwise change the parameters of design, pricing, distribution or marketing, our sales and any associated profits generated by such brands may decline.

We make use of debt to finance our operations, which exposes us to risks that could adversely affect our business, financial position and operating results.

Our levels of debt vary as a result of the seasonality of our business, investments in our operations and working capital needs. As of February 2, 2013,January 31, 2015, we had $108.6$104.8 million of borrowings outstanding under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement and $7.9$4.1 million in borrowings outstanding under our U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement. In the future, our debt levels may increase under our existing facilities or potentially under new facilities, or the terms or forms of our financing arrangements may change.

Our indebtedness includes, and any future indebtedness may include, certain obligations and limitations, including the periodic payment of principal and interest, maintenance of certain covenants and certain other limitations. The negative covenants in our debt agreements limit our ability to incur debt, guaranty certain obligations, incur liens, pay dividends, repurchase common stock, make investments, including the amount we may generally invest in, or use to support, our foreign operations, sell assets, make acquisitions, merge with other companies, or satisfy other debt. These obligations and limitations may increase our vulnerability to adverse economic and industry conditions, place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that are less leveraged and limit our flexibility in carrying out our business plan and planning for, or reacting to, changes in the industry in which we operate.

In addition, we have interest rate risk on indebtedness under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement and U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement. Our exposure to variable rate indebtedness may increase in the future, based on our working capital needsdebt levels and/or the terms of future financing arrangements. Although from time to time we enter into hedging arrangements to limit our exposure to interest rate risk, anAn increase in interest rates may require us to pay a greater amount of our funds


Table of Contents

from operations towards interest, even if the amount of borrowings outstanding remains the same. As a result, we may have to revise or delay our business plans, reduce or delay capital expenditures or otherwise adjust our plans for operations.

The continued growth of our business, including the completion of potentially desirable acquisitions, also depends on our access to sufficient funds. We typically rely on cash flow from operations and borrowings under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement to fund our working capital, capital expenditures and investment activities. As of January 31, 2015, we had $125.8 million in unused availability under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement. If the need arises in the future to finance expenditures in excess of those supported by our operations and existing credit facilities, we may need to seek additional funding, whether through debt or equity financing. Our ability to obtain that financing will depend on many factors, including prevailing market conditions, our financial condition and, depending on the sources of financing, our ability to negotiate favorable terms and conditions. The terms of any such financing or our inability to secure such financing could adversely affect our ability to execute our strategies.
Our operations may be affected by changes in weather patterns, natural or man-made disasters, war, terrorism or other catastrophes.


34



Our sales volume and operations may be adversely affected by unseasonable or severe weather conditions, natural or man-made disasters, war, terrorist attacks, including heightened security measures and responsive military actions, or other catastrophes which may cause consumers to alter their purchasing habits or result in a disruption to our operations. Because of the seasonality of our business, the concentration of a significant proportion of our retail stores and wholesale customers in certain geographic regions, the concentration of our sourcing operations and the concentration of our distribution operations, the occurrence of such events could disproportionately impact our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our business could be impacted as a result of actions by activist shareholders or others.
We may be subject, from time to time, to legal and business challenges in the operation of our company due to actions instituted by activist shareholders or others. Responding to such actions could be costly and time-consuming, may not align with our business strategies and could divert the attention of our Board of Directors and senior management from the pursuit of our business strategies. Perceived uncertainties as to our future direction as a result of shareholder activism may lead to the perception of a change in the direction of the business or other instability and may make it more difficult to attract and retain qualified personnel and business partners and may affect our relationships with vendors, customers and other third parties.
Item 1B.    Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2.    Properties

We lease and own space for our retail stores, distribution centers, manufacturing facilities and sales/administration office space and manufacturing facilities in various domestic and international locations. We believe that our existing properties are well maintained, are in good operating condition and will be adequate for our present level of operations.

In the ordinary course of business, we enter into lease agreements for retail space. Most of the leases require us to pay specified minimum rent, as well as a portion of operating expenses, real estate taxes and insurance applicable to the property, plus a contingent rent based on a percentage of the store's net sales in excess of a specific threshold. The leases have varying terms and expirations and may have provisions to extend, renew or terminate the lease agreement, among other terms and conditions, as negotiated.conditions. Assets leased under operating leases are not recognized as assets and liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets. Periodically, we assess the operating results of each of our retail stores and restaurants to assess whether the location provides, or is expected to provide, an appropriate long-term return on investment, whether the location remains brand appropriate and other factors. As a result of this assessment, we may determine that it is appropriate to close certain stores that do not continue to meet our investment criteria, not renew certain leases, exercise an early termination option, or otherwise negotiate an early termination. For existing leases in desirable locations, we anticipate that we will be able to extend our retail leases, to the extent that they expire in the near future, on terms that are satisfactory to us, or if necessary, locate substitute properties on acceptable terms. We also believe that there are abundantsufficient retail spaces available for the continued expansion of our retail store footprint in the near future.

As of February 2, 2013,January 31, 2015, our retail and restaurant operations utilized approximately 0.70.9 million square feet of leased retail and restaurant space in the United States, the United Kingdom, Canada, Australia, Asia and continental Europe. Each of our retail stores and restaurants is less than 20,000 square feet, and we do not believe that we are dependent upon any individual retail store or restaurant location for our business operations. Our Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and Ben Sherman retail stores are operated by the respective management of each operating group, and greater detail about the retail space used by each operating group is included in Part I, Item 1, Business included in this report.


Table of Contents

As of February 2, 2013,January 31, 2015, we also utilized approximately 1.01.1 million square feet of owned or leased distribution and manufacturing facilities in the United States and Mexico and approximately 0.4 million square feet of leased and owned administrative and sales space in various locations, including the United States, the United Kingdom, Hong Kong, Germany China and Hong Kong.China. In addition to our owned distribution facilities, we may utilize certain third party warehouse/distribution providers where we do not own or lease any space. Our distribution, manufacturing, administrative and sales facilities provide space for employees and functions used in support of our retail, wholesale and e-commerce operations. Details of the principal administrative, sales, distribution and manufacturing facilities utilizedused in our operations, including approximate square footage, are as follows:


35



Location
 Primary Use Operating Group Square
Footage
 Lease
Expiration
Primary UseOperating Group
Square
Footage
Lease
Expiration

Seattle, Washington

 Sales/administration 

Tommy Bahama

  80,000 2015Sales/administrationTommy Bahama80,000
2015 (1)

Auburn, Washington

 Distribution center 

Tommy Bahama

  260,000 2015Distribution centerTommy Bahama270,000
2025

King of Prussia, Pennsylvania

 Sales/administration 

Lilly Pulitzer

  40,000 OwnedSales/administrationLilly Pulitzer40,000
Owned

King of Prussia, Pennsylvania

 Distribution center 

Lilly Pulitzer

  65,000 OwnedDistribution centerLilly Pulitzer65,000
Owned
Toccoa, GeorgiaDistribution centerLanier Clothes310,000
Owned
Merida, MexicoManufacturing plantLanier Clothes80,000
Owned

London, England

 Sales/administration 

Ben Sherman

  20,000 2013Sales/administrationBen Sherman20,000
2024

Lurgan, Northern Ireland

 Sales/administration 

Ben Sherman

  10,000 OwnedSales/administrationBen Sherman10,000
Owned

Toccoa, Georgia

 Distribution center 

Lanier Clothes

  310,000 Owned

Merida, Mexico

 Manufacturing plant 

Lanier Clothes

  80,000 Owned

Atlanta, Georgia

 Sales/administration 

Corporate and Other and Lanier Clothes

  30,000 2023Sales/administrationCorporate and Other and Lanier Clothes30,000
2023

Lyons, Georgia

 Sales/administration 

Corporate and Other and Ben Sherman

  90,000 OwnedSales/administrationCorporate and Other and Ben Sherman90,000
Owned

Lyons, Georgia

 Distribution center 

Corporate and Other and Ben Sherman

  330,000 OwnedDistribution centerCorporate and Other and Ben Sherman330,000
Owned

New York, New York

 Sales/administration 

Various

  40,000 VariousSales/administrationVarious35,000
Various

Hong Kong

 Sales/administration 

Various

  20,000 VariousSales/administrationVarious20,000
Various


(1) As of January 31, 2015, we have entered into a ten year lease for approximately 110,000 square feet in Seattle, Washington for our Tommy Bahama operations to replace the current Tommy Bahama sales and administration office located in Seattle, Washington.

Item 3.    Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we are a party to litigation and regulatory actions arising in the ordinary course of business. We are not currently a party to litigation or regulatory actions, or aware of any proceedings contemplated by governmental authorities, that we believe could reasonably be expected to have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Item 4.    Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.


36



PART II

Table of Contents


PART II

Item 5.    Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market and Dividend Information

Our common stock is listed and traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "OXM." As of March 15, 2013,18, 2015, there were 320300 record holders of our common stock. The following table sets forth the high and low sale prices and quarter-end closing prices of our common stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange for the quarters indicated. Additionally, the table indicates the dividends per share declared on shares of our common stock by our Board of Directors for each quarter.


 High Low Close Dividends 

Fiscal 2012

 
HighLowCloseDividends
Fiscal 2014 
First Quarter$82.84
$64.17
$65.74
$0.21
Second Quarter$72.63
$58.53
$59.39
$0.21
Third Quarter$66.18
$58.11
$61.25
$0.21

Fourth Quarter

 $57.97 $43.69 $49.61 $0.15 $67.13
$50.13
$55.94
$0.21
Fiscal 2013 
First Quarter$60.71
$42.19
$60.61
$0.18
Second Quarter$69.09
$57.86
$68.20
$0.18

Third Quarter

 $59.36 $41.09 $53.90 $0.15 $72.25
$61.10
$69.84
$0.18

Second Quarter

 $50.44 $39.12 $44.24 $0.15 

First Quarter

 $52.64 $43.87 $49.44 $0.15 

Fiscal 2011

 

Fourth Quarter

 $49.69 $33.61 $49.24 $0.13 $82.16
$69.62
$75.47
$0.18

Third Quarter

 $41.20 $29.81 $39.70 $0.13 

Second Quarter

 $39.59 $30.05 $39.18 $0.13 

First Quarter

 $35.66 $22.48 $34.35 $0.13 

        On March 27, 2013, our Board of Directors approved a cash dividend of $0.18 per share payable on May 3, 2013 to shareholders of record as of the close of business on April 19, 2013. Although we

We have paid dividends in each quarter since we became a public company in July 1960,1960; however, we may discontinue or modify dividend payments at any time if we determine that other uses of our capital, including payment of outstanding debt, repurchases of outstanding shares, funding of acquisitions or funding of capital expenditures, may be in our best interest; if our expectations of future cash flows and future cash needs outweigh the ability to pay a dividend; or if the terms of our credit facilities, other debt instruments, contingent consideration arrangements or applicable law limit our ability to pay dividends. We may borrow to fund dividends in the short-term based on our expectation of operating cash flows in future periods subject to the terms and conditions of our credit facilities or other debt instruments and applicable law. All cash flow from operations will not necessarily be paid out as dividends in all periods.

For details about limitations on our ability to pay dividends, see Note 5 of our consolidated financial statements and Part II, Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, both contained in this report.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

We did not sell any unregistered equity securities during fiscal 2012.

Fiscal 2014.

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchases

Purchasers

We have certain stock incentive plans as described in Note 7 to our consolidated financial statements included in this report, all of which are publicly announced plans. Under the plans, we can repurchase shares from employees to cover employee tax liabilities related to the exercise of stock options or the vesting of previously restricted shares. We did not repurchase any of our common shares pursuant to these plans during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012.

Fiscal 2014.

Table of Contents

In the third quarter of fiscalFiscal 2012, our Board of Directors authorized us to spend up to $50 million to repurchase shares of our common stock. This authorization superseded and replaced all previous authorizations to repurchase shares of our common stock and has no automatic expiration. As of February 2, 2013,January 31, 2015, no shares of our common stock had been repurchased pursuant to this authorization.

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

The information required by this Item 5 of Part II will appear in our definitive proxy statement under the heading "Equity Compensation Plan Information" and is incorporated herein by reference.


37



Stock Price Performance Graph

The graph below reflects cumulative total shareholder return (assuming an initial investment of $100 and the reinvestment of dividends) on our common stock compared to the cumulative total return for a period of five years, beginning February 2, 2008January 30, 2010 and ending February 2, 2013,January 31, 2015, of:

The S&P SmallCap 600 Index; and


The S&P 500 Apparel, Accessories and Luxury Goods.


Comparison of Cumulative Total Return

 INDEXED RETURNS

  
 INDEXED RETURNS
Years Ended
 BaseYears Ending

 Base
Period
2/02/08
 Period 
Company / Index
 1/31/09 1/30/10 1/29/11 1/28/12 2/02/13 1/30/20101/29/2011
1/28/2012
2/2/2013
2/1/2014
1/31/2015

Oxford Industries, Inc.

 100 30.43 83.84 114.25 239.10 243.95 
Oxford Industries, Inc.100136.27
285.19
290.97
447.45
336.24

S&P SmallCap 600 Index

 100 61.72 85.77 111.55 121.52 140.99 100130.07
141.69
164.39
208.83
221.68

S&P 500 Apparel, Accessories & Luxury Goods

 100 51.33 97.00 133.27 190.31 176.87 100137.40
196.20
182.34
211.61
219.39

Table of Contents

Item 6.   Selected Financial Data

Our selected financial data included in the table below reflects (1) the results of operations for Lilly Pulitzer subsequent to its acquisition date of December 21, 2010 and (2) the divestiture of substantially all of the operations and assets of our former Oxford Apparel operations in fiscalFiscal 2010, resulting in those operations being classified as discontinued operations for all periods presented.

Unless otherwise indicated, all references to assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses included in this report reflect continuing operations and do not include any amounts related to the discontinued operations.

38




 Fiscal
2012
 Fiscal
2011
 Fiscal
2010
 Fiscal
2009
 Fiscal
2008
 Fiscal 2014
Fiscal 2013
Fiscal 2012
Fiscal 2011
Fiscal 2010

 (In millions, except per share amounts)
 (In millions, except per share amounts)

Net sales

 $855.5 $758.9 $603.9 $585.3 $699.1 $997.8
$917.1
$855.5
$758.9
$603.9

Cost of goods sold

 386.0 345.9 276.5 294.5 363.5 443.1
403.5
386.0
345.9
276.5
           

Gross profit

 469.6 413.0 327.4 290.8 335.6 554.7
513.6
469.5
413.0
327.4

SG&A

 410.7 358.6 302.0 283.7 328.1 488.9
447.6
410.7
358.6
302.0

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

 6.3 2.4 0.2   0.3
0.3
6.3
2.4
0.2

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

     307.5 

Royalties and other operating income

 16.4 16.8 15.4 11.8 15.7 18.1
19.0
16.4
16.8
15.4
           

Operating income (loss)

 69.0 68.8 40.7 18.9 (284.4)

(Loss) gain on repurchase of senior notes

 (9.1) (9.0)  (1.8) 7.8 
Operating income83.6
84.7
69.0
68.8
40.7
Loss on repurchase of senior notes

(9.1)(9.0)

Interest expense, net

 8.9 16.3 19.9 18.7 21.3 3.5
4.2
8.9
16.3
19.9
           

Earnings (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

 50.9 43.5 20.8 (1.6) (298.0)

Income taxes (benefit)

 19.6 14.3 4.5 (2.9) (19.8)
           

Earnings (loss) from continuing operations

 31.3 29.2 16.2 1.4 (278.1)

Earnings from discontinued operations, net of taxes

  0.1 62.4 13.2 6.6 
           

Net earnings (loss)

 $31.3 $29.4 $78.7 $14.6 (271.5)
           

Diluted earnings (loss) from continuing operations per share

 $1.89 $1.77 $0.98 $0.09 $(17.42)

Diluted earnings from discontinued operations per share

 $0.00 $0.01 $3.77 $0.81 $0.42 
           

Diluted net earnings (loss) per share

 $1.89 $1.78 $4.75 $0.90 $(17.00)
Earnings from continuing operations before income taxes80.1
80.5
50.9
43.5
20.8
Income taxes34.4
35.2
19.6
14.3
4.5
Earnings from continuing operations45.8
45.3
31.3
29.2
16.2
Earnings, including gain on sale in Fiscal 2010, from discontinued operations, net of taxes


0.1
62.4
Net earnings$45.8
$45.3
$31.3
$29.4
$78.7
Diluted earnings from continuing operations per share$2.78
$2.75
$1.89
$1.77
$0.98
Diluted earnings, including gain on sale in Fiscal 2010, from discontinued operations per share, including the gain on sale$
$
$
$0.01
$3.77
Diluted net earnings per share$2.78
$2.75
$1.89
$1.78
$4.75

Diluted weighted average shares outstanding

 16.6 16.5 16.6 16.3 16.0 16.5
16.5
16.6
16.5
16.6

Dividends declared

 $9.9 $8.6 $7.3 $5.9 $11.5 

Dividends declared per share

 $0.60 $0.52 $0.44 $0.36 $0.72 
Dividends declared and paid$13.9
$11.9
$9.9
$8.6
$7.3
Dividends declared and paid per share$0.84
$0.72
$0.60
$0.52
$0.44

Total assets, at period-end

 $556.1 $509.2 $558.5 $425.2 $467.7 $645.1
$627.3
$556.1
$509.2
$558.5

Long-term debt at period-end

 $108.6 $103.4 $147.1 $146.4 $194.2 $104.8
$137.6
$108.6
$103.4
$147.1

Shareholders' equity, at period-end

 $229.8 $204.1 $180.0 $104.4 $87.3 $290.6
$260.2
$229.8
$204.1
$180.0

Net cash provided by operating activities

 $67.5 $44.6 $35.7 $61.0 $51.8 $95.4
$52.7
$67.1
$44.2
$35.7

Capital expenditures

 $60.7 $35.3 $13.3 $11.3 $20.0 $50.4
$43.4
$60.7
$35.3
$13.3

Depreciation and amortization included in earnings from continuing operations

 $26.3 $27.2 $19.2 $22.6 $23.8 $37.6
$33.9
$26.3
$27.2
$19.2

Stock compensation expense included in earnings from continuing operations

 $2.8 $2.2 $4.5 $4.0 $3.4 $4.1
$1.7
$2.8
$2.2
$4.5

LIFO accounting charges included in earnings from continuing operations

 $4.0 $5.8 $3.8 $4.9 $0.5 $2.1
$
$4.0
$5.8
$3.8

Book value per share at period-end

 $13.85 $12.35 $10.90 $6.34 $5.50 $17.64
$15.85
$13.85
$12.35
$10.90

Table of Contents

Item 7.    Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion and analysis of our operations, cash flows, liquidity and capital resources should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements contained in this report.

OVERVIEW

OVERVIEW

We generate revenues and cash flow primarily through our design, sourcing, marketing and distribution of branded apparel products bearing the trademarks of our owned lifestyle brands, as well as certain licensed and private label apparel

39



products. We distribute our products through our direct to consumer distribution channels, including our retail stores, e-commerce sites and restaurants, and our wholesale distribution channel, which includes better department stores, specialty stores, national chains, specialty catalogs,warehouse clubs, mass merchants and Internet retailers. In fiscal 2012,Fiscal 2014, more than 90% of our consolidated net sales were to customers located in the United States, with the remaindersales outside the United States primarily being sales of our Ben Sherman products in the United Kingdom and Europe.continental Europe as well as sales of our Tommy Bahama products in Canada and the Asia-Pacific region. We source substantially all of our products through third party manufacturers located outside of the United States and United Kingdom.

States.


Our business strategy is to develop and market compelling lifestyle brands and products that are "fashion right" and evoke a strong emotional response from our target consumers. We strive to exploit the potential of our existing brands and products domestically and internationally and, as suitable opportunities arise, we may acquire additional lifestyle brands that we believe fit within our business model. We believe that lifestyle branded products that create an emotional connection with our target consumers can command greater customer loyalty and higher price points at retail, resulting in higher earnings. We also believe a successful lifestyle brand opens up greater opportunities for full-price direct to consumer operations as well as licensing opportunities in product categories beyond our core business. We strive to exploit the potential of our existing brands and licensing operations.

products and, as suitable opportunities arise, we may acquire additional lifestyle brands that we believe fit within our business model.


We operate in highly competitive domestic and international markets in which numerous U.S.-based and foreign apparel firms compete. No single apparel firm or small group of apparel firms dominatedominates the apparel industry and our direct competitors vary by operating group and distribution channel. We believe that the principal competitive factors in the apparel industry are the reputation, value and image of brand names; design; consumer preference; price; quality; marketing; and customer service. We believe that our ability to compete successfully in stylingdesign and marketing is directly related to our proficiency in foreseeing changes and trends in fashion and consumer preference, and presenting appealing products for consumers. In some instances, a retailer that is our customer may compete directly with us by offering certain of theirits own competingor other competitor's products some of which may be sourced directly by our customer, in their ownits retail stores. Additionally, the apparel industry is cyclical and dependent upon the overall level of discretionary consumer spending, which changes as regional, domestic and international economic conditions change. Often, negative economic conditions have a longer and more severe impact on the apparel and retail industry than thethese conditions have on other industries.


We believe the global economic conditions and resulting economic uncertainty that hashave prevailed in recent years continue to impact each of our operating groups, and the apparel industry as a whole. Although some signs of economic improvements exist, in the United States, unemployment levels remain high, theapparel retail environment remains veryincreasingly promotional and economic uncertainty remains. Further, the economies of the United Kingdom and Europe, which are important to our Ben Sherman operating group, continue to struggle more than the economy in the United States. We anticipate that sales of our products may continue to be impacted negatively impacted as long as the retail apparel environment remains promotional and there is an elevated level of economic uncertainty.uncertainty in the geographies in which we operate. Additionally, fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2012 werewe have been impacted in recent years by pricing pressures on raw materials, fuel, transportation, labor and other costs necessary for the production and sourcing of apparel products.

products, most of which appear to be permanent cost increases.


We believe that our Tommy BahamaBahama® and Lilly PulitzerPulitzer® lifestyle brands have significant opportunities for long-term growth in their direct to consumer businesses through expansion of our


Table of Contents

retail store operations, as we add additional retail store locations and with increasesincrease comparable store sales, and higher sales in same store andour e-commerce sales, with e-commerceoperations, which are likely to grow at a faster rate than comparable brick and mortar retail store operations.sales. We also believe that these lifestyle brands provide an opportunity for moderate sales increases in their wholesale businesses in the long-term primarily from our current customers adding to their existing door count and the selective addition of new wholesale customers.customers who generally follow a full-price retail model. We believe that in order to take advantage of opportunities for long-term growth for the brands, we must continue to invest in our Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer lifestyle brands.

brands in order to take advantage of their long-term growth opportunities. Investments include capital expenditures primarily related to the direct to consumer operations such as retail store build-out and remodels, technology enhancements and distribution center and administrative office expansion initiatives, as well as increased employment, advertising and other costs in key functions to support the ongoing business operations and fuel future net sales growth. We expect that the investments may continue to put downward pressure on our operating margins in the near future until we have sufficient sales to leverage the operating costs.


We believe that there are opportunities for modest sales growth for Lanier Clothes through new product programs; however, we also believe that the tailored clothing environment will continue to be very challenging, with competition and costing pressureswhich we believe will negatively impactingimpact net sales, operating income in Lanier Clothesand operating margin, particularly in the near term. TheOn March 24, 2015, our Board of Directors authorized our management to pursue a sale of the Ben Sherman lifestyle brand currently faces challenges duebusiness.  We have engaged Financo, Ltd. as our financial advisor to our ongoing elevation of the distribution of the brand, the sluggish economic conditionsassist in the United Kingdomtransaction process. We plan to continue to operate the Ben Sherman business during the process, and Europealthough we expect to complete a sale within Fiscal 2015 no specific timetable has been set for consummation of a transaction. There can be no assurance that a transaction will take place, and misstepsour Board of Directors may consider other alternatives for the Ben Sherman business that it believes are in the merchandise mix in our own retail stores in the second halfbest interest of fiscal 2012. We believe that in the long-term Ben Sherman will have opportunities to improve its operating results if the elevation of the brand is successful and the economic conditions in the United Kingdom and Europe improve.

shareholders.



40



We continue to believe that it is important to maintain a strong balance sheet and ample liquidity. We believe that our positive cash flow from operations in the future coupled with the strength of our balance sheet and liquidity will provide us amplewith sufficient resources to fund future investments in our lifestyle brands. In the future, we may add additional lifestyle brands to our portfolio, if we identify appropriate targets which meet our investment criteria; however,While we believe that we have significant opportunities to appropriately deploy our capital and resources in our existing lifestyle brands.

brands, in the future, we may also add additional lifestyle brands to our portfolio if we identify appropriate targets which meet our investment criteria.

The following table sets forth our consolidated operating results (in thousands, except per share amounts) for the 53-week fiscal 2012Fiscal 2014 compared to the 52-week fiscal 2011:

Fiscal 2013 :


 Fiscal 2012 Fiscal 2011 Fiscal 2014Fiscal 2013

Net sales

 $855,542 $758,913 $997,806
$917,097

Operating income

 $68,971 $68,807 $83,603
$84,670
     

Earnings from continuing operations

 $31,317 $29,243 

Earnings from continuing operations per diluted share

 $1.89 $1.77 
     

Net earnings

 $31,317 $29,380 $45,758
$45,291

Net earnings per diluted share from continuing operations

 $1.89 $1.78 
     
Net earnings per diluted share$2.78
$2.75


The primary reasons for the improvementhigher net earnings in earningsFiscal 2014 were:

Higher operating income in Lilly Pulitzer resulting from continuing operations were:

Improved operating results in both the Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer operating groups as well as the impact of fiscal 2012 being a 53-week year;

A reduction in interest expense in fiscal 2012 to $8.9 millionBen Sherman primarily due to (1) our borrowing atincreased net sales partially offset by lower gross margin and lower royalty income;
Lower income taxes primarily reflecting a lower effective tax rate; and
Lower interest rates in the second half of fiscal 2012 compared to the second half of fiscal 2011 due to our July 2012 redemption of the remaining $105.0 million in aggregate principal amount of our 113/8% senior secured notes due in 2015 ("Senior Secured Notes") and (2) the reduction in our average debt levels during the first half of fiscal 2012 compared to the first half of fiscal 2011 primarily as a result of our repurchase of $45.0 million in aggregate principal amount of our Senior Secured Notes during the second and third quarters of fiscal 2011; andexpense.


Fiscal 2012 not having purchase accounting charges while fiscal 2011 included purchase accounting charges of $1.0 million.

These favorable items were partially offset by:


Table

A larger operating loss in Corporate and Other reflecting higher incentive compensation, an unfavorable LIFO accounting charge and lower Oxford Golf sales in Fiscal 2014, while Fiscal 2013 included a gain on the sale of Contents

Lower operating income in Tommy Bahama reflecting lower gross margin and higher SG&A associated with pre-opening expenses of retail stores and the operation of retail stores opened in fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2012, including our Tommy Bahama New York location, (2) certain infrastructure, pre-opening retail store rent and other costs related to the Tommy Bahama international expansion, (3) higher SG&A to support the growing Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer businesses and (4) higher SG&A due to fiscal 2012 being a 53-week year while fiscal 2011 was a 52-week year;

A $6.3 million charge in fiscal 2012 related to the change in fair value of contingent consideration compared to a $2.4 million charge in fiscal 2011 with the increase resulting from our determination of a higher fair value of the obligation due to our assessment that the certainty of the payment of the contingent consideration related to the Lilly Pulitzer acquisition is more probable than we had determined in prior years; and

A higher effective tax rate in fiscal 2012 primarily due to our inability to recognize the income tax benefit of certain losses in foreign jurisdictions and having a greater proportion of our earnings in higher tax jurisdictions, whichexpanding operations, partially offset by the impact of certain favorable discrete items in that period. In fiscal 2011, we were able to recognize the income tax benefit of foreign jurisdiction losses as well as the impact of certain favorable discrete items.

        Earnings from discontinued operations reflect the operations related to substantially all of our former Oxford Apparel operating group, which we sold in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010. We do not anticipate significant operating income (loss) or cash flows associated with discontinued operations subsequent to fiscal 2011.

Amendmenthigher net sales and Restatement of the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement

        On June 14, 2012, we entered into the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement, which provides for a revolving credit facility of up to $235 million which may be used to refinance existing debt, to redeem our previously outstanding Senior Secured Notes, to fund working capital, to fund future acquisitions and for general corporate purposes.

        The U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement amended and restated the Prior Revolving Credit Agreement, as defined in Note 5 of our consolidated financial statements included in this report and which was entered into on August 15, 2008 and was scheduled to mature in August 2013. We believe that the covenants in the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement are generally less restrictive and provide greater flexibility than those contained in the Prior Revolving Credit Agreement. In addition, the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement allows us to include in our borrowing base certain amounts attributable to "eligible trademarks," which amounts would not have been available for inclusion in the borrowing base under the Prior Revolving Credit Agreement.

        The material terms of the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement are described in Note 5 in our consolidated financial statements and the Financial Condition, Liquidity and Capital Resources section of this Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, both contained in this report.

Senior Secured Notes Redemption and Repurchase

        On July 16, 2012, we redeemed all of the outstanding $105 million in principal amount of the Senior Secured Notes, which were scheduled to mature in July 2015. The redemption of the Senior Secured Notes at a premium of $6.0 million and the write-off of $3.1 million of unamortized deferred financing costs and unamortized bond discount resulted in a loss on repurchase of senior notes of $9.1 million. The redemption of the Senior Secured Notes satisfied and discharged all of our obligations with respect to the Senior Secured Notes and the related indenture and was funded through borrowings under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement and cash on hand.

higher royalty income.

Table of Contents

        During the second quarter and third quarters of fiscal 2011, we repurchased, in privately negotiated transactions, $45.0 million in aggregate principal amount of our Senior Secured Notes for $52.2 million, plus accrued interest, using cash on hand. The repurchase of the Senior Secured Notes and related write-off of $1.8 million of unamortized deferred financing costs and discount resulted in a loss on repurchase of senior notes of $9.0 million in fiscal 2011.


OPERATING GROUPS

Our business is primarily operatedoperates through our four operating groups: Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer, Lanier Clothes and Ben Sherman. We identify our operating groups based on the way our management organizes the components of our business for purposes of allocating resources and assessing performance. Our operating group structure reflects a brand-focused management approach, emphasizing operational coordination and resource allocation across theeach brand's direct to consumer, wholesale and licensing operations.

        Tommy Bahama designs, sources, markets and distributes men's and women's sportswear and related products. The target consumers For a description of Tommy Bahama are primarily affluent men and women age 35 and older who embrace a relaxed and casual approach to daily living. Tommy Bahama products can be found in our owned Tommy Bahama stores within and outside the United States and on our Tommy Bahama e-commerce website, tommybahama.com, as well as in better department stores and independent specialty stores throughout the United States and licensed Tommy Bahama stores in Canada and the United Arab Emirates. We also operate Tommy Bahama restaurants and license the Tommy Bahama name for various product categories.

        Lilly Pulitzer designs, sources and distributes upscale collectionseach of women's and girl's dresses, sportswear and related products. Lilly Pulitzer was originally created in the late 1950's and is an affluent brand with a heritage and aesthetic based on the Palm Beach resort lifestyle. The brand is somewhat unique among women's brands in that it has demonstrated multi-generational appeal, including young women in college or recently graduated from college; young mothers with their daughters; and women who are not tied to the academic calendar. Lilly Pulitzer products can be found in our owned Lilly Pulitzer stores, in Lilly Pulitzer Signature Stores and on our Lilly Pulitzer website, lillypulitzer.com, as well as in better department and independent specialty stores. We also license the Lilly Pulitzer name for various product categories.

        Lanier Clothes designs, sources and markets branded and private label men's tailored clothing, including suits, sportcoats, suit separates and dress slacks across a wide range of price points, with the majority of the business at moderate price points. Substantially all of our Lanier Clothes branded products are sold under certain trademarks licensed to us by third parties. Licensed brands included Kenneth Cole, Dockers, Geoffrey Beene and Ike Behar. Additionally, we design and market products for our owned Billy London, Arnold Brant and Oxford Republic brands. In addition to the branded businesses, which represented 73% of Lanier Clothes net sales in fiscal 2012, Lanier Clothes designs and sources private label tailored clothing products for certain customers. Our Lanier Clothes products are sold to national chains, department stores, specialty stores, specialty catalog retailers and discount retailers throughout the United States.

        Ben Sherman is a London-based designer, marketer and distributor of men's branded sportswear and related products. Ben Sherman was established in 1963 as an edgy shirt brand that was adopted by the "Mods" and has throughout its history been inspired by what is new and current in British art, music, culture and style. The brand has evolved into a British modernist lifestyle brand of apparel targeted at style conscious men ages 25 to 40 in multiple markets throughout the world. Ben Sherman products can be found in better department stores, a variety of independent specialty stores and our owned and licensed Ben Sherman retail stores, as well as on Ben Sherman e-commerce websites. We also license the Ben Sherman name for various product categories.


Table of Contents

        Corporate and Other is a reconciling category for reporting purposes and includes our corporate offices, substantially all financing activities, elimination of inter-segment sales, LIFO inventory accounting adjustments, other costs that are not allocated to the operating groups and operations of our other businesses which are not included in our four operating groups. LIFO inventory calculations are made on a legal entity basis which does not correspond to our operating group definitions; therefore, LIFO inventory accounting adjustments are not allocated to operating groups. The operations that are included in Corporate and Other include our Oxford Golf business and our Lyons, Georgia distribution center.

        For further information regarding our operating groups, see Part I, Item 1. Business and Note 102 to our consolidated financial statements, and Part I, Item 1, Business, both included in this report.



COMPARABLE STORE SALES

We often disclose comparable store sales in order to provide additional information regarding changes in our results of operations between periods. Historically, ourOur disclosures of comparable store sales have only includedinclude net sales at our full-price retail stores; however, beginning with the full 2012 fiscal year our disclosures include sales from our full-price stores and our e-commerce sites, excluding sales associated with e-commerce flash clearance sales. We believe that given the similar nature and process of inventory planning, allocation and return policy, as well as our cross-channel marketing and other initiatives, for the direct to consumer channel, the inclusion of both our full-price stores and e-commerce sites in the comparable store sales disclosures is a more meaningful way of reporting our comparable store sales results. Further, we believe that this change better alignsresults, given similar inventory planning, allocation and return policies, as well as our disclosures withcross-channel marketing and other companies within our industry. Additionally,initiatives for the direct to consumer channel. For our comparable store sales disclosures, we exclude (1) outlet store sales, warehouse sales and amounts related to e-commerce flash clearance sales, as those sales are used primarily to liquidate end of season inventory, which may vary significantly depending on the level of end of season inventory on hand and generally occursoccur at lower gross margins than our full-price direct to consumer sales. Also, our comparable store sales, metrics excludeand (2) restaurant sales, as we do not currently believe that the inclusion of restaurant sales would beis meaningful in assessing our consolidated results of operations. Thus, the comparableComparable store metrics disclosed by us reflect comparable full-price retail storessales information reflects net sales, including shipping and e-commerce sites, excluding e-commerce flash clearance sales, in total, unless specified otherwise.

handling revenues, if any, associated with product sales.

For purposes of our disclosures, we consider a comparable store to be, in addition to our e-commerce sites, a physical full-price retail store that was owned and open as of the beginning of the prior fiscal year and which did not have during the

41



relevant periods, and is not within the current fiscal year scheduled to, have, (1) a remodel resulting in the store being closed for an extended period of time (which we define as a period of two weeks or longer), (2) a greater than 15% change in the size of the retail space due to expansion reduction or relocation to a new retail space orreduction, (3) a relocation to a new space that was significantly different from the prior retail space.space, or (4) a closing or opening of a Tommy Bahama restaurant adjacent to the retail store. For those stores which are excluded from comparable stores based on the preceding sentence, we treat thosethe stores ascontinue to be excluded from comparable store sales until the criteria for a new store openings.is met subsequent to the remodel, relocation or restaurant closing or opening. Generally, a store that is remodeled will continue to be included in our comparable store metrics as a store is not typically closed for a two week period during a remodel. However, a store that is relocated generally will not be included in our comparable store metrics until that store has been open in the relocated space for the entirety of the prior fiscal year as the size or other characteristics of the store typically change significantly from the prior location. Additionally, any stores that were closed during the prior fiscal year or current fiscal year, or which we plan to close or vacate in the current fiscal year, are excluded from the definition of comparable stores.

Definitions and calculations of comparable store sales differ among companies in the retail industry,companies, and therefore comparable store metrics disclosed by us may not be comparable to the metrics disclosed by other companies.


Table of Contents


RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table sets forth the specified line items in our consolidated statements of earningsoperations both in dollars (in thousands) and as a percentage of net sales. We have calculated all percentages based on actual data, but percentage columns may not add due to rounding. Individual line items of our consolidated statements of earnings may not be directly comparable to those of our competitors, as classification of certain expenses may vary by company. For purposes of the tables below, "NM" means not meaningful.


 Fiscal 2012 Fiscal 2011 Fiscal 2010 Fiscal 2014Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012

Net sales

 $855,542 100.0%$758,913 100.0%$603,947 100.0%$997,806
100.0%$917,097
100.0%$855,542
100.0%

Cost of goods sold

 385,985 45.1% 345,944 45.6% 276,540 45.8%443,127
44.4%403,523
44.0%385,985
45.1%
             

Gross profit

 469,557 54.9% 412,969 54.4% 327,407 54.2%554,679
55.6%513,574
56.0%469,557
54.9%

SG&A

 410,737 48.0% 358,582 47.2% 301,975 50.0%488,924
49.0%447,645
48.8%410,737
48.0%

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

 6,285 0.7% 2,400 0.3% 200 0.0%275
%275
%6,285
0.7%

Royalties and other operating income

 16,436 1.9% 16,820 2.2% 15,430 2.6%18,123
1.8%19,016
2.1%16,436
1.9%
             

Operating income

 68,971 8.1% 68,807 9.1% 40,662 6.7%83,603
8.4%84,670
9.2%68,971
8.1%

Interest expense, net

 8,939 1.0% 16,266 2.1% 19,887 3.3%3,483
0.3%4,169
0.5%8,939
1.0%

Loss on repurchase of senior secured notes

 9,143 1.1% 9,017 1.2%   
             

Earnings from continuing operations before income taxes

 50,889 5.9% 43,524 5.7% 20,775 3.4%
Loss on repurchase of senior notes
%
%9,143
1.1%
Earnings before income taxes80,120
8.0%80,501
8.8%50,889
5.9%

Income taxes

 19,572 2.3% 14,281 1.9% 4,540 0.8%34,362
3.4%35,210
3.8%19,572
2.3%
             

Earnings from continuing operations

 $31,317 3.7%$29,243 3.9%$16,235 2.7%
             
Net earnings$45,758
4.6%$45,291
4.9%$31,317
3.7%

FISCAL 20122014 COMPARED TO FISCAL 20112013

The discussion and tables below compare certain line items included in our consolidated statements of operations for fiscal 2012Fiscal 2014 to fiscal 2011.Fiscal 2013, each of which included 52 weeks. Each dollar and percentage change provided reflects the change between these periods unless indicated otherwise. Each dollar and share amount included in the tables is in thousands except for per share amounts.

Individual line items of our consolidated statements of operations may not be directly comparable to those of our competitors, as classification of certain expenses may vary by company.

Net Sales


42




 Fiscal 2012 Fiscal 2011 $ Change % Change Fiscal 2014Fiscal 2013$ Change% Change

Tommy Bahama

 $528,639 $452,156 $76,483 16.9%$627,498
$584,941
$42,557
7.3 %

Lilly Pulitzer

 122,592 94,495 28,097 29.7%167,736
137,943
29,793
21.6 %

Lanier Clothes

 107,272 108,771 (1,499) (1.4)%112,934
109,530
3,404
3.1 %

Ben Sherman

 81,922 91,435 (9,513) (10.4)%77,481
67,218
10,263
15.3 %

Corporate and Other

 15,117 12,056 3,061 25.4%12,157
17,465
(5,308)(30.4)%
         

Total net sales

 $855,542 $758,913 $96,629 12.7%
         
Total$997,806
$917,097
$80,709
8.8 %

Consolidated net sales increased $96.6 million, or 12.7%, in fiscal 2012, which included 53 weeks, compared to fiscal 2011, which included 52 weeks, primarily due to8.8% reflecting the increase in net sales at Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer, which wereincreases in all operating groups partially offset by decreased netlower sales at Lanier Clothesin Corporate and Ben Sherman,Other, each as discussed below.


Table of Contents

Tommy Bahama:

        The Tommy Bahama Further, as direct to consumer sales increase of $76.5 million, or 16.9%, was primarily driven by (1) an increase in comparable store sales of $33.5 million, to $236.7 million in the 53-week fiscal 2012 compared to $203.2 million in the 52-week fiscal 2011, (2)grew at a net sales increase of $18.6 million associated with domestic retail stores and outlet stores opened in fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2012, (3) afaster rate than wholesale sales, increase of $14.7 million and (4) a net sales increase associated with our Tommy Bahama international operations in Australia and Asia of $4.5 million. The remaining sales increase primarily related to sales in our restaurants and our outlet stores opened for all of fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2012. Tommy Bahama apparel unit sales increased by 15.2% due to the higher volume in each distribution channel, and the average selling price per unit increased by 2.7% as sales in the direct to consumer channel of distribution which generally have a higher sales price per unit than wholesale sales, represented a greater proportionpercentage of consolidated net sales during Fiscal 2014 as presented below:

 Fiscal 2014Fiscal 2013
Full price retail stores and outlets40%40%
E-commerce14%12%
Restaurant7%7%
Wholesale39%41%
Total100%100%
Tommy Bahama:
The Tommy Bahama sales in fiscal 2012. As of February 2, 2013, Tommy Bahama operated 113 retail stores compared to 96 retail stores as of January 28, 2012.

Lilly Pulitzer:

        The Lilly Pulitzernet sales increase of $28.1 million, or 29.7%,7.3% was primarily driven by (1) an incremental net sales increase of $21.8 million associated with the operation of additional retail stores, including the Canadian retail stores acquired in the Second Quarter of Fiscal 2013, (2) a $9.9 million, or 4%, increase in comparable store sales, of $10.5 million,which includes full-price retail stores and full-price e-commerce sales, to $47.4$288.6 million in the 53-week fiscal 2012 compared to $36.8Fiscal 2014 from $278.7 million in the 52-week fiscal 2011, (2)Fiscal 2013, (3) a $6.4 million increase in wholesale sales reflecting higher levels of off-price wholesale sales in Fiscal 2014 and the inclusion of the wholesale sales of Tommy Bahama Canada for the full year in Fiscal 2014, (4) $4.6 million of additional e-commerce flash clearance sales resulting in $8.1 million for the fiscal year, and (5) a $3.4 million increase of $6.5 million, (3) ain restaurant sales primarily resulting from higher sales in existing restaurants. These increases in net sales increase of $6.3 million associated with e-commerce flash sales in fiscal 2012 and (4) a net sales increase of $5.3 million reflecting the net sales impact of the four retail stores opened in fiscal 2012, net of the impact of the one store closure in fiscal 2012. These sales increases were partially offset by a $3.3 million decrease in the clearance warehousenet sales in fiscal 2012, as more endoutlet stores which were operated during all of season product was sold throughFiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2014.


As of January 31, 2015, we operated 157 Tommy Bahama stores globally, consisting of 101 full-price retail stores, 15 restaurant-retail locations and 41 outlet stores. As of February 1, 2014, we operated 141 Tommy Bahama stores consisting of 91 full-price retail stores, 14 restaurant-retail locations and 36 outlet stores. The following table presents the e-commerce flash sales. The e-commerce flash sales generated $9.4 millionproportion of net sales by distribution channel for Tommy Bahama for each period presented:
 Fiscal 2014Fiscal 2013
Full price retail stores and outlets50%51%
E-commerce14%13%
Restaurant10%10%
Wholesale26%26%
Total100%100%

Lilly Pulitzer:
The Lilly Pulitzer net sales increase of 21.6% reflects an increase in fiscal 2012each channel of distribution including (1) an $11.1 million, or 19%, increase in comparable store sales, to $70.1 million in Fiscal 2014 compared to $3.1$59.0 million ofin Fiscal 2013, (2) an incremental net sales increase of $8.9 million associated with retail stores opened in fiscal 2011.Fiscal 2013 or Fiscal 2014, (3) an increase in e-commerce flash clearance sales of $5.2 million to $16.7 million and (4) a $4.5 million increase in wholesale sales. As of January 31, 2015, we operated 28 Lilly Pulitzer apparel unit sales increased by 39.0% due to the higher volume in each distribution channel, while the average selling price per unit decreased by 6.7%. The decreased selling price per unit primarily resulted from a change in product mix as sportswear and knit dresses, both of which generally sell at lower price points than woven dresses, represented a greater proportion of the Lilly Pulitzer business during fiscal 2012. As of February 2, 2013, Lilly Pulitzer operated 19 retail stores compared to 1623 retail stores as of January 28, 2012.

Lanier Clothes:

February 1, 2014. The decrease infollowing table presents the proportion of net sales by distribution channel for Lilly Pulitzer for each period presented:


43



 Fiscal 2014Fiscal 2013
Full price retail stores34%32%
E-commerce28%25%
Wholesale38%43%
Total100%100%

Lanier Clothes:
The Lanier Clothes of $1.5 million, or 1.4%, was primarily due to the decrease in private label sales of $8.7 million partially offset by an increase in branded sales of $7.2 million. The decrease in private label sales was primarily due to fiscal 2011 benefitting from initial shipments related to a new product launch, while fiscal 2012 sales were negatively impacted by a slow-down of the inventory intake on a replenishment program by a key customer as well as the exit from certain underperforming private label programs. In addition to higher branded sales generally, fiscal 2012 also benefitted from certain spring merchandise shipping in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012, which would have typically shipped in the first quarter of fiscal 2013. Overall, the decrease in net sales resulted from a 2.8% decrease in unit sales partially offset by a 1.4% increase in average selling price per unit. The increase in average selling price per unitof 3.1% was primarily due to a change in sales mix with more branded sales, which typically sell at higher prices per unit than private label sales, in fiscal 2012. The sales for Lanier Clothes were also negatively impacted by the continuing competitive factors in tailored clothing business.

Ben Sherman:

        Net sales for Ben Sherman decreased by $9.5$3.5 million or 10.4%, in fiscal 2012 compared to fiscal 2011, primarily due to a $10.5 million decline in wholesale sales, which was predominantly in United


Table of Contents

Kingdom, with direct to consumer net sales being comparable in fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2011, which was primarily due to higher e-commerce sales as well as the impact of additional stores. The decreaseincrease in net sales for Ben Sherman was primarily driven by a reduction in unit volume of 16.2% primarily attributable to (1) our exit from certain wholesale accounts with moderate-priced stores in the United Kingdomprivate label business, with branded sales generally being comparable between Fiscal 2014 and (2) the difficult economic conditions that persistFiscal 2013. The increase in the United Kingdom and Europe. Further, the direct to consumer operations of Ben Sherman were negatively impacted by missteps in Ben Sherman's merchandise assortment planning in the second half of fiscal 2012, which, particularly in the current economic environment, resulted in too much of the product offering in styles at the higher end of the price range and resulted in more promotions in our retail stores in order to sell inventory on hand.

        The reduction in units soldprivate label business was partially offsetdriven by an increase in the average selling price per unitpants program for a warehouse club customer, which began in the Fourth Quarter of 7.0%.Fiscal 2013 and more than offset decreases in other private label programs. The increasedecreases in average selling price per unitthe other private label programs was primarily due to lower volume and the exit from some seasonal and replenishment programs.


Ben Sherman:
The Ben Sherman net sales increase of 15.3% primarily resulted from (1) an increase in wholesale sales of $4.2 million, substantially all of which is related to increased off-price sales associated with the liquidation of certain aged inventory, (2) a greater proportion$3.1 million increase in retail store sales reflecting comparable store sales increases and the net impact of Ben Sherman'sstore openings and closures since the start of Fiscal 2013, (3) $2.2 million of higher sales being direct to consumer sales, which generally have higher selling prices than wholesale sales. These items that positively impacted average selling price per unit were partially offset byresulting from the translation impact of a less than 1.0% unfavorable foreign currency translation change in the average exchange ratesrate between the two periods.

British pound sterling and the United States dollar reflecting a 4% stronger pound sterling in Fiscal 2014 and (4) an $0.8 million increase in e-commerce sales. As of January 31, 2015, we operated 21 Ben Sherman retail stores, consisting of 12 full-price retail stores and nine outlet stores. As of February 1, 2014 we operated 17 Ben Sherman retail stores, consisting of 11 full-price stores and six outlets. The following table presents the proportion of net sales by distribution channel for Ben Sherman for each period presented:

 Fiscal 2014Fiscal 2013
Direct to Consumer45%46%
Wholesale55%54%
Total100%100%

Corporate and Other:

Corporate and Other net sales primarily consistedconsist of the net sales of our Oxford Golf business and our Lyons, Georgia distribution center.center as well as the impact of the elimination of inter-company sales between our operating groups. The increasedecrease in the net sales for Corporate and Otherof 30.4% was primarily driven by the higher netdue to (1) a reduction in Oxford Golf's private label sales, in our(2) a significant initial shipment of an Oxford Golf business during fiscal 2012.

branded program in Fiscal 2013 that did not anniversary in Fiscal 2014 and (3) a larger unfavorable impact of the elimination of inter-company sales of Lanier Clothes to Ben Sherman in Fiscal 2014.

Gross Profit

The first table below presents gross profit by operating group and in total for fiscal 2012Fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2011Fiscal 2013 as well as the change between those two periods. The second table presentsOur gross profit and gross margin, which is calculated as gross profit divided by net sales, by operating group and in total for fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2011.

Gross Profit
 Fiscal 2012 Fiscal 2011 $ Change % Change 

Tommy Bahama

 $321,920 $276,567 $45,353  16.4%

Lilly Pulitzer

  76,842  56,376  20,466  36.3%

Lanier Clothes

  30,264  34,108  (3,844) (11.3)%

Ben Sherman

  39,430  46,473  (7,043) (15.2)%

Corporate and Other

  1,101  (555) 1,656  NM 
          

Total

 $469,557 $412,969 $56,588  13.7%
          

LIFO charges included in Corporate and Other

 $4,043 $5,772       

Charge related to write-up of acquired inventory included in Lilly Pulitzer

 $ $996       


Gross Margin
 Fiscal 2012 Fiscal 2011 

Tommy Bahama

  60.9% 61.2%

Lilly Pulitzer

  62.7% 59.7%

Lanier Clothes

  28.2% 31.4%

Ben Sherman

  48.1% 50.8%

Corporate and Other

  NM  NM 

Total

  54.9% 54.4%

        The increase in consolidated gross profit was primarily due to higher net sales in Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer partially offset by the lower sales in Ben Sherman and Lanier Clothes, each as


Table of Contents

discussed above. Additionally, gross profit was also impacted by the changes in gross margin by operating group, as discussed below. On a consolidated basis, the increase in gross margins from fiscal 2011 to fiscal 2012 was primarily due to (1) a $1.7 million net favorable impact in fiscal 2012 resulting from a lower LIFO charge in fiscal 2012, (2) a $1.0 million charge resulting from purchase accounting negatively impacting the Lilly Pulitzer gross margins in fiscal 2011 with no such charge in fiscal 2012 and (3) changes in the sales mix. The changes in sales mix included direct to consumer sales, which generally have higher gross margins than wholesale sales, making up a larger proportion of both the Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer sales during fiscal 2012. The change in sales mix was also attributable to Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer, which typically have higher gross margins than our other operating groups, representing a greater proportion of our consolidated net sales. These items, which positively impacted gross margins, were partially offset by the negative impact on our gross profit and gross margin of (1) product cost pressures that impacted our operating groups and (2) gross margin pressures at Ben Sherman and Lanier Clothes.

        The gross margin at Tommy Bahama for fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2011 reflects a decrease in gross margins in the first half of fiscal 2012 compared to the prior year and improved gross margins in the second half of fiscal 2012 compared to the prior year. Tommy Bahama increased prices in the first half of fiscal 2011 in anticipation of increased product costs, which began to impact our results in the second half of fiscal 2011 and continued into fiscal 2012. This negative gross margin pressure for fiscal 2012 was partially offset by a change in the proportion of sales in each distribution channel as sales in the direct to consumer distribution channel, which typically have higher gross margins than the wholesale distribution channel, increased from 67% of net sales in fiscal 2011 to 69% of net sales in fiscal 2012. As we expect to continue to expand our direct to consumer operations at a faster pace than our wholesale operations, we anticipate that gross margins for Tommy Bahama will increase slightly in the future with the change in sales mix.

        The increase in gross margin for Lilly Pulitzer from fiscal 2011 to fiscal 2012 was primarily due to (1) the proportion of sales in each distribution channel as sales in the direct to consumer channel, which typically have higher gross margins than the wholesale distribution channel, increased from 47% of net sales in fiscal 2011 to 54% of net sales in fiscal 2012 and (2) fiscal 2011 including a $1.0 million purchase accounting charge, with no such charge in fiscal 2012. As we expect to continue to expand our direct to consumer operations at a faster pace than our wholesale operations, we anticipate that gross margins for Lilly Pulitzer will increase in the future with the change in sales mix.

        The decrease in gross margin at Lanier Clothes was primarily the result of gross margin pressures, including both competitive factors and higher product costs that continue to impact the tailored clothing business.

        The decrease in gross margin at Ben Sherman reflects (1) higher product costs during fiscal 2012, (2) the competitive factors resulting from the difficult economic conditions that persist in the United Kingdom and Europe, (3) heavier promotions in the direct to consumer business, (4) a greater amount off-price sales and (5) more significant inventory markdowns. The heavier promotions and the higher off-price sales and inventory markdowns, which were necessary measures to appropriately manage inventory levels in the economic environment, were more significant in the second half of fiscal 2012, in part due to the merchandising mix miss in the second half of fiscal 2012.

        The gross profit in Corporate and Other in each period primarily reflects the impact on gross profit of our Oxford Golf and Lyons, Georgia distribution center operations offset by the impact of LIFO accounting adjustments, which included significant charges in both fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2011. The LIFO accounting charge was $4.0 million in fiscal 2012 compared to $5.8 million in fiscal 2011.

        Our gross profit and gross margin may not be directly comparable to those of our competitors, as statement of operations classification of certain expenses may vary by company.


44


Table of Contents

SG&A


 
 Fiscal 2012 Fiscal 2011 $ Change % Change 

SG&A

 $410,737 $358,582 $52,155  14.5%

SG&A (as % of net sales)

  48.0% 47.2%      
            

Life insurance death benefit gain

 $ $(1,155)      
 Fiscal 2014Fiscal 2013$ Change% Change
Tommy Bahama$377,415
$358,930
$18,485
5.2%
Lilly Pulitzer106,317
84,845
21,472
25.3%
Lanier Clothes30,704
30,552
152
0.5%
Ben Sherman36,730
32,094
4,636
14.4%
Corporate and Other3,513
7,153
(3,640)NM
Total gross profit$554,679
$513,574
$41,105
8.0%
LIFO charge (credit) included in Corporate and Other$2,131
$(27)  
Inventory step-up charge included in Tommy Bahama associated with Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition$
$707
  

The increase in consolidated gross profit was primarily due to the higher net sales as discussed above. In addition to the impact of higher net sales, gross profit on a consolidated basis and for each operating group was impacted by changes in sales mix and gross margin within each operating group, as discussed below. The table below presents gross margin by operating group and in total for Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013.
 Fiscal 2014Fiscal 2013
Tommy Bahama60.1%61.4%
Lilly Pulitzer63.4%61.5%
Lanier Clothes27.2%27.9%
Ben Sherman47.4%47.7%
Corporate and OtherNM
NM
Consolidated gross margin55.6%56.0%
On a consolidated basis, gross margin decreased primarily as a result of lower gross margin in Tommy Bahama and Lanier Clothes as well as the $2.1 million net unfavorable impact of LIFO accounting in Fiscal 2014 as compared to Fiscal 2013. These unfavorable items were partially offset by (1) improved gross margins in Lilly Pulitzer, (2) the favorable impact of a greater proportion of net sales being from our direct to consumer channels of distribution and (3) Fiscal 2013 including a $0.7 million inventory step-up charge associated with the Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition with no inventory step-up charge in Fiscal 2014. We do not anticipate any future charges for inventory step-up beyond Fiscal 2013 related to this acquisition.

Tommy Bahama:

The lower gross margin at Tommy Bahama primarily reflected a change in sales mix with outlet stores, e-commerce flash clearance sales and off-price wholesale sales representing a greater proportion of Tommy Bahama's net sales and lower gross margins in our outlet store, e-commerce flash clearance and wholesale sales. The lower gross margins in our outlet stores resulted from more in-outlet store discounts in order to move excess spring inventory and drive traffic. The decrease in wholesale gross margins primarily resulted from more significant discounts on certain wholesale sales as well as a larger amount of off-price wholesale sales. Fiscal 2013 included a $0.7 million inventory step-up charge associated with the Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition.

Lilly Pulitzer:

The higher gross margin in Lilly Pulitzer was primarily driven by (1) a change in sales mix toward the direct to consumer channel of distribution, which typically has higher gross margins than the wholesale channel of distribution, and (2) higher gross margins in both the direct to consumer and wholesale channels of distribution. The higher gross margins in the direct to consumer business reflects less promotional activity. These favorable items were partially offset by the gross margin impact of the increase in e-commerce flash clearance sales in Fiscal 2014.
Lanier Clothes:

The lower gross margin for Lanier Clothes was primarily due to a change in sales mix with private label programs representing a greater proportion of net sales of Lanier Clothes. Private label programs, including a warehouse club pants program, generally have lower gross margins than branded product programs.


45



Ben Sherman:

The lower gross margin at Ben Sherman reflects a higher proportion off-price sales which generally have lower gross margins, and more significant inventory markdowns.

Corporate and Other:

The gross profit in Corporate and Other in each period primarily reflects (1) the gross profit of our Oxford Golf and Lyons, Georgia distribution center operations, (2) the impact of LIFO accounting adjustments and (3) the impact of certain consolidating adjustments, including the elimination of inter-company sales between our operating groups. The lower gross profit for Corporate and Other was primarily due to the impact of the lower sales as well as the the $2.1 million net unfavorable impact of LIFO accounting in Fiscal 2014 as compared to Fiscal 2013.
SG&A
 Fiscal 2014Fiscal 2013$ Change% Change
SG&A488,924
447,645
$41,279
9.2%
SG&A (as a % of net sales)49.0%48.8% 
 
Amortization of intangible assets included in Tommy Bahama associated with Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition$1,764
$1,377
  
The increase in SG&A was primarily due to (1) higher costs consisting primarily of employment and advertising expenses, to support the growing Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer businesses, including support functions for retail, e-commerceincreased employment expense, infrastructure costs and wholesale operations,advertising expense, (2) $17.0$13.7 million of incremental SG&A in fiscal 2012costs associated with operating additional domestic Tommy Bahama retail stores and restaurants and Lilly Pulitzer stores, including $6.7(3) $7.5 million of increased incentive compensation, primarily reflecting increases in Lilly Pulitzer, Corporate and Other and Tommy Bahama, (4) $2.4 million of additional equity-based compensation primarily resulting from equity awards granted in Fiscal 2014 and (5) a $1.8 million unfavorable SG&A impact resulting from currency translation at Ben Sherman as a result of the stronger pound sterling.

SG&A included $2.5 million of amortization of intangible assets in Fiscal 2014 compared to $2.2 million in SG&A charges associatedFiscal 2013, with our Tommy Bahama New York restaurant-retail location which opened in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012 but incurred pre-opening rent for the majority of the 2012 fiscal year, (3) $9.7 million of incremental SG&A associated with certain infrastructure, pre-opening retail store rent and other costs relatedincrease primarily due to the Tommy Bahama international expansion, (4) the approximately $7 million impact of having an extra week of expensesCanada acquisition in the 53-week fiscal 2012 compared to the 52-week fiscal 2011 and (5) higher SG&A for Corporate and Other primarily due to fiscal 2011 being positively impacted by a $1.2 million reduction in SG&A as a resultSecond Quarter of a life insurance death benefit gain and $1.8 million of transition services fee income. The increases in SG&A for Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and Corporate and Other were partially offset by SG&A reductions in Lanier Clothes from fiscal 2011 to fiscal 2012. SG&A for fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2011 included charges of $1.0 million and $1.2 million, respectively, related to theFiscal 2013. We anticipate that amortization of intangible assets.

assets for Fiscal 2015 will be approximately $2.1 million, with approximately $1.6 million of the amortization related to amortization of the intangible assets acquired as part of the Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition.


Change in fair value of contingent consideration

 
 Fiscal 2012 Fiscal 2011 $ Change % Change 

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

 $6,285 $2,400 $3,885  161.9%
 Fiscal 2014Fiscal 2013$ Change% Change
Change in fair value of contingent consideration included in Lilly Pulitzer$275
$275
$
%

In connection with our acquisition of the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations in fiscalFiscal 2010, we entered into a contingent consideration agreement with the sellers, under whichwhereby we arewould be obligated to pay certain contingent consideration amounts based on theLilly Pulitzer's achievement of certain performance criteria by our Lilly Pulitzer operating group, which payments may be as much as $20 million in the aggregate over the four years subsequent to acquisition.earnings targets. In accordance with GAAP, we have recognized a liability in our consolidated balance sheets for the fair value of this liability at each balance sheet date. Generally, thissuch a liability increases in fair value as we approach the date of anticipated payment, resulting in a charge to our consolidated statements of earningsoperations during that period. Further, if we determine that the probability of the amounts being earned changes, it would impact our assessment of the fair value in our consolidated balance sheet, resulting in a charge or income in our consolidated statement of earningsoperations at that time.

Thus, change in fair value of contingent consideration reflects the current period impact of the change in the fair value of any contingent consideration obligations.

The charge in Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013 for change in fair value of contingent consideration primarily reflects the passage of time as we approach the anticipated payments as there were not any significant changes related to our assumptions related to the fair value of the contingent consideration during either year. As the amount recognized in our January 31, 2015 consolidated balance sheet reflects the full amount to be paid for the contingent consideration, we do not anticipate any additional charges for change in fair value of contingent consideration related to the Lilly Pulitzer acquisition in future periods.
Royalties and other operating income

46



 Fiscal 2014Fiscal 2013$ Change% Change
Royalties and other operating income$18,123
$19,016
$(893)(4.7)%
Gain on sale of real estate included in Corporate and Other$
$1,611
  
Royalties and other operating income primarily reflects income received from third parties from the licensing of our Tommy Bahama, Ben Sherman and Lilly Pulitzer brands. The decrease in royalties and other income was primarily due to (1) Fiscal 2013 including a $1.6 million gain on sale of real estate and (2) lower royalty income in Ben Sherman. These unfavorable items were partially offset by higher royalty income for both Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer.

Operating income (loss)
 Fiscal 2014Fiscal 2013$ Change% Change
Tommy Bahama$71,132
$72,207
$(1,075)(1.5)%
Lilly Pulitzer32,190
25,951
6,239
24.0 %
Lanier Clothes10,849
10,828
21
0.2 %
Ben Sherman(10,832)(13,131)2,299
17.5 %
Corporate and Other(19,736)(11,185)(8,551)(76.5)%
Total operating income$83,603
$84,670
$(1,067)(1.3)%
LIFO charge (credit) included in Corporate and Other$2,131
$(27) 
 
Inventory step-up charge included in Tommy Bahama associated with Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition$
$707
  
Amortization of intangible assets included in Tommy Bahama associated with Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition$1,764
$1,377
 
 
Change in fair value of contingent consideration included in Lilly Pulitzer$275
$275
  
Gain on sale of real estate included in Corporate and Other$
$1,611
  

Operating income, on a consolidated basis, was $83.6 million in Fiscal 2014 compared to $84.7 million in Fiscal 2013. The 1.3% decrease in operating income was primarily due to the lower operating results in Corporate and Other and Tommy Bahama partially offset by improved operating results in Lilly Pulitzer and Ben Sherman. Changes in operating income by operating group are discussed below.
Tommy Bahama:
 Fiscal 2014Fiscal 2013$ Change% Change
Net sales$627,498
$584,941
$42,557
7.3 %
Gross margin60.1%61.4% 
 
Operating income$71,132
$72,207
$(1,075)(1.5)%
Operating income as % of net sales11.3%12.3% 
 
Inventory step-up charge included in Tommy Bahama associated with Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition$
$707
  
Amortization of intangible assets included in Tommy Bahama associated with Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition$1,764
$1,377
  
The decrease in operating income for Tommy Bahama was primarily due to a lower gross margin and higher SG&A partially offset by the impact of higher net sales and higher royalty income. The higher SG&A reflects (1) $9.4 million of incremental SG&A associated with the cost of operating additional retail stores and restaurants, including any set-up costs associated with new stores and restaurants, (2) higher costs to support the growing Tommy Bahama business, including infrastructure, employment and advertising costs, (3) $2.3 million of higher incentive compensation, including equity-based compensation, and (4) $0.4 million of additional amortization of intangible assets associated with Tommy Bahama Canada, which in the aggregate were partially offset by Fiscal 2013 including $0.7 million inventory step-up charge associated with the Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition. Fiscal 2014 included an operating loss of $10.3 million related to our Tommy Bahama Asia-Pacific expansion compared to an operating loss of $11.9 million in Fiscal 2013.

47



Lilly Pulitzer:
 Fiscal 2014Fiscal 2013$ Change% Change
Net sales$167,736
$137,943
$29,793
21.6%
Gross margin63.4%61.5% 
 
Operating income$32,190
$25,951
$6,239
24.0%
Operating income as % of net sales19.2%18.8% 
 
Change in fair value of contingent consideration included in Lilly Pulitzer$275
$275
 
 

The increase in operating income in Lilly Pulitzer was primarily due to the favorable impact of higher net sales, higher gross margin and higher royalty and other income. These items were partially offset by increased SG&A. The increased SG&A was primarily associated with (1) $5.5 million of higher incentive compensation, including equity-based compensation, (2) higher SG&A to support the growing business, reflecting employment and infrastructure costs as well as higher advertising expense, and (3) $4.2 million of incremental SG&A associated with the cost of operating additional retail stores.

Lanier Clothes:
 Fiscal 2014Fiscal 2013$ Change% Change
Net sales$112,934
$109,530
$3,404
3.1%
Gross margin27.2%27.9% 
 
Operating income$10,849
$10,828
$21
0.2%
Operating income as % of net sales9.6%9.9% 
 
The comparable operating income reflects the net impact of higher net sales, lower gross margin and comparable SG&A.
Ben Sherman:
 Fiscal 2014Fiscal 2013$ Change% Change
Net sales$77,481
$67,218
$10,263
15.3%
Gross margin47.4 %47.7 % 
 
Operating loss$(10,832)$(13,131)$2,299
17.5%
Operating loss as % of net sales(14.0)%(19.5)% 
 
The improved operating results for Ben Sherman resulted from the increased net sales and comparable SG&A before the impact of currency translation, partially offset by the lower gross margin and lower royalty income. Due to the 4% change in the average exchange rate between the pound sterling and the United States dollar from Fiscal 2013, individual line items within the statement of operations for Ben Sherman were higher than the prior year, even if the amounts in pound sterling may have been comparable between periods. The 4% change in the average exchange rate resulted in a $0.6 million unfavorable foreign currency translation impact on Ben Sherman's operating results between the two periods.
Corporate and Other:
 Fiscal 2014Fiscal 2013$ Change% Change
Net sales$12,157
$17,465
$(5,308)(30.4)%
Operating loss$(19,736)$(11,185)$(8,551)(76.5)%
LIFO charge (credit) included in Corporate and Other$2,131
$(27)  
Gain on sale of real estate included in Corporate and Other$
$1,611
 
 
The lower operating results were primarily due to (1) $2.4 million of higher incentive compensation expense, (2) a $2.1 million net unfavorable impact of LIFO accounting in Fiscal 2014 as compared to Fiscal 2013, (3) lower sales in Oxford

48



Golf, (4) Fiscal 2013 including a gain on sale of real estate of $1.6 million, and (5) Fiscal 2013 benefiting from certain favorable changes in accruals.
Interest expense, net
 Fiscal 2014Fiscal 2013$ Change% Change
Interest expense, net$3,483
$4,169
$(686)(16.5)%
Interest expense decreased primarily due to lower borrowing rates and lower average borrowings outstanding in Fiscal 2014. During fiscalFiscal 2014, substantially all of our borrowings were under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement.

Income taxes
 Fiscal 2014Fiscal 2013$ Change% Change
Income taxes$34,362
$35,210
$(848)(2.4)%
Effective tax rate42.9%43.7% 
 
Income tax expense decreased primarily due to a lower effective tax rate. The high effective tax rates for both periods, as compared to a typical statutory tax rate, reflect the unfavorable impact of foreign losses for which we are not able to recognize an income tax benefit. The lower effective tax rate in Fiscal 2014 as compared to Fiscal 2013 primarily resulted from lower foreign losses resulting from improved operating results in our international sourcing operations, Ben Sherman operations in the United Kingdom and Tommy Bahama Asia-Pacific operations. The effective tax rate for Fiscal 2013 benefited from the reduction in the enacted tax rate in the United Kingdom during the Second Quarter of Fiscal 2013, with no such change occurring in Fiscal 2014. For further information regarding income taxes, see Note 8 to our consolidated financial statements included in this report.

We anticipate that our effective tax rate for Fiscal 2015 will be lower than our effective tax rate for Fiscal 2014 primarily as a result of an anticipated decrease in foreign losses, resulting in a higher proportion of domestic income to foreign losses.

Net earnings
 Fiscal 2014Fiscal 2013
Net earnings$45,758
$45,291
Net earnings per diluted share$2.78
$2.75
Weighted average shares outstanding - diluted16,471
16,482
The primary reasons for the higher net earnings in Fiscal 2014 were:

Higher operating income in Lilly Pulitzer reflecting higher net sales and gross margins partially offset by higher SG&A associated with expanding operations;
Improved operating results in Ben Sherman primarily due to increased net sales partially offset by lower gross margin and lower royalty income;
Lower income taxes reflecting a lower effective tax rate; and
Lower interest expense.

These favorable items were partially offset by:

A larger operating loss in Corporate and Other reflecting higher incentive compensation, an unfavorable LIFO accounting charge and lower Oxford Golf sales in Fiscal 2014, while Fiscal 2013 included a gain on the sale of a property and the benefit of certain favorable changes in accruals; and
Lower operating income in Tommy Bahama reflecting lower gross margin and higher SG&A associated with the expanding operations, partially offset by the impact of higher net sales and higher royalty income.

FISCAL 2013 COMPARED TO FISCAL 2012

49



The discussion and tables below compare certain line items included in our statements of operations for Fiscal 2013, which included 52 weeks, to Fiscal 2012, which included 53 weeks. Each dollar and percentage change provided reflects the change between these periods unless indicated otherwise. Each dollar and share amount included in the tables is in thousands except for per share amounts. Individual line items of our consolidated statements of operations may not be directly comparable to those of our competitors, as classification of certain expenses may vary by company.
Net Sales
 Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012$ Change% Change
Tommy Bahama584,941
528,639
56,302
10.7 %
Lilly Pulitzer137,943
122,592
15,351
12.5 %
Lanier Clothes109,530
107,272
2,258
2.1 %
Ben Sherman67,218
81,922
(14,704)(17.9)%
Corporate and Other17,465
15,117
2,348
15.5 %
Total$917,097
$855,542
$61,555
7.2 %
Consolidated net sales increased in Fiscal 2013 compared to Fiscal 2012 primarily due to the net sales increases at Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer, which were partially offset by decreased net sales at Ben Sherman, each as discussed below. Further, as direct to consumer sales grew at a faster rate than wholesales sales, net sales in the direct to consumer channel of distribution represented a greater percentage of consolidated net sales in Fiscal 2013 as compared to Fiscal 2012, as presented below:
 Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012
Full price retail stores and outlets40%37%
E-commerce12%10%
Restaurant7%7%
Wholesale41%46%
Total100%100%
Tommy Bahama:
The Tommy Bahama sales increase of $56.3 million, or 10.7%, was primarily driven by (1) a net sales increase of $38.0 million associated with North American direct to consumer operations that were not comparable between periods, (2) a $17.5 million, or 7%, increase in comparable store sales to $254.0 million in Fiscal 2013 compared to $236.5 million in Fiscal 2012, (3) a net sales increase of $7.7 million attributable to the expansion of our Tommy Bahama direct to consumer operations in the Asia-Pacific region and (4) a $4.1 million increase in North American restaurant sales. The $38.0 million of sales associated with North American direct to consumer operations which were not comparable between periods include the sales associated with (1) domestic retail and outlet stores opened during Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012, (2) our Canadian retail store operations which were acquired during the Second Quarter of Fiscal 2013 and (3) Tommy Bahama's initial e-commerce flash clearance sale, which occurred in January 2014. The increases in sales were partially offset by (1) a $8.5 million net sales decrease in the North American wholesale business, primarily resulting from reductions in orders from certain wholesale customers, and (2) a $2.5 million decrease in sales in outlet stores that were open for all of Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2013. The following table presents the proportion of net sales by distribution channel for Tommy Bahama for each period presented:
 Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012
Full price retail stores and outlets51%48%
E-commerce13%11%
Restaurant10%10%
Wholesale26%31%
Total100%100%
As of February 1, 2014, Tommy Bahama operated 141 retail stores compared to 113 retail stores as of February 2, 2013.

50




Lilly Pulitzer:
The Lilly Pulitzer sales increase of $15.4 million, or 12.5%, was primarily driven by (1) a net sales increase of $6.7 million associated with retail stores opened in Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012, (2) a $4.4 million, or 9%, increase in comparable store sales to $51.7 million in Fiscal 2013 compared to $47.4 million in Fiscal 2012, (3) a wholesale sales increase of $2.4 million and (4) $2.1 million of higher e-commerce flash clearance sales in Fiscal 2013. The following table presents the proportion of net sales by distribution channel for Lilly Pulitzer for each period presented:

 Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012
Full price retail stores32%30%
E-commerce25%24%
Wholesale43%46%
Total100%100%
As of February 1, 2014, Lilly Pulitzer operated 23 retail stores compared to 19 retail stores as of February 2, 2013.
Lanier Clothes:
The increase in net sales for Lanier Clothes of $2.3 million, or 2.1%, was due to a $4.7 million increase in net sales in the private label business, partially offset by a decrease in net sales in the branded business. The increase in the private label business was primarily driven by a new pants program for a warehouse club customer in Fiscal 2013 which offset decreases in other private label programs. The decrease in the branded business was primarily due to reduced volume in or exit from certain programs and softness in the business of certain of our customers.
Ben Sherman:
Net sales for Ben Sherman decreased by $14.7 million, or 17.9%, in Fiscal 2013 compared to Fiscal 2012 , due to a $14.2 million decline in wholesale sales and a slight decline in direct to consumer net sales in Fiscal 2013. The lower wholesale sales reflect (1) our exit from certain wholesale accounts in the United Kingdom and the United States and (2) lower amounts of off-price sales. The following table presents the proportion of net sales by distribution channel for Ben Sherman for each period presented:
 Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012
Direct to Consumer46%38%
Wholesale54%62%
Total100%100%
As of February 1, 2014, Ben Sherman operated 17 retail stores compared to 19 retail stores as of February 2, 2013.

Corporate and Other:
Corporate and Other net sales primarily consisted of the net sales of our Oxford Golf and our Lyons, Georgia distribution center businesses. The $2.3 million increase in the net sales for Corporate and Other was primarily driven by higher net sales in our Oxford Golf business during Fiscal 2013.
Gross Profit
The table below presents gross profit by operating group and in total for Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012 as well as the change between those two periods. Our gross profit and gross margin, which is calculated as gross profit divided by net sales, may not be directly comparable to those of our competitors, as statement of operations classification of certain expenses may vary by company.

51



 Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012$ Change% Change
Tommy Bahama358,930
321,920
37,010
11.5 %
Lilly Pulitzer84,845
76,842
8,003
10.4 %
Lanier Clothes30,552
30,264
288
1.0 %
Ben Sherman32,094
39,430
(7,336)(18.6)%
Corporate and Other7,153
1,101
6,052
NM
Total gross profit$513,574
$469,557
$44,017
9.4 %
LIFO charge (credit) included in Corporate and Other$(27)$4,043
  
Inventory step-up charge included in Tommy Bahama associated with Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition$707
$
  
The increase in consolidated gross profit was primarily due to the higher net sales as discussed above. In addition to the impact of changes in net sales, gross profit on a consolidated basis and for each operating group were impacted by the change in sales mix and changes in gross margin by operating group, as discussed below. The table below presents gross margin by operating group and in total for Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012.
 Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012
Tommy Bahama61.4%60.9%
Lilly Pulitzer61.5%62.7%
Lanier Clothes27.9%28.2%
Ben Sherman47.7%48.1%
Corporate and OtherNM
NM
Consolidated gross margin56.0%54.9%
On a consolidated basis, the increase in gross margin from Fiscal 2013 to Fiscal 2012 was primarily due to (1) Fiscal 2012 including a $4.0 million charge for LIFO accounting with no significant LIFO accounting charge in Fiscal 2013 and (2) a change in the sales mix. The change in sales mix in Fiscal 2013 included (1) Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer, which typically have higher gross margins than our other operating groups, representing a greater proportion of our consolidated net sales and (2) direct to consumer sales, which generally have higher gross margins than wholesale sales, making up a larger proportion of the Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer sales. These items, which favorably impacted gross margins, were partially offset by the $0.7 million impact of the inventory step-up charge in Fiscal 2013 associated with the Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition.

Tommy Bahama:

The higher gross margin at Tommy Bahama was primarily due to the change in the proportion of sales in each distribution channel as sales in the direct to consumer distribution channel, which typically have higher gross margins than the wholesale distribution channel, represented a greater proportion of Tommy Bahama’s net sales in Fiscal 2013. This change in sales mix was partially offset by the negative impact of the $0.7 million charge related to the Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition recognized in cost of goods sold in Fiscal 2013.

Lilly Pulitzer:

The decrease in gross margin for Lilly Pulitzer in Fiscal 2013 as compared to Fiscal 2012 was primarily driven by (1) a change in sales mix with sportswear, which generally has lower gross margins, representing a greater proportion of Lilly Pulitzer sales in Fiscal 2013, (2) more promotions in our direct to consumer operations in order to move a greater amount of remaining Spring inventory, (3) our e-commerce operations offering free shipping on a more frequent basis and (4) larger e-commerce flash clearance sales in Fiscal 2013 than in the prior year, with these sales typically having a gross margin more in line with wholesale sales than direct to consumer sales. The negative gross margin impact of these factors exceeded the positive impact of the change in sales mix towards direct to consumer sales for Lilly Pulitzer.
Lanier Clothes:


52



The gross margin at Lanier Clothes decreased in Fiscal 2013 from the prior year primarily as a result of a change in sales mix towards private label programs. Private label products, including the new pants program, generally have lower gross margins than branded product sales.
Ben Sherman:

The decrease in gross margin at Ben Sherman reflects (1) a higher proportion of off-price sales in the wholesale business as full-price wholesale sales decreased by a greater proportion than off-price sales and (2) heavier promotions in the direct to consumer business. The heavier promotions and the higher proportion of off-price sales, which were necessary to liquidate certain inventory, primarily resulted from a merchandising misstep in the second half of Fiscal 2012. These negative factors offset the positive gross margin impact of the change in the sales mix with direct to consumer sales representing a larger proportion of Ben Sherman sales in Fiscal 2013.

Corporate and Other:

The gross profit in Corporate and Other in each period primarily reflects the impact on gross profit of our Oxford Golf and Lyons, Georgia distribution center operations and the impact of LIFO accounting adjustments. The increase in the gross profit for Corporate and Other was primarily due to (1) Fiscal 2012 being impacted by a $4.0 million LIFO accounting charge with no significant LIFO accounting charge in Fiscal 2013 and (2) higher sales and gross margin in the Oxford Golf business in Fiscal 2013.
SG&A
 Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012$ Change% Change
SG&A$447,645
$410,737
$36,908
9.0%
SG&A (as a % of net sales)48.8%48.0% 
 
Amortization of intangible assets included in Tommy Bahama associated with Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition$1,377
$
  
The increase in SG&A was primarily due to (1) $30.8 million of incremental SG&A in Fiscal 2013 associated with operating additional Tommy Bahama retail stores and restaurants and Lilly Pulitzer retail stores and (2) higher costs to support the growing Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer businesses. The increases in SG&A for Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer were partially offset by SG&A reductions in Ben Sherman and Corporate and Other. SG&A for Fiscal 2012 was unfavorably impacted by the inclusion of a 53rd week, which we estimate resulted in an additional $7 million of SG&A. Further, SG&A was impacted by a $7.2 million reduction in incentive compensation in Fiscal 2013 as compared to Fiscal 2012, primarily reflecting lower incentive compensation for both Tommy Bahama and Corporate and Other.

SG&A included $2.2 million of amortization of intangible assets in Fiscal 2013 compared to $1.0 million in Fiscal 2012 with the increase primarily being $1.4 million of amortization associated with the intangible assets acquired as part of the Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition.

Change in fair value of contingent consideration
 Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012$ Change% Change
Change in fair value of contingent consideration included in Lilly Pulitzer$275
$6,285
$(6,010)(95.6)%
The $6.0 million decrease in the charge for the change in fair value of contingent consideration during Fiscal 2013 was primarily a result of Fiscal 2012 including a significant increase in the fair value of the contingent consideration, while Fiscal 2013 generally only reflected the passage of time as we approach the anticipated payments. During Fiscal 2012, we increased the fair value of the contingent consideration by $6.3 million to reflect not only the passage of time, but also our determination that the certainty of the payment of the contingent consideration related to the Lilly Pulitzer acquisition iswas more probable than we had determined in prior years based on our consideration of, among other things, (1) the fiscalFiscal 2011 and fiscalFiscal 2012 operating results of the Lilly Pulitzer operating group, (2) projected operating results for Lilly Pulitzer for fiscalFiscal 2013 and fiscalFiscal 2014, (3) the operating results criteria for the fiscalFiscal 2013 and fiscalFiscal 2014 amounts to be earned and (4) the shorter remaining term of the contingent consideration agreement. This increase in the change in the fair value of contingent consideration was recognized as a charge to our consolidated statements of operations. We anticipate that the change in contingent consideration for the full year of each of fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2014 will be approximately $0.3 million per year.


Table of Contents


53



Royalties and other operating income

 
 Fiscal 2012 Fiscal 2011 $ Change % Change 

Royalties and other operating income

 $16,436 $16,820 $(384) (2.3)%
 Fiscal 2013
Fiscal 2012
$ Change
% Change
Royalties and other operating income$19,016
$16,436
$2,580
15.7%
Gain on sale of real estate included in Corporate and Other$1,611
$
  

Royalties and other operating income in fiscal 2012Fiscal 2013 increased by $2.6 million primarily reflectdue to (1) Fiscal 2013 including a gain on sale of real estate of $1.6 million, (2) higher royalty income for both Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer and (3) higher other income in Corporate and Other. These increases were partially offset by lower royalty income for Ben Sherman in Fiscal 2013. Royalty and other operating income primarily consists of royalty income received from third parties from the licensing of our Tommy Bahama, Ben Sherman and Lilly Pulitzer brands, which were comparable on a consolidated basis to the royalty income recognized in fiscal 2011 with a decrease in Ben Sherman royalty income in fiscal 2012 being offset by increased royalty income in both Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer.

brands.


Operating income (loss)


 Fiscal 2012 Fiscal 2011 $ Change % Change Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012$ Change% Change

Tommy Bahama

 $69,454 $64,171 $5,283 8.2%$72,207
$69,454
$2,753
4.0 %

Lilly Pulitzer

 20,267 14,278 5,989 41.9%25,951
20,267
5,684
28.0 %

Lanier Clothes

 10,840 12,862 (2,022) (15.7)%10,828
10,840
(12)(0.1)%

Ben Sherman

 (10,898) (2,535) (8,363) (329.9)%(13,131)(10,898)(2,233)(20.5)%

Corporate and Other

 (20,692) (19,969) (723) (3.6)%(11,185)(20,692)9,507
45.9 %
         

Total operating income

 $68,971 $68,807 $164 0.2%$84,670
$68,971
$15,699
22.8 %
         

LIFO charges included in Corporate and Other

 $4,043 $5,772     

Charge related to write-up of acquired inventory included in Lilly Pulitzer

 $ $996     

Charge for increase in fair value of contingent consideration included in Lilly Pulitzer

 $6,285 $2,400     

Life insurance death benefit gain included in Corporate and Other

 $ $(1,155)     
LIFO charge (credit) included in Corporate and Other$(27)$4,043
 
 
Inventory step-up charge included in Tommy Bahama associated with Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition$707
$
  
Amortization of intangible assets included in Tommy Bahama associated with Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition$1,377
$
 
 
Change in fair value of contingent consideration included in Lilly Pulitzer$275
$6,285
  
Gain on sale of real estate included in Corporate and Other$1,611
$
  


Operating income, on a consolidated basis, was $84.7 million in Fiscal 2013 compared to $69.0 million in fiscal 2012 compared to $68.8 million in fiscal 2011.Fiscal 2012. The 0.2%22.8% increase in operating income was primarily due to the higher net salesimproved operating income in Corporate and Other, Lilly Pulitzer and Tommy Bahama, and Lilly Pulitzer, partially offset by lowerthe higher operating resultsloss in Lanier Clothes and Ben Sherman, SG&A increases in Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer related to expansion of these brands and a higher charge for the change in fair value of contingent consideration in fiscal 2012.Sherman. Changes in operating income by operating group are discussed below.

Tommy Bahama:


 Fiscal 2012 Fiscal 2011 $ Change % Change Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012$ Change% Change

Net sales

 $528,639 $452,156 $76,483 16.9%$584,941
$528,639
$56,302
10.7%
Gross margin61.4%60.9% 
 

Operating income

 $69,454 $64,171 $5,283 8.2%$72,207
$69,454
$2,753
4.0%

Operating income as % of net sales

 13.1% 14.2%     12.3%13.1% 
 
Inventory step-up charge included in Tommy Bahama associated with Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition$707
$
  
Amortization of intangible assets included in Tommy Bahama associated with Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition$1,377
$
  

The increase in operating income for Tommy Bahama was primarily due to the increasedhigher net sales and gross margin in the Tommy Bahama business, each distribution channel, as discussed above, which resulted inabove. The impact of the higher sales and gross profit,margin were partially offset by higher SG&A as well as a $0.7 million charge related to an inventory step-up and $1.4 million of amortization of intangible assets, both of which resulted from the Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition, which we completed in the second quarter of Fiscal 2013. In addition to the higher SG&A resulting from the amortization of intangible assets, the increased SG&A was primarily associated with (1) operating additional North American and Asia-Pacific retail stores and restaurants in fiscal 2012 resultingFiscal 2013 which resulted in $14.5$27.7 million of additionalincremental SG&A including $6.7 million in SG&A charges associated with our Tommy Bahama New York restaurant-retail location which opened in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012 but incurred pre-opening rent for the majority of the 2012 fiscal year,and (2) incremental infrastructure, pre-opening retail store rent and other costs totaling $9.7 associated with Tommy Bahama's international expansion, (3) higher SG&A, consisting primarily of employment costs and advertising costs to support the growing Tommy Bahama business, including the retail, e-commerce and wholesale


54


Table of Contents

businesses


including costs associated with support operations in the Asia-Pacific region and (4)Canada. These increases in SG&A were partially offset by a $5.6 million reduction in incentive compensation for Tommy Bahama in Fiscal 2013 and the approximately $5 million impact of fiscal 2012 being a 53-week yearone less week in Fiscal 2013 as compared to fiscal 2011 being a 52-week year.

Fiscal 20122012.


Fiscal 2013 included an operating lossesloss of $15.9$11.9 million related to theour Tommy Bahama internationalAsia-Pacific expansion and the Tommy Bahama New York store, compared to operating losses of $3.5 million for these items in fiscal 2011. The $15.9 millionan operating loss of $10.4 million in fiscal 2012 related to the Tommy Bahama international expansion and the Tommy Bahama New York store reflect $20.0 million of SG&A costs partially offset by $4.0 million of gross margin related to sales in our international stores and royalty income.

Fiscal 2012.

Lilly Pulitzer:


 Fiscal 2012 Fiscal 2011 $ Change % Change Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012$ Change% Change

Net sales

 $122,592 $94,495 $28,097 29.7%$137,943
$122,592
$15,351
12.5%
Gross margin61.5%62.7% 
 

Operating income

 $20,267 $14,278 $5,989 41.9%$25,951
$20,267
$5,684
28.0%

Operating income as % of net sales

 16.5% 15.1%     18.8%16.5% 
 
       

Charge related to write-up of acquired inventory

 $ $996     

Charge for increase in fair value of contingent consideration

 $6,285 $2,400     
Change in fair value of contingent consideration included in Lilly Pulitzer$275
$6,285
 
 


The improvedincrease in operating income for Lilly Pulitzer for Fiscal 2013 compared to Fiscal 2012 was primarily due to a lower charge for change in the fair value of contingent consideration in Fiscal 2013. The operating results for Lilly Pulitzer were primarily due to increasedFiscal 2013 also reflect higher net sales, in each distribution channel and increased gross margin, and fiscal 2012 not including the $1.0 million charge related to the write-up of inventory at the acquisition of Lilly Pulitzer, each ofas discussed above, which contributed to a higher gross profit. The increased gross profit was partiallywere offset by increased SG&A associated with (1) higher SG&A consisting primarily of employment costs and advertising, to support the growing Lilly Pulitzer business including our retail, e-commerce and wholesale businesses,lower gross margin, as discussed above. The increased SG&A was primarily associated with (1) higher costs, consisting primarily of employment expenses, to support the growing Lilly Pulitzer business and (2) $2.5$3.1 million of incremental SG&A associated with the cost of operating additional retail stores during fiscal 2012 and (3) the approximately $1 million impact of fiscal 2012 being a 53-week year, but fiscal 2012 being a 52-week year and (4) the higher charge related to the fair value of contingent consideration. Fiscal 2012 was impacted by a $6.3 million charge for the change in the fair value of contingent consideration while the fiscal 2011 charge was $2.4 million, as discussed above.

2013.

Table of Contents

Lanier Clothes:


 Fiscal 2012 Fiscal 2011 $ Change % Change Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012$ Change% Change

Net sales

 $107,272 $108,771 $(1,499) (1.4)%$109,530
$107,272
$2,258
2.1 %
Gross margin27.9%28.2% 
 

Operating income

 $10,840 $12,862 $(2,022) (15.7)%$10,828
$10,840
$(12)(0.1)%

Operating income as % of net sales

 10.1% 11.8%     9.9%10.1% 
 

The decrease in operating income for Lanier Clothes was primarilycomparable for Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012 as the resultfavorable impact of the lowerhigher sales and gross margins, partiallywas offset by decreasedslightly lower gross margin and higher SG&A, relatedwhich was primarily attributable to lower employment costs and advertising costs. The continuing gross margin pressures resulted from both competitive factors and product cost pressures.

higher incentive compensation earned in Fiscal 2013.

Ben Sherman:


 Fiscal 2012 Fiscal 2011 $ Change % Change Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012$ Change% Change

Net sales

 $81,922 $91,435 $(9,513) (10.4)%$67,218
$81,922
$(14,704)(17.9)%
Gross margin47.7 %48.1 % 
 

Operating loss

 $(10,898)$(2,535)$(8,363) (329.9)%$(13,131)$(10,898)$(2,233)(20.5)%

Operating loss as % of net sales

 (13.3)% (2.8)%     (19.5)%(13.3)% 
 

The decline in operating results for Ben Sherman in fiscal 2012 was primarily due to the decreaseddecrease in sales and lower gross margin, and royalty income, each as discussed above, and lower royalty income. These factors that negatively impacted the operating results were partially offset by reduced SG&A in Ben Sherman in Fiscal 2013 as well asBen Sherman took certain severance costs associatedactions to reduce its ongoing SG&A structure with a significant amount of that SG&A reduction being recognized in the business.

second half of Fiscal 2013.

Corporate and Other:


55




 Fiscal 2012 Fiscal 2011 $ Change % Change Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012$ Change% Change

Net sales

 $15,117 $12,056 $3,061 25.4%$17,465
$15,117
$2,348
15.5%

Operating loss

 $(20,692)$(19,969)$(723) (3.6)%$(11,185)$(20,692)$9,507
45.9%
         

LIFO charges

 $4,043 $5,772     

Life insurance death benefit gain

 $ $(1,155)     
LIFO charge (credit) included in Corporate and Other$(27)$4,043
  
Gain on sale of real estate included in Corporate and Other$1,611
$
 
 

The Corporate and Other operating results declined by $0.7improved in Fiscal 2013 primarily as a result of (1) Fiscal 2012 including a $4.0 million from a loss of $20.0 million in fiscal 2011 to a loss of $20.7 million in fiscal 2012. The operating results for fiscal 2012 reflect the net impact of LIFO accounting charge with charges of $4.0 millionno significant LIFO accounting impact in Fiscal 2013, (2) a reduction in Corporate and $5.8 million in fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2011, respectively. Fiscal 2011 operating income was also positively impactedOther SG&A primarily driven by a $1.2$2.1 million death benefit gain from a corporate owned life insurance policyreduction in incentive compensation in Fiscal 2013, as well as certain favorable changes in accruals, (3) higher sales and inclusion of $1.8 million of transition services fee income related to our former Oxford Apparel operating group, which was soldimproved gross margin in the fourth quarterOxford Golf and Lyons, Georgia distribution center businesses and (4) Fiscal 2013 including a gain on sale of fiscal 2010, with no such fees being included in fiscal 2012.

real estate of $1.6 million.

Interest expense, net

 
 Fiscal 2012 Fiscal 2011 $ Change % Change 

Interest expense, net

 $8,939 $16,266 $(7,327) (45.0)%
 Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012$ Change% Change
Interest expense, net$4,169
$8,939
$(4,770)(53.4)%

Interest expense for fiscal 2012Fiscal 2013 decreased primarily due to (1) our borrowing at lower interest rates in the second half of fiscal 2012Fiscal 2013 compared to the second half of fiscal 2011 and (2) our reduction in our average debt levels in the first half of fiscal 2012 compared to the first half of fiscal 2011 as a result of our repurchase of $45.0 million in aggregate principal amount of our Senior Secured Notes during the second and third quarters of fiscal 2011.Fiscal 2012.  During the second half of fiscal 2012,Fiscal 2013, substantially all of our borrowings were under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement, whereas substantially all of our borrowings in the secondfirst half of fiscal 2011Fiscal 2012 were from our Senior Secured Notes,previously outstanding senior secured notes, which had a coupon rate of 113/8% 3/8%. The change in the source of our borrowings resulted from our redemption of the


Table of Contents

remaining outstanding Senior Secured Notesprincipal amount of the senior secured notes in July 2012, which was primarily funded with borrowings under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement and cash on hand. We anticipate that interest expense for fiscal 2013 will be approximately $4.5 million.

Agreement.


Loss on repurchase of senior secured notes

 
 Fiscal 2012 Fiscal 2011 $ Change % Change 

Loss on repurchase of senior secured notes

 $9,143 $9,017 $126  1.4%
 Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012$ Change% Change
Loss on repurchase of senior notes$
$9,143
$(9,143)(100.0)%

        In the second and third quarters of fiscal 2011, we repurchased, in privately negotiated transactions, $45.0 million in aggregate principal amount of our Senior Secured Notes for $52.2 million, plus accrued interest. The repurchase of the Senior Secured Notes and related write-off of $1.8 million of unamortized deferred financing costs and discount resulted in a loss of $9.0 million in fiscal 2011.

        In

On July 16, 2012, we redeemed the remaining outstanding $105.0 million in aggregate principal amount of our Senior Secured Notes for approximately $111.0 million, plus accrued interest, using borrowings under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement and cash on hand.Agreement. The redemption of the Senior Secured Notes and related write-off of approximately $3.1 million of unamortized deferred financing costs and discount resulted in a loss of $9.1 million.

million


Income taxes


 Fiscal 2012 Fiscal 2011 $ Change % Change Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012$ Change% Change

Income taxes

 $19,572 $14,281 $5,291 37.0%35,210
19,572
15,638
79.9%

Effective tax rate

 38.5% 32.8%     43.7%38.5% 
 

Income tax expense for fiscal 2012Fiscal 2013 increased compared to fiscal 2011, primarilyFiscal 2012 due to higher earnings in fiscal 2012 as well asand an increase in the effective tax rate. Income taxesThe effective tax rates for fiscal 2012 were impacted byboth periods reflect the unfavorable impact of foreign losses in foreign jurisdictions for which we were not able to recognize an income tax benefit and a greater proportion of our earnings being in jurisdictions with higher tax rates, which was offset bythe favorable discrete items during the period, including the reduction in income tax contingency reserves by $2.2 million related to the expiration of the corresponding statute of limitations, the impact of a changedecrease in our assertion of permanent reinvestment of foreign earnings, and a reduction inthe enacted tax ratesrate in certain jurisdictions. Income taxesthe United Kingdom. The effective tax rate for fiscal 2011 wereFiscal 2012 was also impacted by certain other favorable discrete items, including the reduction of income tax contingency reserves upon the expiration of the corresponding statute of limitations, favorable permanent differences and tax credits which do not necessarily fluctuate with earnings and a reduction in enacted tax rates in certain jurisdictions, as well as the recognition of an income tax benefit for losses in foreign jurisdictions. We anticipate that our effective tax rate in future periods will be higher than the 38.5% effective tax rate in fiscal 2012 as our foreign losses in future periods will likely not provide a tax benefit in the near term, and we likely will not benefit from certain discrete items to the degree we did in fiscal 2012.

Net earnings

 
 Fiscal 2012 Fiscal 2011 

Earnings from continuing operations

 $31,317 $29,243 

Earnings from continuing operations per diluted common share

 $1.89 $1.77 
      

Weighted average common shares outstanding-diluted

  16,586  16,529 

        The increase in earnings from continuing operations for fiscal 2012 compared to fiscal 2011 was primarily due to (1) higher sales in Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer, (2) lower interest expense due to lower borrowings and lower interest rates in fiscal 2012 and (3) no purchase accounting adjustments


Table of Contents

in fiscal 2012, each as discussed above. These items were partially offset by (1) lower sales and operating results at Lanier Clothes and Ben Sherman, (2) higher SG&A in Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer to support the continued growth and expansion of these brands, (3) a more significant charge for change in fair value of contingent consideration in fiscal 2012, and (4) a higher effective tax rate during fiscal 2012, each as discussed above.

FISCAL 2011 COMPARED TO FISCAL 2010

        The discussion and tables below compare certain line items included in our statements of operations for fiscal 2011 to fiscal 2010. Each dollar and percentage change provided reflects the change between these periods unless indicated otherwise. Each dollar and share amount included in the tables is in thousands except for per share amounts.

Net Sales

 
 Fiscal 2011 Fiscal 2010 $ Change % Change 

Tommy Bahama

 $452,156 $398,510 $53,646  13.5%

Lilly Pulitzer

  94,495  5,959  88,536  NM 

Lanier Clothes

  108,771  103,733  5,038  4.9%

Ben Sherman

  91,435  86,920  4,515  5.2%

Corporate and Other

  12,056  8,825  3,231  36.6%
          

Total net sales

 $758,913 $603,947 $154,966  25.7%
          

        Consolidated net sales increased $155.0 million, or 25.7%, in fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010 primarily due to the net sales related to the Lilly Pulitzer business and the increase in net sales at Tommy Bahama, each as discussed below.

Tommy Bahama:

        The $53.6 million increase in net sales for Tommy Bahama was primarily driven by increased (1) increased comparable store sales, which includes sales of our full-price retail stores and our e-commerce sites of $30.1 million to $202.7 million in fiscal 2011 compared to $172.6 million in fiscal 2010, (2) a net sales increase of $10.2 million for stores opened in fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2011 and (3) a net sales increase of $7.9 million in our wholesale business. Additionally, restaurant sales and sales at outlet stores opened for all of fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2011 also increased in fiscal 2011. Tommy Bahama unit sales increased 6.8% due to the higher volume in each distribution channel, and the average selling price per unit increased 7.4%, primarily as a result of the higher proportion of net sales from the direct to consumer channel of distribution and higher product sales prices generally as certain product cost increases were recovered from consumers. As of January 28, 2012, Tommy Bahama operated 96 retail stores compared to 89 retail stores as of January 29, 2011.

Lilly Pulitzer:

        We acquired the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations on December 21, 2010. Therefore, our consolidated operating results for the first 101/2 months of fiscal 2010 did not include any operating activities for Lilly Pulitzer. Net sales for Lilly Pulitzer for fiscal 2011 were $94.5 million. By way of comparison, the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations generated $72.5 million of net sales during fiscal 2010, of which only $6.0 million was included in our consolidated operating results. The increase of $22.0 million in net sales from that generated by the Lilly Pulitzer brand in fiscal 2010 to Lilly Pulitzer's sales in fiscal 2011 reflects increases in each channel of distribution, consisting of a $9.6 million increase in wholesale sales, a $7.5 million increase in e-commerce sales and a $4.9 million increase in retail store sales. During fiscal 2011 we operated 16 Lilly Pulitzer retail stores, compared to


Table of Contents

the operation of 19 Lilly Pulitzer retail stores in fiscal 2010 with three of the 19 retail stores being closed prior to the start of fiscal 2011.

Lanier Clothes:

        The increase in net sales for Lanier Clothes was primarily due to $5.9 million in increased net sales in branded tailored clothing products, which was partially offset by a $0.9 million decline in private label sales. The average selling price per unit increased 6.7% as a result of the change in sales mix as our branded tailored clothing products, which typically have a higher average selling price than our private label products, represented a greater percentage of net sales for Lanier Clothes in fiscal 2011. A decrease in unit sales of 1.7% was primarily driven by the decreased sales in the private label businesses, which was partially offset by an increase in unit sales of branded tailored clothing products.

Ben Sherman:

        Net sales for Ben Sherman in fiscal 2011 increased by $4.5 million, or 5.2%, from fiscal 2010 primarily due to a $4.0 million increase in retail sales, with the majority of the increase in retail sales resulting from higher comparable retail store sales and the remainder being increased sales at outlet stores and new retail stores. The net sales for fiscal 2011 reflect an increase in the average selling price per unit of 17.3%, which was partially offset by a decrease in unit volume of 10.4%. The increase in average selling price per unit was due to (1) our strategy to improve the wholesale distribution of the brand, (2) a greater proportion of Ben Sherman's total sales being retail sales, which generally have higher selling prices, during fiscal 2011, (3) the favorable foreign currency translation impact of a 3.8% change in average exchange rates between the two periods and (4) the $2.0 million of net sales associated with the previously exited women's and footwear businesses, much of which was sold at close out prices in fiscal 2010 with no such sales in fiscal 2011. The reduced unit volume was primarily the result of our continuing strategy to improve the wholesale distribution of the brand, as reduced unit sales to certain moderate department stores have not yet been replaced with sales to targeted upper tier retailers, as well as the lack of close out sales associated with our previously exited women's and footwear businesses in fiscal 2011.

Corporate and Other:

        Corporate and Other net sales primarily consisted of the net sales of our Oxford Golf business and our Lyons, Georgia distribution center. The increase in the net sales for Corporate and Other was primarily driven by the higher net sales in our Oxford Golf business during fiscal 2011.

Gross Profit

        The first table below presents gross profit by operating group and in total for fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010 as well as the change between those two periods. The second table presents gross margin, which is


Table of Contents

calculated as gross profit divided by net sales by operating group, and in total for fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010.

Gross Profit
 Fiscal 2011 Fiscal 2010 $ Change % Change 

Tommy Bahama

 $276,567 $242,789 $33,778  13.9%

Lilly Pulitzer

  56,376  2,821  53,555  NM 

Lanier Clothes

  34,108  33,795  313  0.9%

Ben Sherman

  46,473  48,026  (1,553) (3.2)%

Corporate and Other

  (555) (24) (531) NM 
          

Total

 $412,969 $327,407 $85,562  26.1%
          

LIFO charges included in Corporate and Other

 $5,772 $3,792       

Charge related to write-up of acquired inventory included in Lilly Pulitzer

 $996 $764       


Gross Margin
 Fiscal 2011 Fiscal 2010 

Tommy Bahama

  61.2% 60.9%

Lilly Pulitzer

  59.7% NM 

Lanier Clothes

  31.4% 32.6%

Ben Sherman

  50.8% 55.3%

Corporate and Other

  NM  NM 

Total

  54.4% 54.2%

        The increase in consolidated gross profit was primarily due to higher net sales in each operating group, as discussed above, as well as the impact of changes in gross margin by operating group, as discussed below.

        The increase in gross margin at Tommy Bahama was primarily due to a change in sales mix with direct to consumer sales, which generally have a higher gross margin, representing a greater proportion of Tommy Bahama's net sales in fiscal 2011 as compared to fiscal 2010. Fiscal 2010 operating results for Lilly Pulitzer only included six weeks of activity. Therefore, gross margins for Lilly Pulitzer have not been provided for fiscal 2010 as they would not be meaningful for purposes of a year-to-year comparison. The gross profit and gross margin for Lilly Pulitzer for fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010 were negatively impacted by $1.0 million and $0.8 million, respectively, of charges to cost of goods sold resulting from the write-up of acquired inventory to fair value pursuant to the purchase method of accounting in connection with the sale of the acquired inventory. The decrease in gross margin at Lanier Clothes was primarily the result of the gross margin pressures, including competitive factors and higher product costs. The decrease in gross margin at Ben Sherman reflects gross margin erosion resulting from higher product costs, which in most cases were not passed on to Ben Sherman's customers. The gross profit in Corporate and Other in each period primarily reflects the impact on gross profit of our Oxford Golf and Lyons, Georgia distribution center offset by the impact of LIFO accounting, which included significant charges in both fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010.

        On a consolidated basis, the increase in gross margins was primarily due to changes in the sales mix in fiscal 2011 compared to fiscal 2010. The changes in sales mix included (1) the inclusion of Lilly Pulitzer operating results for a full year in fiscal 2011, and (2) direct to consumer sales making up a larger proportion of Tommy Bahama sales. These items, which positively impacted gross margins, were partially offset by the negative impact on our gross profit and gross margin of (1) the net impact of LIFO accounting, which included $5.8 million of charges in fiscal 2011 compared to $3.8 million of charges in fiscal 2010, and (2) gross margin declines in Lanier Clothes and Ben Sherman in fiscal 2011.

        Our gross profit and gross margin may not be directly comparable to those of our competitors, as statement of operations classification of certain expenses may vary by company.


Table of Contents

SG&A

 
 Fiscal 2011 Fiscal 2010 $ Change % Change 

SG&A

 $358,582 $301,975 $56,607  18.7%

SG&A (as % of net sales)

  47.2% 50.0%      

Life insurance death benefit gain

 $(1,155)        

Restructuring and other charges

   $3,212       

Acquisition transaction costs

   $848       

Environmental reserve reduction

   $(2,242)      

        The increase in SG&A was primarily due to fiscal 2011 including (1) $40.6 million of SG&A associated with Lilly Pulitzer, compared to $3.2 million in fiscal 2010, (2) the incremental SG&A of $4.7 million associated with the costs of operating Tommy Bahama retail stores which opened during fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2011, (3) certain infrastructure and other costs related to the Tommy Bahama international expansion totaling $3.6 million and (4) the net impact of certain retail store asset impairments offset by any associated write-offs of deferred rent credits associated with the impaired assets that were closed or are anticipated to be closed totaling $1.2 million. These increases were partially offset by the death benefit of a corporate owned life insurance policy of $1.2 million in fiscal 2011. In fiscal 2010, SG&A was impacted by $3.2 million of restructuring charges in Ben Sherman, $0.8 million of transaction costs associated with the Lilly Pulitzer acquisition and a $2.2 million reduction of an environmental reserve liability. SG&A as a percentage of net sales benefitted from leveraging, as our net sales increased at a greater rate than the increase in SG&A, as certain SG&A costs do not fluctuate with sales levels.

        Amortization of intangible assets, which is included in SG&A and totaled $1.2 million and $1.0 million in fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010, respectively, reflects the amortization of acquired intangible assets for Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and Ben Sherman.

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

 
 Fiscal 2011 Fiscal 2010 $ Change % Change 

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

 $2,400 $200 $2,200  NM 

        In connection with the acquisition of the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations, we entered into a contingent consideration agreement with the sellers, whereby we will be obligated to pay certain contingent consideration amounts based on the achievement of certain performance criteria by our Lilly Pulitzer operating group, which may be as much as $20 million in the aggregate over the four years subsequent to the acquisition. In accordance with GAAP, we have recognized a liability in our consolidated balance sheets for the fair value of this liability. This liability increases in fair value as we approach the date of anticipated payment, resulting in a charge to our consolidated statements of earnings during that period. Thus, the amounts reflected in our statements of earnings reflect the change in fair value of the contingent consideration obligations. Prior to the acquisition of the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations, we did not have any contingent consideration arrangements requiring adjustment to fair value. The increase in change in fair value of contingent consideration was due to fiscal 2011 including a full year, whereas, fiscal 2010 only included a six week period.

Royalties and other operating income

 
 Fiscal 2011 Fiscal 2010 $ Change % Change 

Royalties and other operating income

 $16,820 $15,430 $1,390  9.0%

        The increase in royalties and other operating income was primarily due to the royalty income associated with the recently acquired Lilly Pulitzer business as well as increased royalty income in Ben Sherman and Tommy Bahama.


Table of Contents

Operating income (loss)

 
 Fiscal 2011 Fiscal 2010 $ Change % Change 

Tommy Bahama

 $64,171 $51,081 $13,090  25.6%

Lilly Pulitzer

  14,278  (372) 14,650  NM 

Lanier Clothes

  12,862  14,316  (1,454) (10.2)%

Ben Sherman

  (2,535) (2,664) 129  4.8%

Corporate and Other

  (19,969) (21,699) 1,730  8.0%
          

Total operating income

 $68,807 $40,662 $28,145  69.2%
          

LIFO charges included in Corporate and Other

 $5,772 $3,792       

Charge related to write-up of acquired inventory included in Lilly Pulitzer

 $996 $764       

Charge for increase in fair value of contingent consideration included in Lilly Pulitzer

 $2,400 $200       

Life insurance death benefit gain included in Corporate and Other

 $(1,155)$       

Restructuring charges included in Ben Sherman

   $3,212       

Acquisition transaction costs included in Corporate and Other

   $848       

Environmental reserve reduction included in Corporate and Other

   $(2,242)      

        Operating income, on a consolidated basis, increased to $68.8 million in fiscal 2011 from $40.7 million in fiscal 2010. The $28.1 million increase in operating income was primarily due to (1) the inclusion of a full year of operating income for Lilly Pulitzer including charges related to the write-up of acquired inventory and increase in the fair value of contingent consideration, (2) higher net sales and improved operating results in Tommy Bahama, (3) the impact on Corporate and Other in fiscal 2011 of a $1.2 million gain associated with a corporate owned life insurance death benefit and (4) fiscal 2010 including the net impact of $3.2 million of restructuring charges, $0.8 million of acquisition transaction costs and a $2.2 million reduction of an environmental reserve liability. These positive items were partially offset by (1) the net $2.0 million impact of LIFO accounting charges and (2) lower operating results in Lanier Clothes and Ben Sherman resulting from competitive factors and product cost increases. Changes in operating income by operating group are discussed below.

Tommy Bahama:

 
 Fiscal 2011 Fiscal 2010 $ Change % Change 

Net sales

 $452,156 $398,510 $53,646  13.5%

Operating income

 $64,171 $51,081 $13,090  25.6%

Operating income as % of net sales

  14.2% 12.8%      

        The increase in operating income for Tommy Bahama was primarily due to the increased net sales. The increased sales were partially offset by (1) increased SG&A of $4.7 million associated with the cost of operating additional retail stores during fiscal 2011, (2) $3.6 million of costs associated with Tommy Bahama's international expansion and (3) the $1.2 million net impact of certain retail store impairments offset by any associated write-offs of deferred rent credits associated with retail stores that were closed or anticipated to be closed.


Table of Contents

Lilly Pulitzer:

 
 Fiscal 2011 Fiscal 2010 

Net sales

 $94,495 $5,959 

Operating income (loss)

 $14,278 $(372)

Operating income (loss) as % of net sales

  15.1% (6.2)%
      

Charge related to write-up of acquired inventory

 $996 $764 

Charge for increase in fair value of contingent consideration

 $2,400 $200 

        We acquired the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations on December 21, 2010. Therefore, there was less than two months of operating income for Lilly Pulitzer included in our consolidated operating results in fiscal 2010. The operating results for fiscal 2011 reflect a significant increase in operating income from the prior year comparable period, which were not included in our consolidated operating results, due to an increase in sales in all channels of distribution, as discussed above. The fiscal 2011 operating results were negatively impacted by $1.0 million of charges in the first quarter to cost of goods sold resulting from the write-up of acquired inventory to fair value pursuant to the purchase method of accounting in connection with the sale of acquired inventory. GAAP requires that all assets acquired as part of an acquisition, including inventory, be recorded at fair value, rather than its original cost. This write-up was recognized as an increase to cost of goods sold as the inventory is sold in the ordinary course of business. We do not anticipate that there will be any such charges to cost of goods sold in future periods. Additionally, the Lilly Pulitzer operating results for fiscal 2011 included a $2.4 million charge related to the change in the fair value of contingent consideration, as discussed above.

Lanier Clothes:

 
 Fiscal 2011 Fiscal 2010 $ Change % Change 

Net sales

 $108,771 $103,733 $5,038  4.9%

Operating income

 $12,862 $14,316 $(1,454) (10.2)%

Operating income as % of net sales

  11.8% 13.8%      

        The decrease in operating income for Lanier Clothes, despite higher sales levels, was primarily the result of gross margin pressures and increased SG&A, including higher royalty and advertising expenses as a result of the higher branded sales, during fiscal 2011.

Ben Sherman:

 
 Fiscal 2011 Fiscal 2010 $ Change % Change 

Net sales

 $91,435 $86,920 $4,515  5.2%

Operating loss

 $(2,535)$(2,664)$129  4.8%

Operating loss as % of net sales

  (2.8)% (3.1)%      

Restructuring charges

 $ $3,212       

        The operating loss for Ben Sherman was comparable for fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010. The impact of higher sales as discussed above as well as lower SG&A were offset by gross margin erosion. The gross margin erosion for Ben Sherman primarily reflects higher product costs, which in most cases were not passed on to Ben Sherman customers. The lower SG&A in fiscal 2011 was primarily due to fiscal 2010 including $3.2 million or restructuring charges.


Table of Contents

Corporate and Other:

 
 Fiscal 2011 Fiscal 2010 $ Change % Change 

Net sales

 $12,056 $8,825 $3,231  36.6%

Operating loss

 $(19,969)$(21,699)$1,730  8.0%
          

LIFO charges

 $5,772 $3,792       

Life insurance death benefit gain

 $(1,155)$       

Acquisition transaction costs

   $848       

Environmental reserve reduction

   $(2,242)      

        The Corporate and Other operating results improved by $1.7 million from a loss of $21.7 million in fiscal 2010 to a loss of $20.0 million in fiscal 2011. The improved operating results for fiscal 2011 were primarily due to (1) $1.8 million of transition services fee income related to our former Oxford Apparel operating group, which was sold in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010, (2) $1.5 million lower employee compensation costs in fiscal 2011 and (3) the $1.2 million death benefit from a corporate owned life insurance policy. These improved operating results were partially offset by the net $2.0 million impact of LIFO accounting charges between the two years. Fiscal 2010 Corporate and Other operating loss included the net impact of the $2.2 million reduction in an environmental reserve liability and $0.8 million of transaction costs associated with the Lilly Pulitzer acquisition.

Interest expense, net

 
 Fiscal 2011 Fiscal 2010 $ Change % Change 

Interest expense, net

 $16,266 $19,887 $(3,621) (18.2)%

        Interest expense for fiscal 2011 decreased due to the reduction in debt levels as a result of our repurchase of $45.0 million in aggregate principal amount of our Senior Secured Notes during fiscal 2011. Interest expense for both periods primarily reflects (1) interest incurred with respect to our outstanding Senior Secured Notes, (2) amortization of deferred financing costs associated with our outstanding Senior Secured Notes and our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement and (3) interest associated with our U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement. Amortization of deferred financing costs, which is included in interest expense, net was $1.7 million and $2.0 million in fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010, respectively, with the decrease in amortization of deferred financing costs also primarily being related to the repurchase of $45.0 million of our Senior Secured Notes.

Loss on repurchase of senior secured notes

 
 Fiscal 2011 Fiscal 2010 $ Change % Change 

Loss on repurchase of senior secured notes

 $9,017 $ $9,017  NM 

        In fiscal 2011, we repurchased, in privately negotiated transactions, $45.0 million in aggregate principal amount of our Senior Secured Notes for $52.2 million, plus accrued interest, using cash on hand. The repurchase of the Senior Secured Notes and related write-off of $1.8 million of unamortized deferred financing costs and discount resulted in a loss on repurchase of senior secured notes of $9.0 million.

Income taxes

 
 Fiscal 2011 Fiscal 2010 $ Change % Change 

Income taxes

 $14,281 $4,540 $9,741  214.6%

Effective tax rate

  32.8% 21.9%      

Table of Contents

        Income tax expense for fiscal 2011 increased compared to fiscal 2010, primarily due to higher earnings in fiscal 2011 as well as an increase in the effective tax rate. Income taxes for both periods were impacted by certain discrete items, including a decrease in income tax contingency reserves upon the expiration of the corresponding statute of limitations favorable permanent differencestotaling approximately $2.2 million and tax credits which do not necessarily fluctuate with earnings, and net changes in the value of deferred tax assets and liabilities due to changes in enacted tax rates. The impact of these discrete items on the effective tax rate was much more significanta change in fiscal 2010 dueour assertion of permanent reinvestment of foreign earnings. For further information regarding income taxes, see Note 8 to the lower earnings levelour consolidated financial statements included in fiscal 2010 and their magnitude.

this report.


Net earnings

 
 Fiscal 2011 Fiscal 2010 

Earnings from continuing operations

 $29,243 $16,235 

Earnings from continuing operations per diluted common share

 $1.77 $0.98 
      

Earnings from discontinued operations, net of taxes

 $137 $62,423 

Earnings from discontinued operations, net of taxes, per diluted common share

 $0.01 $3.77 
      

Net earnings

 $29,380 $78,658 

Net earnings per diluted common share

 $1.78 $4.75 
      

Weighted average common shares outstanding-diluted

  16,529  16,551 
 Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012
Net earnings$45,291
$31,317
Net earnings per diluted share$2.75
$1.89
Weighted average shares outstanding - diluted16,482
16,586


56



The increase inhigher net earnings from continuing operationsfor Fiscal 2013 compared to Fiscal 2012 was primarily due to the inclusion of the Lilly Pulitzer operating results, higher operating income(1) increased net sales in our Tommy Bahama operating group and lower interest expense, partially offset by the $9.0 millionFiscal 2013 resulting in increased gross profit, (2) Fiscal 2012 including a loss on repurchase of $45.0senior notes of $9.1 million with no such charge in Fiscal 2013, (3) a $6.0 million reduction in the charge for the change in the fair value of contingent consideration, (4) a $4.8 million reduction in interest expense, (5) Fiscal 2012 including a LIFO accounting charge of $4.0 million with no significant LIFO accounting impact in Fiscal 2013, (6) lower SG&A in Ben Sherman and Corporate and Other, and (7) higher royalty and other operating income. These factors were partially offset by (1) higher SG&A associated with the continued growth and expansion of the Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer brands, (2) a higher effective tax rate in Fiscal 2013 and (3) $2.1 million of our Senior Secured Notes, as discussed above.

        Earnings from discontinued operations reflectcharges in the operationsaggregate incurred in Fiscal 2013 related to substantially allan inventory step-up charge and amortization of intangible assets as a result of our former Oxford Apparel operating group, which we sold in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010. The operating resultsacquisition of the discontinuedTommy Bahama operations reflect substantially all of the normal operating activities of our former Oxford Apparel operating group in the first 11 months of fiscal 2010 as well as the gain on sale in fiscal 2010. However, the fiscal 2011 earnings from discontinued operations reflect certain wind-down and transition activities and an adjustment to the gain on sale upon finalization of the working capital adjustment in fiscal 2011.

Canada.



FINANCIAL CONDITION, LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Our primary source of revenue and cash flow is ourthe sale and distribution of apparel products through our direct to consumer and wholesale channels of distribution. Our primary uses of cash flow include the acquisitionpurchase of apparel products in the operation of our business, as well as operating expenses including employee compensation and benefits, occupancyoccupancy-related costs, marketing and advertising costs, other general and administrative operating expenses funding of capital expenditures for retail stores and information technology initiatives,the payment of quarterly dividends, periodic interest payments related to our financing arrangementsarrangements. Additionally, we use cash for the funding of capital expenditures and dividends and repayment of indebtedness. As we purchase products for sale prior to selling the products to our customers in both our direct to consumer and wholesale operations, inIn the ordinary course of business, we maintain certain levels of inventory and we also extend credit to our wholesale customers. These factors impact ourThus, we require a certain amount of working capital levels.to operate our business. If cash inflows are less than cash outflows, we have access to amounts under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement and U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement, subject to their terms, each of which is described below. We may seek to finance future capital investment programs through various methods, including, but not limited to, cash on hand, cash flow from operations, borrowings under our current or additional credit facilities, and sales of debt or equity securities.

securities and cash on hand.

Table of Contents

As of February 2, 2013,January 31, 2015 we had $7.5$5.3 million of cash and cash equivalents on hand, with $116.5$109.0 million of borrowings outstanding and $105.7$128.0 million of availability under our revolving credit agreements. We believe our balance sheet and anticipated positive cash flows from operating activities in the future providesprovide us with ample opportunity to continue to invest in our brands and our direct to consumer initiatives in future periods.

Key Liquidity Measures

($ in thousands)
 February 2, 2013 January 28, 2012 $ Change % Change January 31, 2015February 1, 2014$ Change% Change

Current assets

 $222,390 $214,070 $8,320 3.9%

Current liabilities

 124,266 117,554 6,712 5.7%
         
Total current assets$281,322
$271,032
$10,290
3.8 %
Total current liabilities158,295
133,046
25,249
19.0 %

Working capital

 $98,124 $96,516 $1,608 1.7%$123,027
$137,986
$(14,959)(10.8)%
         

Working capital ratio

 1.79 1.82     1.78
2.04
 
 

Debt to total capital ratio

 34% 34%     27%35% 
 


Our working capital ratio is calculated by dividing total current assets by total current liabilities. Both currentCurrent assets increased from February 1, 2014 to January 31, 2015 primarily due to higher inventories and current liabilities increased slightly from January 28, 2012 to February 2, 2013,receivables, each as discussed below,below. Current liabilities increased primarily as a result of (1) the classification of $12.5 million of contingent consideration as a current liability as of January 31, 2015 compared to $2.5 million as of February 1, 2014, (2) $9.1 million higher accrued compensation as of January 31, 2015, primarily resulting from higher incentive compensation, and (3) increased accounts payables, accrued expenses and other liabilities as of January 31, 2015. Changes in a comparable working capital ratio at both period ends.

accounts are discussed below.

For the ratio of debt to total capital, debt is defined as short-term and long-term debt, and total capital is defined as debt plus shareholders'shareholders’ equity. Debt was $116.5$109.0 million at January 31, 2015 and $141.6 million at February 2, 2013 and $106.01, 2014, while shareholders’ equity was $290.6 million at January 28, 2012, while shareholders' equity was $229.831, 2015 and $260.2 million at February 2, 2013 and $204.1 million at January 28, 2012.1, 2014. The comparable debt to total capital ratio at February 2, 2013 and January 28, 2012 reflects an increasedecrease in debt but also an increaseprimarily reflects the following during Fiscal 2014: (1) $95.4 million of cash flows from operating activities, (2) a $3.2 million reduction in shareholders' equity. The increase in debt was primarily due tocash and cash equivalents and (3) $1.0 million of proceeds from the issuance of common stock partially offset by the following: (1) $60.7$50.4 million of capital expenditures, incurred in fiscal 2012, (2) $9.9$13.9 million of dividends paid on our common stock and (3) $6.0 million premium required to redeem our Senior Secured Notes in the second quarter of fiscal 2012 and (4) $5.0$2.5 million of payments related to the Lilly Pulitzer contingent consideration arrangement, which inarrangement. Shareholders' equity increased, primarily as a result of net earnings partially offset by dividends paid and the aggregate exceededunfavorable impact on foreign currency exchange rate changes reflecting the $67.5 millionstronger United States dollar as of cash flows from operations during fiscal 2012.January 31, 2015. Our debt levels and ratio of debt to total capital in future periods may not be comparable to historical amounts as we continue to assess, and possibly make changes to, our

57



capital structure. Changes in our capital structure in the future, if any, will depend on prevailing market conditions, our liquidity requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors. The amounts involved may be material.

Balance Sheet

The following tables set forth certain information included in our consolidated balance sheets (in thousands) and calculations of changes in the information included in our consolidated balance sheets. Below each table are explanations for any significant changes in the balances at February 2, 2013January 31, 2015 compared to January 28, 2012.

February 1, 2014.

Current Assets:


 February 2, 2013 January 28, 2012 $ Change % Change January 31, 2015February 1, 2014$ Change% Change

Cash and cash equivalents

 $7,517 $13,373 $(5,856) (43.8)%$5,281
$8,483
$(3,202)(37.7)%

Receivables, net

 62,805 59,706 3,099 5.2%79,104
75,277
3,827
5.1 %

Inventories, net

 109,605 103,420 6,185 6.0%148,215
143,712
4,503
3.1 %

Prepaid expenses, net

 19,511 17,838 1,673 9.4%24,219
23,095
1,124
4.9 %

Deferred tax assets

 22,952 19,733 3,219 16.3%24,503
20,465
4,038
19.7 %
         

Total current assets

 222,390 214,070 8,320 3.9%$281,322
$271,032
$10,290
3.8 %
         

Table of Contents

Cash and cash equivalents as of January 31, 2015 and February 2, 2013 reflects a1, 2014 include typical cash amountamounts maintained on an ongoing basis in our operations, withwhich generally ranges from $5 million to $10 million at any given time. Any excess cash generally beingis used to repay amounts outstanding under our revolving credit agreements, if any. At January 28, 2012, we had excess cash as we had no amounts outstanding under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement.agreements. Receivables, net as of February 2, 2013January 31, 2015 increased compared to January 28, 2012 primarily due to the increasedhigher wholesale sales, particularly in our operating groupsTommy Bahama, in the last two months of fiscal 2012 compared to the last two months of fiscal 2011 which was a result of timing of shipments within the quarter as well as an increase in wholesale sales.

Fiscal 2014.

Inventories, net as of February 2, 2013January 31, 2015 increased from January 28, 2012 primarily to supportin each of our operating groups, except for Lanier Clothes. The higher inventory levels generally reflect higher anticipated sales growthin the First Quarter of Fiscal 2015 as compared to the First Quarter of Fiscal 2014. Prepaid expenses, net were comparable as of January 31, 2015 and additional retail stores for Tommy Bahama and Lilly Pulitzer, while inventory levels at both Lanier Clothes and Ben Sherman decreased from January 28, 2012. TheFebruary 1, 2014 reflecting an increase in prepaid expenses, net from January 28, 2012 to February 2, 2013 was primarily due to the timing of payments and recognition of the relatedincome taxes partially offset by decreases in prepaid operating expense for certain prepaid items, including product samples and rent.amounts. Deferred tax assets increased from January 28, 2012February 1, 2014 primarily as a result of thehigher incentive compensation amounts and a change in timing differences associated with inventory, compensation accruals and sales reserves, which were partially offset by changesdue in other accruals.

part to the significant LIFO accounting charge in the Fourth Quarter of Fiscal 2014.

Non-current Assets:


 February 2, 2013 January 28, 2012 $ Change % Change January 31, 2015February 1, 2014$ Change% Change

Property and equipment, net

 $128,882 $93,206 $35,676 38.3%$155,076
$141,519
$13,557
9.6 %

Intangible assets, net

 164,317 165,193 (876) (0.5)%167,770
173,023
(5,253)(3.0)%

Goodwill

 17,275 16,495 780 4.7%17,295
17,399
(104)(0.6)%

Other non-current assets, net

 23,206 20,243 2,963 14.6%23,604
24,332
(728)(3.0)%
         

Total non-current assets, net

 $333,680 $295,137 $38,543 13.1%$363,745
$356,273
$7,472
2.1 %
         

The increase in property and equipment, net at February 2, 2013 was primarily due to capital expenditures during fiscal 2012,Fiscal 2014, which were partially offset by depreciation expense in fiscal 2012.Fiscal 2014. The decrease in intangible assets, net was primarily due to the impact of the stronger United States dollar on our foreign denominated intangible assets and amortization of intangible assets associated with Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and Ben Sherman in fiscal 2012 as well as the impact of foreign currency exchange rates on the intangible assets.Fiscal 2014. The increase in goodwill from January 28, 2012 was primarily related to the goodwill associated with our acquisition of the Tommy Bahama business in Australia from our former licensee that operated that business. The increasedecrease in other non-current assets was primarily due to security deposit payments for certain international retail store lease agreementsa decrease in the value of corporate officers' life insurance policies and amortization of deferred financing costs partially offset by higher asset balances set aside for potential deferred compensation obligations,plan obligations.
Liabilities:

58



 January 31, 2015February 1, 2014$ Change% Change
Total current liabilities$158,295
$133,046
$25,249
19.0 %
Long-term debt104,842
137,592
(32,750)(23.8)%
Non-current contingent consideration
12,225
(12,225)(100.0)%
Other non-current liabilities58,113
51,520
6,593
12.8 %
Non-current deferred income taxes33,212
32,759
453
1.4 %
Total liabilities$354,462
$367,142
(12,680)(3.5)%
Current liabilities increased, reflecting (1) the $12.5 million current contingent consideration liability as of January 31, 2015 compared to $2.5 million as of February 1, 2014, (2) a $9.1 million increase in accrued compensation, primarily resulting from higher incentive compensation amounts as of January 31, 2015, and (3) increased accounts payables, accrued expenses and other liabilities as of January 31, 2015, which primarily resulted from the timing of payment of certain inventory and expense items. These items were partially offset by decreaseslower income taxes payable as of January 31, 2015. The decrease in deferred financing costs.

Liabilities:

 
 February 2, 2013 January 28, 2012 $ Change % Change 

Current liabilities

 $124,266 $117,554 $6,712  5.7%

Long-term debt

  108,552  103,405  5,147  5.0%

Non-current contingent consideration

  14,450  10,645  3,805  35.7%

Other non-current liabilities

  44,572  38,652  5,920  15.3%

Non-current deferred income taxes

  34,385  34,882  (497) (1.4)%
          

Total liabilities

 $326,225 $305,138  21,087  6.9%
          

        The changedebt primarily reflects the following during Fiscal 2014: (1) $95.4 million of cash flows from operating activities, (2) a $3.2 million reduction in current liabilities at February 2, 2013 compared to January 28, 2012 was primarily due to higher amounts outstanding under our U.K. Revolving Credit Agreementcash and higher accrued compensationcash equivalents and (3) $1.0 million of proceeds from the issuance of common stock partially offset by a lower contingent consideration current liability and lower accounts


Table of Contents

payable and accrued expenses at February 2, 2013. The increase in debt at February 2, 2013 compared to January 28, 2012 was primarily a result of the significant cash flows in fiscal 2012 includingfollowing: (1) $60.7$50.4 million of capital expenditures, incurred in fiscal 2012, (2) $9.9$13.9 million of dividends paid on our common stock and (3) a $6.0 million premium required to redeem our Senior Secured Notes in the second quarter of fiscal 2012 and (4) $5.0$2.5 million of payments related to the Lilly Pulitzer contingent consideration arrangement, which in the aggregate exceeded the $67.5 million of cash flows from operations during fiscal 2012.arrangement. The increasedecrease in non-current contingent consideration fromat January 28, 201231, 2015 was primarily due to the fiscal 2012 adjustment to fair valueresult of $6.4 million recognized in our consolidated statement of earnings, which was partially offset byall the payment of the fiscal 2012 contingent consideration obligation being classified as a current liability as of $2.5 million.January 31, 2015 as the amount is expected to be paid in the first quarter of Fiscal 2015. Other non-current liabilities increased as of February 2, 2013January 31, 2015 compared to the prior year primarily due to increases in deferred rent and deferred compensation liabilities partially offset by a $2.2 million reduction in reserves for uncertain tax positions.liabilities. Non-current deferred income taxes which did not change significantly fromwas comparable as of January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014, primarily reflecting the prior year in total, decreased from January 28, 2012 to February 2, 2013 primarily as a result of the change in timing differences associated with intangible assets, deferred rent liabilities, deferred tax on foreign earnings and thenet impact of changes in the effective tax rate at which certain timing differences are expected to reverse in the future, which offset the change in timing differencesdeferred taxes associated with depreciation.

accrued compensation balances and intangible assets.

Statement of Cash Flows

The following table sets forth the net cash flows resulting in the change in our cash and cash equivalents (in thousands):

 
 Fiscal 2012 Fiscal 2011 Fiscal 2010 

Net cash provided by operating activities

 $67,452 $44,645 $35,691 

Net cash used in investing activities

  (62,515) (35,708) (71,553)

Net cash used in financing activities

  (10,948) (57,216) (11,223)

Net cash provided by discontinued operations

    17,479  82,860 
        

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

 $(6,011)$(30,800)$35,775 
        
 Fiscal 2014Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012
Cash provided by operating activities$95,409
$52,734
$67,098
Cash used in investing activities(50,355)(59,130)(62,515)
Cash (used in) provided by financing activities(47,619)6,938
(10,594)
Net change in cash and cash equivalents$(2,565)$542
$(6,011)

Fiscal 2012 Compared to Fiscal 2011

Cash and cash equivalents on hand was $5.3 million, $8.5 million and $7.5 million at January 31, 2015, February 1, 2014 and $13.4 million at February 2, 2013, and January 28, 2012, respectively. Changes in cash flows in fiscalFiscal 2014, Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2011 related to operating activities, investing activities, and financing activities and discontinued operations are discussed below.

Fiscal 2014 Compared to Fiscal 2013
Operating Activities:

In fiscal 2012,Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013, operating activities generated $67.5provided $95.4 million and $52.7 million of cash, while in fiscal 2011, operating activities generated $44.6 million of cash, with the increase in cash flow from operating activities for fiscal 2012 primarily being due to more favorable changes in working capital accounts and an increase in net earnings, both as compared to the prior year.respectively. The cash flow from operating activities was primarily the result of net earnings for the relevant period adjusted, as applicable, for non-cash activities such asincluding depreciation, amortization, stockequity-based compensation expense and a change in fair value of contingent consideration as well as the loss on repurchase of senior secured notes and the net impact of changes in our working capital accounts.accounts, as applicable. The higher cash flow from operating activities, despite the comparable earnings, for Fiscal 2014 was primarily due to changes in working capital and Fiscal 2013 including a significant excess tax benefit related to equity-based compensation. In fiscal 2012,Fiscal 2014, the more significant changes in working capital were a decreaseincreases in current liabilities an increase in receivables and an increase in non-current assetsliabilities, each of which decreasedincreased cash and wasflow from operations, partially offset by the impactincreases in inventories and receivables, each of an increase in other non-current liabilities.which reduced cash flow from operations. In fiscal 2011,Fiscal 2013, the more significant changes in working capital were an increase in inventories receivables, prepaid expenses and a decrease in non-current liabilities,receivables, each of which decreasedreduced cash and wereflow from operations, partially offset by an increase in current liabilities and other non-current liabilities.


Table of Contents

We generally anticipate that cash flows from operations will increase in the future as our business continues to grow, reflecting higher earnings partially offset by increased working capital requirements.

Investing Activities:


59



During fiscal 2012Fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2011,Fiscal 2013, investing activities used $62.5$50.4 million and $35.7$59.1 million respectively, of cash. During fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2011, $60.7cash, respectively. Of these cash flows used in investing activity amounts, $50.4 million and $35.3$43.4 million in Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013, respectively, of cash was usedwere for the capital expenditures in each period primarily related to costs associated with new retail stores, information technology initiatives and retail store and restaurant remodeling and distribution center enhancements. During fiscal 2012, we also paid $1.8remodeling.The remaining cash used in investing activities in Fiscal 2013 included $17.9 million related to our acquisition of the assets and operations of the Tommy Bahama business in AustraliaCanada from our former licenseelicensee.

We anticipate that operated that business.

capital expenditures in Fiscal 2015 will be significantly higher than capital expenditures in recent years. See a discussion of Fiscal 2015 expected capital expenditures in Contractual Obligations below.

Financing Activities:

During fiscal 2012,Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013, financing activities used $10.9$47.6 million and provided $6.9 million of cash, while in fiscal 2011respectively. In Fiscal 2014, we decreased debt by $32.6 million based on our cash flow from operating activities exceeding our cash needs for investing activities and financing activities used $57.2 million of cash with changes in debt being the most significant changes in financing activities during each period.activities. In fiscal 2012,Fiscal 2013, we increased debt by $10.5$25.0 million based on cash needs for investing and financing activities exceeding our cash flow from operations, while replacing our borrowings under our Senior Secured Notessenior notes with borrowings under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement. During fiscal 2012,

The repurchase of common stock in Fiscal 2013 primarily resulted from the vesting of restricted stock awards that were returned by employees to satisfy employee income tax obligations, while the proceeds from issuance of common stock primarily resulted from the excess tax benefit associated with the vesting of the restricted stock awards. We paid dividends of $13.9 million and $11.9 million during Fiscal 2014 and Fiscal 2013, respectively. In Fiscal 2014, we paid $5.0$2.5 million for the payment of the fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2012Fiscal 2013 contingent consideration paymentspayment related to the Lilly Pulitzer acquisition. During fiscal 2011, we reduced debt by $49.6 million by using cash on hand to repurchase a portion of our Senior Secured Notes.

We used $9.9 million and $8.6 million of cash to pay dividends during fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2011, respectively.

Discontinued Operations:

        The cash flows provided by discontinued operations reflectanticipate that cash flow provided by or used in financing activities in the activities offuture will be dependent upon whether our discontinued operations, which include the operations related to substantially all of our former Oxford Apparel operating group. There were no cash flows from discontinued operations in fiscal 2012, while the cash flow from discontinued operationsoperating activities exceeds our capital expenditures, the remaining contingent consideration payment in fiscal 2011 primarily reflectsFiscal 2015 and dividend payments. Generally, we anticipate that excess cash, if any, is used to repay debt on our revolving credit agreements. Given the conversionsignificance of assets related tocapital expenditures and contingent consideration payment amounts in Fiscal 2015 as well as dividend payments, the discontinued operations into cash, net of the useamount of cash available to pay liabilities, including income taxes, associated with the sold business during fiscal 2011.

be used in financing activities as a repayment of debt may be limited.

Fiscal 20112013 Compared to Fiscal 2010

        Cash2012

Operating Activities:
In Fiscal 2013 and cash equivalents on hand was $13.4Fiscal 2012, operating activities provided $52.7 million and $44.1$67.1 million at January 28, 2012 and January 29, 2011,of cash, respectively. Changes inThe cash flows in fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010 related toflow from operating activities investing activities, financing activities and discontinued operations are discussed below.

Operating Activities:

        The operating cash flows for fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010 of $44.6 million and $35.7 million, respectively, werewas primarily the result of net earnings for the relevant period adjusted, as applicable, for non-cash activities such as depreciation, amortization, stock compensation expense, change in fair value of contingent consideration, and loss on repurchase of senior secured notes as well asand the net impact of changes in our working capital accounts.accounts, as applicable. The increase inlower cash flow from operations betweenoperating activities, despite the two periodshigher earnings, for Fiscal 2013 was primarily due to the higherFiscal 2012 earnings in fiscal 2011, despite the $9.0including a $9.1 million loss on repurchase of $45.0 million aggregate principal amount of our Senior Secured Notes. In fiscal 2011, the more significantsenior notes and Fiscal 2013 having less favorable changes in working capital were increasesaccounts, as compared to the same period in inventories, receivables and prepaid expenses and a decrease in other non-current liabilities, each of which decreased cash, and were partially offset by an increase in current liabilities during fiscal 2011.the prior year. In fiscal 2010,Fiscal 2013, the more significant changes in working capital were increases in inventories and accounts payable as we increased our inventoryreceivables, each of which reduced cash flow from operations, which was partially offset by an increase in anticipationcurrent liabilities and non-current liabilities. In Fiscal 2012, the more significant changes in working capital were an increase in inventories and receivables and other non-current assets, each of higher sales for spring 2011.

which reduced cash flow from operations, which was partially offset by an increase in other non-current liabilities.

Table of Contents

Investing Activities:

During fiscal 2011Fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2010,Fiscal 2012, investing activities used $35.7$59.1 million and $71.6 million, respectively, of cash. In fiscal 2010, we used $58.3$62.5 million of cash, respectively. The cash used in investing activities in Fiscal 2013 included $17.9 million related to acquireour acquisition of the Lilly Pulitzer brandTommy Bahama business in Canada from our former licensee, while Fiscal 2012 included $1.8 million related to our acquisition of the Tommy Bahama business in Australia from our former licensee. The remaining $43.4 million and operations. Capital$60.7 million of cash flow used in investing activities in Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012, respectively, were for the capital expenditures of $35.3 million in fiscal 2011each period primarily related to costs associated with new retail stores, information technology initiatives distribution center enhancements and retail store and restaurant remodeling, while the $13.3 million in fiscal 2010 primarily related to costs associated with new retail storesremodeling.
Financing Activities:

60



During Fiscal 2013 and information technology initiatives.

Financing Activities:

        During fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010,Fiscal 2012, financing activities used $57.2provided $6.9 million and $11.2 million, respectively, of cash. In fiscal 2011, we paid $52.2 million, plus accrued interest, for the repurchase of $45.0 million aggregate principal amount of our Senior Secured Notes and paid $8.6used $10.6 million of dividends.cash, respectively. In fiscal 2010,Fiscal 2013, we usedincreased debt by $25.0 million based on our cash generated from operatingneeds for investing activities to pay $7.3 million of dividends and repay $4.1 million of company owned life insurance policy loans, while also accumulating cash on hand at January 29, 2011.

Discontinued Operations:

        The cash flows provided by discontinued operations reflect cash flow provided by or used in thefinancing activities ofexceeding our discontinued operations, which include the operations related to substantially all of our former Oxford Apparel operating group. The cash flow from discontinuedoperating activities. In Fiscal 2012, we increased debt by $10.5 million based on cash need for investing and financing activities exceeding our cash flow from operations, while replacing our borrowings under our senior notes with borrowings under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement.


The repurchase of common stock in fiscalFiscal 2013 primarily resulted from the vesting of restricted stock awards that were returned by employees to satisfy employee income tax obligations, while the proceeds from issuance of common stock primarily resulted from the excess tax benefit associated with the vesting of the restricted stock awards. In Fiscal 2012, we paid $5.0 million for the payment of the Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011 primarily reflects the conversion of assetscontingent consideration payments related to the discontinued operations into cash, netLilly Pulitzer acquisition. We paid dividends of the use of cash to pay liabilities, including income taxes, associated with the sold business$11.9 million and $9.9 million during fiscal 2011 as well as the receipt of $3.7 million of cash related to the sale of our former Oxford Apparel operating group which was received in fiscal 2011. The cash flows provided by discontinued operations in fiscal 2010 reflect the $102.8 million of proceeds from the sale of the discontinued operations during fiscal 2010, as well as the cash flow generated by the normal operations discontinued operations during fiscal 2010 prior to the January 2011 sale, which consisted of earnings from the discontinued operations less increased working capital requirements during the year.

Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012, respectively.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The table below provides a description of our significant financing arrangements andsets forth the amounts outstanding under theseour financing arrangements (in thousands) as of February 2, 2013:

January 31, 2015:

$235 million U.S. Secured Revolving Credit Facility ("U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement")

$108,552

£7 million Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility ("U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement")

7,944

Total debt

116,496

Short-term debt

(7,944)

Long-term debt

$108,552
$235 million U.S. Secured Revolving Credit Facility ("U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement")$104,842
£7 million Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility ("U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement")4,126
Total debt108,968
Short-term debt(4,126)
Long-term debt$104,842

        The U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement, entered into in June 2012, amended and restated our prior revolving credit agreement, which was scheduled to mature in August 2013.


The U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement generally (i) is limited to a borrowing base consisting of specified percentages of eligible categories of assets; (ii) accrues variable-rate interest (weighted average borrowing rate of 1.9% as of January 31, 2015), unused line fees and letter of credit fees based upon a pricing grid which is tied to average unused availability and/or utilization; (iii) requires periodic interest payments with principal due at maturity (June 2017)(November 2018); and (iv) is generally secured by a first priority security interest in the accounts receivable, inventory, general intangibles and eligible trademarks, investment property (including the equity interests of certain subsidiaries), deposit


Table of Contents

accounts, intercompany obligations, equipment, goods, documents, contracts, books and records and other personal property of Oxford Industries, Inc. and substantially all of its domestic subsidiaries.


The U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement generally (i) accrues interest at the bank's base rate plus an applicable margin;margin (4.0% as of January 31, 2015); (ii) requires interest payments monthly with principal payable on demand; and (iii) is collateralized by substantially all of the assets of our United Kingdom Ben Sherman subsidiaries.

To the extent cash flow needs exceed cash flow provided by our operations we will have access, subject to their terms, to our lines of credit to provide funding for operating activities, capital expenditures and acquisitions, if any. Our credit facilities are also used to finance trade letters of credit for product purchases, which are drawn against our lines of credit at the time of shipment of the products and reduce the amounts available under our lines of credit and borrowing capacity under our credit facilities when issued. As of February 2, 2013, $7.2January 31, 2015, $8.5 million of trade letters of credit and other limitations on availability in the aggregate were outstanding against our credit facilities. After considering these limitations and the amount of eligible assets in our borrowing base, as applicable, as of February 2, 2013,January 31, 2015, we had $105.1$125.8 million and $0.6$2.3 million in unused availability under the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement and the U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement, respectively, subject to the respective limitations on borrowings set forth in the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement and the U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement.

borrowings.

Covenants and Other Restrictions:

Our credit facilities, consisting of our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement and our U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement, are subject to a number of affirmative covenants regarding the delivery of financial information, compliance with law, maintenance of property, insurance and conduct of business. Also, our credit facilities are subject to certain negative covenants or other restrictions including, among other things, limitations on our ability to (i) incur debt, (ii) guaranty certain obligations, (iii) incur liens, (iv) pay dividends to shareholders, (v) repurchase shares of our common stock, (vi) make investments, (vii) sell assets or stock of subsidiaries, (viii) acquire assets or businesses, (ix) merge or consolidate with other companies, or (x) prepay, retire, repurchase or redeem debt.

Our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement contains a financial covenant that applies if unused availability under the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement for three consecutive days is less than the greater of (i) $23.5$23.5 million or (ii) 10% of the total revolving commitments. In such case, our fixed charge coverage ratio as defined in the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement must not be less than 1.0 to 1.0 for the immediately preceding 12 fiscal months for which financial statements have been delivered.

61



This financial covenant continues to apply until we have maintained unused availability under the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement of more than the greater of (i) $23.5$23.5 million or (ii) 10% of the total revolving commitments for 30 consecutive days.

We believe that the affirmative covenants, negative covenants, financial covenants and other restrictions under our credit facilities are customary for those included in similar facilities entered into at the time we entered into our agreements. During fiscal 2012Fiscal 2014 and as of February 2, 2013,January 31, 2015, no financial covenant testing was required pursuant to our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement as the minimum availability threshold was met at all times. As of February 2, 2013,January 31, 2015, we were compliant with all covenants related to our credit facilities.

Redemption and Repurchase of Senior Notes:

        During the second quarter and third quarters of fiscal 2011, we repurchased, in privately negotiated transactions, $45.0 million in aggregate principal amount of our Senior Secured Notes for $52.2 million, plus accrued interest, using cash on hand. The repurchase of the Senior Secured Notes and related write-off of $1.8 million of unamortized deferred financing costs and discount resulted in a loss on repurchase of senior notes of $9.0 million in fiscal 2011. In the second quarter of 2012, we


Table of Contents

redeemed all of the remaining outstanding $105 million in aggregate principal amount of the Senior Secured Notes, which were scheduled to mature in July 2015. The redemption of the Senior Secured Notes at a premium of $6.0 million and the write-off of $3.1 million of unamortized deferred financing costs and unamortized bond discount resulted in a loss on repurchase of senior notes of $9.1 million. The redemption of the Senior Secured Notes was funded through borrowings under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement and cash on hand and satisfied and discharged all of our obligations with respect to the Senior Secured Notes.

Other Liquidity Items:

We anticipate that we will be able to satisfy our ongoing cash requirements, which generally consist of working capital and other operating activity needs, capital expenditures, dividends and interest payments on our debt, and dividends, if any, primarily from positive cash flow from operations supplemented by cash on hand and borrowings under our lines of credit, if necessary. Our need for working capital is typically seasonal with the greatest requirements generally existing in the fall and spring of each year. Our capital needs will depend on many factors including our growth rate, the need to finance inventory levels and the success of our various products. We anticipate that at the maturity of any of our financing arrangements or as otherwise deemed appropriate, we will be able to refinance the facilities and debt with terms available in the market at that time, which may or may not be as favorable as the terms of the current agreements or current market terms.

Contractual Obligations

        The following table summarizes our contractual cash obligations, as of February 2, 2013, by future period (in thousands):

 
 Payments Due by Period 
 
 Less Than 1 year 1-3 Years 3-5 Years More Than 5 Years Total 

Contractual Obligations:

                

U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement and U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement(1)

 $ $ $ $ $ 

Operating leases(2)

  54,786  98,611  69,401  133,907  356,705 

Minimum royalty and advertising payments pursuant to royalty agreements

  5,082  8,201      13,283 

Letters of credit

  7,208        7,208 

Contingent purchase price consideration(3)

    15,000      15,000 

Other(4)(5)(6)

           
            

Total

 $67,076 $121,812 $69,401 $133,907 $392,196 
            

(1)
Principal and interest amounts payable in future periods on our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement and U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement have been excluded from the table above, as the amount that will be outstanding and interest rate during any fiscal year will be dependent upon future events which are not known at this time. As of February 2, 2013, $108.6 million was outstanding under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement, which matures in June 2017, and $7.9 million was outstanding under our U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement, which is payable on demand.

(2)
Amounts to be paid in future periods for real estate taxes, insurance, other operating expenses and contingent rent applicable to the properties pursuant to the respective operating leases have been excluded from the table above, as the amounts payable in future periods are generally not quantified in the lease agreements and are dependent on factors which are not known at this time. Such amounts incurred in fiscal 2012 totaled $16.1 million.

Table of Contents

(3)
Amounts reflected in the table reflect the maximum amount payable pursuant to a contingent consideration arrangement associated with the Lilly Pulitzer acquisition, which totaled $15.0 million as of February 2, 2013. Amounts are payable if certain performance criteria related to the acquired business are met during fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2014. As of February 2, 2013, our consolidated balance sheet reflects a liability of $14.5 million associated with this arrangement, which is included in non-current contingent consideration and reflects the fair value of the anticipated payments as of that date.

(4)
Amounts totaling $11.0 million of deferred compensation obligations and obligations related to the postretirement benefit portions of endorsement-type split dollar life insurance policies, which are included in other non-current liabilities in our consolidated balance sheet as of February 2, 2013, have been excluded from the table above, due to the uncertainty of the timing of the payment of these obligations, which are generally at the discretion of the individual employees or upon the death of the individual, respectively.

(5)
An environmental reserve liability of $1.8 million, which is included in other non-current liabilities in our consolidated balance sheet as of February 2, 2013 and discussed in Note 6 to our consolidated financial statements included in this report, has been excluded from the above table, as we were not contractually obligated to incur these costs as of February 2, 2013 and the timing of payment is uncertain.

(6)
Non-current deferred tax liabilities of $34.4 million included in our consolidated balance sheet as of February 2, 2013 and discussed in Note 8 to our consolidated financial statements included in this report have been excluded from the above table, as deferred income tax liabilities are calculated based on temporary differences between the tax basis and book basis of assets and liabilities, which will result in taxable amounts in future years when the liabilities are settled at their reported financial statement amounts. As the results of these calculations do not have a direct connection with the amount of cash taxes to be paid in any future periods, scheduling deferred income tax liabilities by period could be misleading.

        Our anticipated capital expenditures for fiscal 2013, which are excluded from the table above as we are not contractually obligated to pay these amounts as of February 2, 2013, are expected to be approximately $45 million. These expenditures are expected to consist primarily of costs associated with opening new retail stores, retail store and restaurant remodeling and information technology initiatives, including e-commerce enhancements.

Dividend Declaration

        On March 27, 2013, our Board of Directors approved a cash dividend of $0.18 per share payable on May 3, 2013 to shareholders of record as of the close of business on April 19, 2013. Although weWe have paid dividends in each quarter since we became a public company in July 1960, however, we may discontinue or modify dividend payments at any time if we determine that other uses of our capital, including payment of outstanding debt, repurchases of outstanding shares, funding of acquisitions or funding of capital expenditures, may be in our best interest; if our expectations of future cash flows and future cash needs outweigh the ability to pay a dividend; or if the terms of our credit facilities, other debt instruments, contingent consideration arrangements or applicable law limit our ability to pay dividends. We may borrow to fund dividends in the short-term based on our expectation of operating cash flows in future periods subject to the terms and conditions of our credit facilities or other debt instruments and applicable law. All cash flow from operations will not necessarily be paid out as dividends in all periods. For details about limitations on our ability to pay dividends, see the discussion of our credit facilities above and Note 5 of our consolidated financial statements contained in this reportreport.

Contractual Obligations
The following table summarizes our contractual cash obligations, as of January 31, 2015, by future period (in thousands):
 Payments Due by Period
 
Less Than
1 year
1-3 Years3-5 Years
More Than
5 Years
Total
Contractual Obligations:     
U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement and U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement (1)$
$
$
$
$
Operating leases (2)65,802
121,854
102,465
222,143
512,264
Minimum royalty and advertising payments pursuant to royalty agreements5,589
10,863


16,452
Letters of credit8,546



8,546
Contingent purchase price consideration (3)12,500



12,500
Other (4)(5)(6)




Total$92,437
$132,717
$102,465
$222,143
$549,762


(1)Principal and interest amounts payable in future periods on our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement and U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement have been excluded from the table above, as the amount that will be outstanding and interest rate during any fiscal year will be dependent upon future events which are not known at this time. As of January 31, 2015, $104.8 million was outstanding under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement, which matures in November 2018, and $4.1 million was outstanding under our U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement, which is payable on demand. During Fiscal 2014, interest paid on these revolving credit arrangements was $3.3 million.

(2)Amounts to be paid in future periods for real estate taxes, insurance, other operating expenses and contingent rent applicable to the properties pursuant to the respective operating leases have been excluded from the table above, as the

62



amounts payable in future periods are, in some cases, not quantified in the lease agreements and are dependent on factors which are not known at this time. Such amounts incurred in Fiscal 2014 totaled $21.7 million.

(3)Amounts included in the table reflect the remaining amount payable pursuant to a contingent consideration arrangement associated with the Lilly Pulitzer acquisition, which we anticipate paying in the First Quarter of Fiscal 2015.

(4)
Amounts totaling $11.3 million of deferred compensation obligations, which are included in other non-current liabilities in our consolidated balance sheet as of January 31, 2015, have been excluded from the table above, due to the uncertainty of the timing of the payment of these obligations, which are generally at the discretion of the individual employees or upon the death of the individual, respectively.

(5)An environmental reserve liability of $1.3 million, which is included in other non-current liabilities in our consolidated balance sheet as of January 31, 2015 and discussed in Note 6 to our consolidated financial statements included in this report, has been excluded from the above table, as we were not contractually obligated to incur these costs as of January 31, 2015 and the timing of payment, if any, is uncertain.

(6)Non-current deferred tax liabilities of $33.2 million included in our consolidated balance sheet as of January 31, 2015 and discussed in Note 8 to our consolidated financial statements included in this report have been excluded from the above table, as deferred income tax liabilities are calculated based on temporary differences between the tax basis and book basis of assets and liabilities, which will result in taxable amounts in future years when the liabilities are settled at their reported financial statement amounts. As the results of these calculations do not have a direct connection with the amount of cash taxes to be paid in any future periods, scheduling deferred income tax liabilities by period could be misleading.
Our anticipated capital expenditures for Fiscal 2015, which are excluded from the discussiontable above as we are generally not contractually obligated to pay these amounts as of January 31, 2015, are expected to be approximately $70 million. These expenditures are expected to consist primarily of costs associated with opening and relocating retail stores and restaurants, facility relocations and enhancements, remodeling retail stores and restaurants and information technology initiatives, including e-commerce capabilities. We anticipate that approximately $13 million of our credit facilities above.

capital expenditures in Fiscal 2015 will be funded by landlords through tenant improvement allowance reimbursements.

Table of Contents

Off Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have not entered into agreements which meet the SEC's definition of an off balance sheet financing arrangement, other than operating leases, and have made no financial commitments to or guarantees with respect to any unconsolidated subsidiaries or special purpose entities.



CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP.GAAP in a consistent manner. The preparation of these financial statements requires the selection and application of accounting policies. Further, the application of GAAP requires us to make estimates and judgments about future events that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and related disclosures. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our estimates, including those related to receivables, inventories, goodwill, intangible assets, income taxes, contingencies and other accrued expenses.discussed below. We base our estimates on historical experience, current trends and on various other assumptions that we believe are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources.
Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. We believe it is possible that other professionals, applying reasonable judgment to the same set of facts and circumstances, could develop and support a range of alternative estimated amounts. We believe that we have appropriately applied our critical accounting policies. However, in the event that inappropriate assumptions or methods were used relating to the critical accounting policies below, our consolidated statements of earningsoperations could be misstated.

The detailed summary of significant accounting policies is included in Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements contained in this report. The following is a brief discussion of the more significant accounting policies, estimates, assumptions and methodsjudgments we use.

use or the amounts most sensitive to change from outside factors.

Revenue Recognition and Accounts Receivable


63



Our revenue consists of direct to consumer sales, which includes retail store, e-commerce, restaurant and concession sales, as well as wholesale sales. We consider revenue realized or realizable and earned when the following criteria are met: (1) persuasive evidence of an agreement exists, (2) delivery has occurred, (3) our price to the buyer is fixed or determinable and (4) collectibility is reasonably assured.

        Retail store, e-commerce, restaurant

An area of judgment affecting reported revenues and concessionnet earnings involves estimating sales reserves, which represent a portion of revenues are recognized at the time of salenot expected to consumers, which is considered the time of shipment for e-commerce sales, as we believe the criteria for revenue recognition are met at the time of sale. Retail store, e-commerce, restaurant and concessionbe realized. In our direct to consumer operations, revenues are recorded net of estimated returns and discounts, as appropriate, while our wholesale revenue is reduced by estimates for discounts, allowances, advertising support, operational chargebacks and net of applicable sales taxes inprovisions for estimated returns. The significant assumptions related to our consolidated statements of earnings. direct to consumer and wholesale revenues are discussed below.
As direct to consumer products may be returned in future periods after the date of original purchase by the consumer, we must make estimates of reserves for products which were sold prior to the balance sheet date but that we anticipate may be returned by the consumer subsequent to that date. The determination of direct to consumer return reserve amounts requires judgment and consideration of historical and current trends, evaluation of current economic trends and other factors. Our historical estimates of direct to consumer return reserves have not differed materially from actual results. As of February 2, 2013,January 31, 2015, our direct to consumer return reserve was $2.4$2.3 million. A 10% change in the direct to consumer return reserve as of February 2, 2013January 31, 2015 would have had a $0.2 million pre-tax impact on earnings from continuing operations in fiscal 2012.

        For sales within our wholesale operations, we consider a submitted purchase order or some form of electronic communication from the customer requesting shipment of the goods to be persuasive evidence of an agreement and the products are generally considered sold and delivered at the time that the products are shipped, as substantially all products are sold based on FOB shipping point terms. In certain cases in which we retain risk of loss during shipment, revenue recognition does not occur until the goods have reached the specified customer.

Fiscal 2014.

Table of Contents

In the normal course of business we offer certain discounts or allowances to our wholesale customers. Wholesale operations' sales are recorded net of such discounts and allowances, as well as advertising support not specifically relating to the reimbursement for actual advertising expenses by our customers, operational chargebacks and provisions for estimated returns. As certain allowances and other deductions are not finalized until the end of a season, program or other event which may not have occurred yet, we estimate such discounts and allowances on an ongoing basis. Significant considerations in determining our estimates for discounts, returns, allowances, and operational chargebacks and returns for wholesale customers may include historical and current trends, agreements with customers, projected seasonal results, an evaluation of current economic conditions, specific program or product expectations and retailer performance. Actual discounts and allowances to our wholesale customers have not differed materially from our estimates in prior periods. As of February 2, 2013,January 31, 2015, our total reserves for discounts, returns and allowances for our wholesale businesses were $11.1$9.3 million and, therefore, if the allowances changed by 10% it would have had a pre-tax impact of $1.1$1.0 million on earnings from continuing operations in fiscal 2012.

        InFiscal 2014. The substantial majority of these reserves relate to our Lanier Clothes business as of January 31, 2015.

Additionally, in circumstances where we become aware of a specific wholesale customer's inability to meet its financial obligations, a specific reserve for bad debts is taken as a reduction to accounts receivable to reduce the net recognized receivable to the amount reasonably expected to be collected. Such amounts are written off at the time that the amounts are not considered collectible. For all other wholesale customers, we recognize estimated reserves for bad debts based on our historical collection experience, the financial condition of our customers, an evaluation of current economic conditions and anticipated trends, each of which is subjective and requires certain assumptions. Actual charges for uncollectible amounts have not differed materially from our estimates in prior periods. As of February 2, 2013,January 31, 2015, our allowance for doubtful accounts was $1.0$0.8 million, and therefore, if the allowance for doubtful accounts changed by 10% it would have had a pre-tax impact of $0.1 million on earnings in Fiscal 2014. While the amounts deemed uncollectible have not been significant in recent years if, in the future, amounts due from continuingsignificant customer(s) were deemed to be uncollectible as a result of events that occur subsequent to January 31, 2015 this could result in a material charge to our consolidated statements of operations in fiscal 2012.

future periods.

Inventories, net

For operating group reporting, inventory is carried at the lower of the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method cost or market. We continually evaluate the composition of our inventories, substantially all of which is finished goods inventory, for identification of distressed inventory. In performing this evaluation we consider slow-turning products, an indication of lack of consumer acceptance of particular products, prior seasons' fashion products and current levels of replenishment program products as compared to future sales estimates. For direct to consumer inventory, we provide an allowance for goods expected to be sold below cost and shrinkage.cost. For wholesale inventory, we estimate the amount of goods that we will not be able to sell in the normal course of business and write down the value of these goods as necessary. As the amount to be ultimately realized for the goods is not necessarily known at period end, we must utilize certain assumptions that take into considerationconsidering historical experience, the age of the inventory, inventory quantity, quality, age and mix, historical sales trends, future sales projections, consumer and retailer preferences, market trends, and general economic conditions.

conditions and our plans to sell the inventory. Also, we provide an allowance for shrinkage, as appropriate, for the period between the last count and each balance sheet date. Historically, our estimates of inventory markdowns and inventory shrinkage have not varied significantly from actual results.

For consolidated financial reporting, $92.5$122.2 million, or 82%, of our inventories are valued at the lower of last-in, first-out (LIFO) method cost or market after deducting the $56.4$58.6 million LIFO reserve as of February 2, 2013.January 31, 2015. The remaining $17.1 $26.0

64



million of our inventories are valued at the lower of FIFO cost or market as of February 2, 2013. AsJanuary 31, 2015. Generally, inventories of February 2, 2013 and January 28, 2012, 84% and 86%, respectively, of our inventories were accounted for using the LIFO method. Generally, our inventories related to our domestic operations are valued at the lower of LIFO cost or market and our inventories related toof our international operations are valued at the lower of FIFO cost or market. LIFO reserves are based on the Producer Price Index (PPI) as published by the United States Department of Labor. We write down inventories valued at the lower of LIFO cost or market when LIFO exceeds market value. We considerdeem LIFO accounting adjustments to not only include changes in the LIFO reserve, but also changes in markdown reserves which are considered in LIFO accounting. As our LIFO inventory pool does not correspond to our operating group definitions, LIFO inventory accounting adjustments are not allocated to ourthe respective operating groups asgroups. Thus, the impact of accounting for inventories on the LIFO inventory pools do not correspond to our operating group definitions. Formethod is reflected in Corporate and Other for operating group reporting purposes included in this report, the impact of LIFO accounting is included in Corporate and Other.

purposes.

Table of Contents

As of February 2, 2013,January 31, 2015, we had recorded a reserve of $1.2$1.7 million related to inventory on the lower of FIFO cost or market method and for inventory on the lower of LIFO cost or market method with markdowns in excess of our LIFO reserve. A 10% change in the amount of such markdowns for inventory valued on the lower of FIFO cost or market method and markdowns in excess of the LIFO reserve as of February 2, 2013 would have a pre-tax impact of $0.1$0.2 million on earnings from continuing operations in fiscal 2012.Fiscal 2014. A change in the markdowns of our inventory valued at the lower of LIFO cost or market method typically would not be expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements after consideration of the existence of our significant LIFO reserve of $56.4$58.6 million, or 34% 29%of the FIFO cost of the inventory, as of February 2, 2013,January 31, 2015, as well as the high gross margins historically achieved for the sale of our lifestyle branded products. A change in inventory levels, or the mix by inventory category, at the end of future fiscal years compared to inventory balances as of February 2, 2013January 31, 2015 could result in a material impact on our consolidated financial statements as such a change may erode portions of our earlier base year layers for purposes of making our annual LIFO computation. Additionally, a change in the Producer Price IndexPPI as published by the United States Department of Labor as compared to the indexes as of February 2, 2013January 31, 2015 could result in a material impact on our consolidated financial statements as inflation or deflation would change the amount of our LIFO reserve.

Given the significant amount of uncertainties surrounding the year-end LIFO calculation, including the estimate of year-end inventory balances, the proportion of inventory in each inventory category and the year-end Producer Price indexes,PPI, we typically do not adjust our LIFO reserve in the first three quarters of a fiscal year. This policy may result in significant LIFO accounting adjustments in the fourth quarter of the fiscal year resulting from the year over year changes in inventory levels, the Producer Price IndexPPI and markdown reserves. We do recognize on a quarterly basis during each of the first three quarters of the fiscal year changes in markdown reserves as those amounts can be estimated on a quarterly basis.

The purchase method of accounting for business combinations requires that assets and liabilities, including inventories, are recorded at fair value at acquisition. In accordance with GAAP, the definition of fair value of inventories acquired generally will equal the expected sales price less certain costs associated with selling the inventory, which may exceed the actual cost of producing the acquired inventories.
In accordance with GAAP, in connection with our December 2010 acquisition of the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations,acquisitions, we recognizedrecognize a write-up or write-down of inventories of $1.8 million above the cost of acquired inventories to fair value, which we includedinclude in our allocation of purchase price. Based on the inventory turn of the acquired inventories, $0.8 million of the write-up wasamounts are recognized as additional cost of goods sold in fiscal 2010, and the remaining $1.0 million ofperiods subsequent to the write-up, which was recognized as cost of goods sold during fiscal 2011acquisition as the acquired inventory wasis sold in the ordinary course of business. In determining the fair value of the acquired inventory, as well as the appropriate period to recognize the charge in our consolidated statements of earningsoperations as the acquired inventory is sold, we must make certain assumptions regarding costs incurred prior to acquisition for the acquired inventory, an appropriate profit allowance, estimates of the costs to sell the inventory and the timing of the sale of the acquired inventory. Such estimates involve significant uncertainty, and if we had madethe use of different assumptions thecould have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements could be significant.

statements.

Intangible Assets, net

Intangible assets included in our consolidated balance sheet as of February 2, 2013January 31, 2015 totaled $164.3$167.8 million, which includes $3.8$8.3 million of customer relationships and other intangible assets with finite lives, including reacquired license rights and $160.5customer relationships, and $159.5 million of trademarks with indefinite lives. At acquisition, we estimate and record the fair value of purchased intangible assets, which primarily consist of trademarks, reacquired rights and customer relationships. The fair values and useful lives of these intangible assets are estimated based on management'sour assessment as well as independent third party appraisals in some cases. Such valuations, which are dependent upon a number of uncertain factors, may include a discounted cash flow analysis


Table of Contents

of anticipated revenues and expenses or cost savings resulting from the acquired intangible asset using an estimate of a risk-adjusted market-based cost of capital as the discount rate. The valuation of intangible assets requires significant judgment due to the variety of uncertain factors, including planned use of the intangible assets as well as estimates of net sales, royalty income, operating income, growth rates, royalty rates for the trademarks, discount rates and income tax rates, among other factors. The use of different assumptions related to these uncertain factors at acquisition could result in a material change to the amounts of intangible assets initially recorded at acquisition, which could result in a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

        As a result of our December 2010 acquisition of the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations, we recognized $30.5 million of intangible assets, including trademarks and customer relationships in our consolidated balance sheet at acquisition using the methodology outlined above. These acquired intangible assets consist of $27.5 million of indefinite lived trademarks and $3.0 million of definite lived customer relationships.


65



Trademarks with indefinite lives are not amortized but instead evaluated, either qualitatively or quantitatively, for impairment annually or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that the intangible asset might be impaired. The evaluation of the recoverability of trademarks with indefinite lives includes valuations based on a discounted cash flow analysis utilizing the relief from royalty method, among other considerations. This approach is dependent upon a number of uncertain factors, including those used in the initial valuation of the intangible assets listed above. Such estimates involve significant uncertainty, and if our plans or anticipated results change, the impact on our financial statements could be significant. If this analysis indicates an impairment of a trademark with an indefinite useful life, the amount of the impairment is recognized in the consolidated financial statements based on the amount that the carrying value exceeds the estimated fair value of the asset.

Amortization of intangible assets with finite lives, which primarily consist of reacquired rights and customer relationships, is recognized over their estimated useful lives using a method of amortization that reflects the pattern in which the economic benefits of the intangible assets are consumed or otherwise realized. We amortize our intangible assets with finite lives for periods of up to 15 years. The determination of an appropriate useful life for amortization is based on the remaining contractual period, as applicable, our plans for the intangible asset as well as factors outside of our control.control, including customer attrition. Intangible assets with finite lives are reviewed for impairment periodically if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. If expected future undiscounteddiscounted cash flows from operations are less than their carrying amounts, an asset is determined to be impaired and a loss is recorded for the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds its fair value. Amortization related to intangible assets with finite lives totaled $1.0$2.5 million during fiscal 2012Fiscal 2014 and is anticipated to be approximately $0.9$2.1 million in fiscal 2013.

Fiscal 2015.

In fiscalFiscal 2014, Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012, fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010, no impairment charges related to intangible assets were recognized. Additionally, we do not believe that a 10% change in any of the significant assumptions utilized in testing our intangible assets for impairment would have resulted in an impairment charge during any of those periods.

Goodwill, net

Goodwill is recognized as the amount by which the cost to acquire a company or group of assets exceeds the fair value of assets acquired less any liabilities assumed at acquisition. Thus, the amount of goodwill recognized in connection with a business combination is dependent upon the fair values assigned to the individual assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. Goodwill is allocated to the respective reporting unit at the time of acquisition. As a result of our December 2010 acquisition of the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations, we allocated $16.9 million of goodwill to the Lilly Pulitzer business. Goodwill is not amortized but instead is evaluated for impairment annually or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that the goodwill might be impaired.


Table Substantially all of Contents

the goodwill included in our consolidated balance sheet as of January 31, 2015 relates to Lilly Pulitzer.

We test, either qualitatively or as a two-step quantitative evaluation, goodwill for impairment as of the first day of the fourth quarter of our fiscal year. The qualitative factors that we use to determine the likelihood of goodwill impairment, as well as to consider if an interim test is appropriate, include: (a) macroeconomic conditions, (b) industry and market considerations, (c) cost factors, (d) overall financial performance, (e) other relevant entity-specific events, (f) events affecting a reporting unit, (g) a sustained decrease in share price, or (h) other factors as appropriate. In the event we determine that we will bypass the qualitative impairment option or if we determine that a quantitative test is appropriate, the quantitative test includes valuations of each applicable underlying business using fair value techniques and market comparables which may include a discounted cash flow analysis or an independent appraisal. Significant estimates, some of which may be very subjective, considered in such a discounted cash flow analysis are future cash flow projections of the business, the discount rate, which estimates the risk-adjusted market based cost of capital, and other assumptions. The estimates and assumptions included in the two-step evaluation of the recoverability of goodwill involve significant uncertainty, and if our plans or anticipated results change, the impact on our financial statements could be significant.

No impairment of goodwill was recognized during fiscal 2012, fiscal 2011Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2013 or fiscal 2010.Fiscal 2012. Additionally, we do not believe that a 10% change in any of the significant assumptions utilized in testing our goodwill for impairment would have resulted in an impairment charge during any of those periods.

Income Taxes

Income taxes included in our consolidated financial statements are determined using the asset and liability method. Under this method, income taxes are recognized based on amounts of income taxes payable or refundable in the current year as well as the impact of any items that are recognized in different periods for consolidated financial statement reporting and tax return reporting purposes. As certain amounts are recognized in different periods for consolidated financial statement and tax return reporting purposes, financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities differ, resulting in the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities. The deferred tax assets and liabilities reflect the estimated future tax effects attributable to these differences, as well as the impact of net operating loss, capital loss and federal and state credit carryforwards,carry-forwards, each as determined under enacted tax laws and rates expected to apply in the period in which such amounts are expected to be realized

66



or settled. Further, we consider whether the investment and earnings of foreign subsidiaries, if any, are permanently reinvested and the impact that such assertion has on our income tax liability recognized in our consolidated balance sheets.
We recognize deferred tax assets to the extent we believe these assets are more likely than not to be realized. In making such a determination, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, and results of recent operations. Valuation allowances are established when we determine that it is more-likely-than-not that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized.
Valuation allowances are analyzed periodically and adjusted as events occur or circumstances change that would indicate adjustments to the valuation allowances are appropriate. If we determine that we would be able to realize our deferred tax assets in the future in excess of their net recorded amount, we would reduce the deferred tax asset valuation allowance, which would reduce income tax expense. Such amounts could have a material impact on our consolidated statements of operations in the future if assumptions related to valuation allowances changed significantly. As realization of deferred tax assets and liabilities areis dependent upon future taxable income in specific jurisdictions, changes in tax laws and rates and shifts in the amount of taxable income among state and foreign jurisdictions may have a significant impact on the amount of benefit ultimately realized for deferred tax assets and liabilities. We account for the effect of changes in tax laws or rates in the period of enactment.

        There are certain exceptions to the requirement that deferred tax liabilities be recognized for the difference in the financial

Recognition and tax basesmeasurement of assets in the case of foreign subsidiaries. The excess of financial statement over tax basis of an investment in a foreign subsidiary in excess of undistributed earnings is not recognized if management considers the investment to be essentially permanent in duration. We consider our investments in our foreign subsidiaries to be permanently reinvested, and accordingly have not recognized a deferred tax liability for any foreign subsidiary due to a difference in financial and tax basis. Deferred tax liabilities are also not required to be recognized for undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries when management considers those earnings to be permanently reinvested outside the United States. We consider the undistributed earnings of our foreign subsidiaries to be permanently reinvested outside the U.S. as of February 2, 2013 and therefore have not recorded a deferred tax liability on these earnings.

        Valuation allowances are established when we determine that it is more-likely-than-not (greater than 50%) that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. Valuation allowances are analyzed periodically and adjusted as events occur, or circumstances change, that would indicate adjustments to the valuation allowances are appropriate.


Table of Contents

        We utilize a two-step approach for evaluating uncertain tax positions. Under the two-step method, recognition occurspositions occur when we conclude that a tax position, based solely on technical merits, is more-likely-than-not (greater than 50% likelihood) to be sustained upon examination. Measurement is only addressed if step one has been satisfied. The tax benefit recorded is measured as the largest amount of benefit determined on a cumulative probability basis that is more-likely-than-not to be realized upon ultimate settlement. Those tax positions failing to qualify for initial recognition are recognized in the first subsequent interim period they meet the more-likely-than-not standard, or are resolved through negotiation or litigation with the taxing authority or upon expiration of the statute of limitations. Derecognition of a tax position that was previously recognized occurs when we subsequently determine that a tax position no longer meets the more-likely-than-not threshold of being sustained. Interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax positions are recorded within income tax expense in our consolidated statements of earnings.

As a global company, we are subject to income taxes in a number of domestic and foreign jurisdictions. Therefore, our income tax provision involves many uncertainties due to not only the timing differences of income for financial statement reporting and tax return reporting, but also the application of complex tax laws and regulations, which are subject to interpretation and management judgment. The use of different assumptions or a change in our assumptions related to book to tax timing differences, our determination of whether foreign investments or earnings are permanently reinvested, the realizability ofability to realize uncertain tax positions, the appropriateness of valuation allowances, a reduction in valuation allowances or other considerations, transfer pricing practices, the impact of our tax planning strategies and the jurisdictions or significance of earnings in future periods each could have a significant impact on our income tax rate. Additionally, factors impacting income taxes including changes in tax laws or interpretations, court case decisions, statute of limitation expirations or audit settlements could have a significant impact on our income tax rate. An increase in our consolidated income tax rate from 38.5%42.9% to 39.5%43.9% during fiscal 2012Fiscal 2014 would have reduced net earnings from continuing operations by $0.5$0.8 million.

Income tax expense recorded during interim periods is generally based on the expected tax rate for the year, considering projections of earnings and book to tax differences which are updated and refined throughoutas of the year.balance sheet date, subject to certain limitations associated with separate foreign jurisdiction losses in interim periods. The tax rate ultimately realized for the year may increase or decrease due to actual operating results or book to tax differences varying from the amounts on which our expectations from earlier in the year.interim calculations were based. Any changes in assumptions related to the need for a valuation allowance, the realizability ofability to realize an uncertain tax position, changes in enacted tax rates, the expected operating results in total or by jurisdiction for the year, the jurisdictions generating operating income or loss, or other assumptions are accounted for in the period in which the change occurs so that the year to date tax provision reflects the expected annual rate.occurs. As certain of our foreign operations are in a loss position and realization of a future benefit for the losses may not be deductible,is uncertain, a significant variance in losses in such jurisdictions from our expectations can have a very significant impact on our expected annual tax rate. Furthermore, theThe recognition of the benefit of losses expected to be realized may be limited in an interim period and may require adjustments to tax expense in the interim period that yield an effective tax rate for the interim period that is not representative of the expected tax rate for the full year.

See note 8 in our consolidated financial statements included in this report for further discussion of income taxes.
Fair Value Measurements

For many assets and liabilities the determination of fair value may not require the use of many assumptions or other estimates. However, in some cases the assumptions or inputs associated with the determination of fair value as of a measurement date may require the use of many assumptions and may be internally derived or otherwise unobservable. We utilize certain market-based and internally derived information and make assumptions about the information in determining the fair values of assets and liabilities acquired as part of a business combination, as well as in other circumstances, adjusting previously recorded assets and liabilities to fair value at each balance sheet date, including the


Table of Contents

fair value of contingent consideration obligations, and assessing recognized assets for impairment, including intangible assets, goodwill and property and equipment.


67



As part of our acquisition of the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations, we entered into a contingent consideration arrangement whereby we maywould be obligated to pay up to $20 million in cash in the aggregate, over the four years following the closing of the acquisition, based on Lilly Pulitzer's achievement of certain earnings targets. The terms of the contingent consideration arrangement are discussed in further detail in Note 61 and Note 10 to our consolidated financial statements included in this report. As of the date of acquisition we determined that the fair value of the contingent consideration was $10.5 million, which reflected the discounted fair value of the expected payments. Such valuation requiresrequired assumptions regarding anticipated cash flows, probabilities of cash flows, discount rates and other factors, which each involve a significant amount of uncertainty. Although there was uncertainty about whether the performance criteria in the contingent consideration arrangement willwould be achieved, we anticipated paying all of the contingent consideration. Thus, the fair value of the contingent consideration at acquisition reflected the $20 million of anticipated payments discounted to fair value using a discount rate which reflected the uncertainty regarding whether the earnings target may notwould be met given the growth required to achieve the contingent consideration payments as well as other factors.

Subsequent to the date of acquisition, we must periodically adjust the liability for the contingent consideration to reflect the fair value of the contingent consideration by reassessing our valuation assumptions as of that date. As of January 28, 2012, we still anticipated thatGenerally, the performance criteria would be met based on the operating results of the Lilly Pulitzer business exceeding the performance criteria in fiscal 2011, and we reevaluated the discount rate at that time.

        As of February 2, 2013, we still anticipate that the performance criteria will be met based on the operating results of the Lilly Pulitzer business exceeding the performance criteria through fiscal 2012. Further, as of February 2, 2013, we determined that the use of a lower discount rate than used in prior periods would be appropriate. This lower discount rate reflects our assessment that we believe the likelihood of the contingent consideration being earned is greater than in prior years based on our consideration of, among other factors, (1) the historical earnings achieved by the Lilly Pulitzer operating group through fiscal 2012, including a significant amount of earnings from fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2012 in excess of the targets for those periods which carries over as a reduction to the targets in future years, (2) consideration that the fiscal 2012 earnings significantly exceeded both the fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2014 targets, (3) our operating income projections for the Lilly Pulitzer operating group for future periods which exceed the fiscal 2012 operating results and (4) the shorter remaining term of the contingent consideration arrangement, which provides greater visibility through the term of the agreement. Our assessment of these factors resulted in a reduction of the discount rate for the contingent consideration to a rate which reflects the reduced uncertainty of the amounts to be paid pursuant to the arrangement. Based on this assessment we determined that as of February 2, 2013, the fair value of the contingent consideration was $14.5 million, which reflects the expected remaining payment of $15.0 million discounted to fair value, after payment of $5.0 million in fiscal 2012.

        An increase in the discount rate of 100 basis points as of February 2, 2013 would decrease the fair value of the contingent consideration obligation included in our consolidated balance sheet and the change in fair value of contingent consideration charge to our statement of earnings for fiscal 2012 by $0.3 million, while a change in projected earnings for fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2014 of 10% would not impact the fair value of the contingent consideration as the earnings targets for those years would still be expected to be exceeded.

        The fair value of the contingent consideration liability is expected to increase each period with the recognition of the change in fair value of contingent consideration resulting from the passage of time at the applicable discount rate as we approach the payment dates of the contingent consideration absent any


Table of Contents

significant changes in assumptions related to the valuation or the probability of payment of the contingent consideration earned during the prior year.earned. During fiscalFiscal 2014, Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012, and fiscal 2011, we recognized change in fair value of contingent consideration of $6.3$0.3 million, $0.3 million, and $2.4$6.3 million, respectively, in our consolidated statements of earnings.operations. The amounts recognized in fiscalFiscal 2012 reflect the passage of time as well theas a significant change in the discount rate at February 2, 2013 as discussed above,below, while fiscal 2011each of the other years primarily reflected the passage of time using a discount rate deemed appropriate at that time, with no significant changes in our other assumptions used in determining fair value during fiscal 2011. We estimatethe year.

As of February 2, 2013, we reevaluated the discount rate and determined that the use of a lower discount rate than used in prior periods would be appropriate. This lower discount rate reflected our assessment that we believed the likelihood of the contingent consideration being earned was greater than in prior years based on our consideration of, among other factors, (1) the historical earnings achieved by the Lilly Pulitzer operating group through Fiscal 2012, including a significant amount of earnings from Fiscal 2011 and Fiscal 2012 in excess of the targets for those periods which carried over as a reduction to the targets in future years, (2) the Fiscal 2012 earnings significantly exceeding both the Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2014 targets, (3) operating income projections for the Lilly Pulitzer operating group for future periods exceeding the Fiscal 2012 operating results and (4) the shorter remaining term of the contingent consideration arrangement, which provided greater visibility through the term of the agreement. Our assessment of these factors resulted in a significant reduction of the discount rate for the contingent consideration to a rate which reflected the reduced uncertainty of the amounts to be paid pursuant to the arrangement.
It is possible that other parties may have made different assumptions than we have related to this liability or that the timing of these assumptions could have been different. The use of different assumptions or a change in the timing of determining a change in assumptions used in this assessment could have resulted in materially different amounts recognized as the change in fair value of contingent consideration relatedrecognized in our historical consolidated financial statements. As of January 31, 2015, based on the historical operating results of Lilly Pulitzer, we have determined that the $20 million amount was earned in full, with the remaining $12.5 million of the obligation to be paid in the passageFirst Quarter of timeFiscal 2015. As the performance period has ended and the amounts were earned in fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2014 will be approximately $0.3 million in each year; howeverfull there is little judgment associated with determining the total change in fair value of contingent consideration expense recognized in future periods could be significantly different if we change certainthis liability as of our assumptions related to the contingent consideration during those periods or if the expected earnings of Lilly Pulitzer are significantly lower than earnings levels achieved in fiscal 2012.

January 31, 2015.

We account for our business combinations using the purchase method of accounting. The cost of each acquired business is allocated to the individual tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed or incurred as a result of the acquisition based on their estimated fair values. The assessment of the estimated fair values of assets and liabilities acquired requires us to make certain assumptions regarding the use of the acquired assets, anticipated cash flows, probabilities of cash flows, discount rates and other factors. To the extent information to revise the allocation becomes available during the allocation period the allocation of the purchase price will be adjusted. Should information become available after the allocation period indicating that adjustments to the allocation are appropriate, those adjustments will be included in operating results. The allocation period will not exceed one year from the date of the acquisition.

For the determination of fair value for assets and liabilities acquired as part of a business combination, adjusting previously recorded assets and liabilities to fair value at each balance sheet date and assessing, and possibly adjusting, recognized assets for impairment, the assumptions, or the timing of changes in these assumptions, that we make regarding the valuation of these assets could differ significantly from the assumptions made by other parties. The use of different assumptions

68



could result in materially different valuations for the respective assets and liabilities, which would impact our consolidated financial statements.



RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

        The FASB has issued certain changes

Refer to accounting pronouncements which may impact our financial statements in future periods upon adoption. For details on these accounting pronouncements, see Note 1 ofin our consolidated financial statements included in this report.

report for a discussion of recent accounting pronouncements issued by the FASB that we have not yet adopted that are expected to possibly have a material effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.


SEASONALITY

Each of our operating groups areis impacted by seasonality as the demand by specific product or style, as well as by distribution channel, may vary significantly depending on the time of year. For information regarding the seasonality impact on individual operating groups and for our total company, see Part I, Item1,Item 1, Business, included in this report.

Item 7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Interest Rate Risk

We are exposed to market risk from changes in interest rates on our indebtedness, which could impact our financial condition and results of operations in future periods. We intendmay attempt to limit the impact of interest rate changes on earnings and cash flow, primarily through a mix of fixed-ratevariable-rate and variable-ratefixed-rate debt, although at times weall of our debt may not have anybe either variable-rate or fixed-rate debt. Additionally,Further at times, we may enter into interest rate swap arrangements related to certain of our variable-rate borrowingsdebt in order to fix the interest rate on variable-rate borrowingsthat debt if we determine that our exposure to interest


Table of Contents

rate changes is higher than optimal. Our assessment also considers our need for flexibility in our borrowing arrangements resulting from the seasonality of our business, anticipated future cash flows and expectations about the risk of future interest rate changes, among other factors. We continuously monitor interest rates to consider the sources and terms of our borrowing facilities in order to determine whether we have achieved our interest rate management objectives. We do not enter into debt agreements or interest rate hedging transactions on a speculative basis.

        During the second quarter

As of fiscal 2012, we redeemed our Senior Secured Notes which remained outstanding at that time. This redemption was funded through borrowings under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement and cash on hand, resulting inJanuary 31, 2015, all of our borrowings being variable rate borrowings subsequent to this redemption. In order to mitigate our exposure to changes in interest rates in future periods, we entered into an interest rate swap agreement under which we fixed the interest rate on certain of our borrowings, ranging from $25 million to $45 million, during the period from August 2013 until March 2015, which essentially results in a portion of our anticipated debt levels during those periods being fixed rate borrowings at a rate equal to 0.42% plus the applicable margin, as specified in our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement.

        As of February 2, 2013, we had $116.5$109.0 million of debt outstanding which was subject to variable interest rates. Our lines of credit, which include our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement and our U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement, accrue interest based on variable interest rates while providing the necessary borrowing flexibility we require due to the seasonality of our business and our need to fund certain product purchases with trade letters of credit.

        Considering the changes in

During Fiscal 2014, our borrowing arrangements in fiscal 2012, we do not believe that borrowings and interest rates, and therefore interest expense for fiscal 2012 are indicative of borrowings and interest expense in future periods.was $3.5 million. Based on our current borrowings and expected borrowings under our revolving credit agreements and expected borrowings in fiscal 2013,for Fiscal 2015, we anticipate that interest expense will be approximately $4.5 million during fiscal 2013comparable to interest expense in Fiscal 2014 assuming no significant changes in interest rates. We estimate thatrates in Fiscal 2015. Based the average amount of variable-rate debt outstanding in Fiscal 2014, a 100 basis point changeincrease in interest rates would not have increased interest rates by a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.amount in Fiscal 2014. To the extent that the amounts outstanding under our variable-rate lines of credit changeincrease or decrease, our exposure to changes in interest rates would also change to the extent we have not entered into an interest rate swap for those amounts.

change.

Foreign Currency Risk

To the extent that we have assets and liabilities, as well as operations, denominated in foreign currencies that are not hedged, we are subject to foreign currency transaction and translation gains and losses. We receive United States dollars for most of our product sales. Less thanApproximately 10% of our net sales in fiscal 2012Fiscal 2014 were denominated in currencies other than the United States dollar. Thesedollar, with almost half of the foreign currency denominated net sales primarily relate tobeing net sales in our Ben Sherman salesoperations in the United Kingdom and continental Europe. A strengthening United States dollar could result in lower levelsAs of sales and earnings inJanuary 31, 2015, our consolidated statementsforeign currency exchange risk exposure primarily results from transactions of earnings in future periods, although the sales in foreign currencies could be equal to or greater than amounts as previously reported. Based on our net sales during fiscal 2012 denominated in foreign currencies, ifbusinesses operating outside of the United States, dollar had been 10% stronger againstwhich is primarily related to (1) our United Kingdom and European Ben Sherman operations and our Asia-Pacific and Canadian Tommy Bahama operations purchasing goods in United States dollars or other currencies which are not the British pound we would have experienced a decreasefunctional currency of the business; (2) our businesses operating outside of the United States selling goods in consolidated net sales of $5.7 million, but we believecurrencies other than the impact on operating income would not have been material.

applicable functional currency; and (3) certain other transactions, including intercompany transactions.

Substantially all of our inventory purchases, including goods for operations in the United Kingdom and the Asia-Pacific region, from contract manufacturers throughout the world are denominated in United States dollars. Purchase prices for our products may be impacted by fluctuations in the exchange rate between the United States dollar and the local currencies of the contract manufacturers, which may have the effect of increasing our cost of goods sold in the future even though our inventory is purchased on a United States dollar arrangement. Additionally, to the extent that the exchange rate between the United States


69


Table of Contents


dollar and the currency that the inventory will be sold in (e.g. the British pound)pound, Canadian dollar, Australian dollar or Japanese Yen) changes, the gross margins of those businesses could be impacted significantly.

significantly, particularly if we are not able to increase sales prices to our customers.

We may from time to time purchaseenter into short-term foreign currency forward exchange contracts in the ordinary course of business to hedge against changes in foreign currency exchange rates and the amounts outstanding at any time during the year maywill vary. As of February 2, 2013,January 31, 2015, we were a party to $33.4$13.7 million of such contracts that were unsettled, which had an unrealized fair value resulting in a liabilityan asset of $0.6$0.7 million. As of January 31, 2015, all of these contracts related to our Ben Sherman operations in the United Kingdom and continental Europe. These contracts primarily consist of $17$10 million of agreements to purchase U.S.United States dollars with British pound sterling and $16$3.4 million of agreements to sell Euro for British pound sterling. When such contracts are outstanding, the contracts are marked to market with the offset being recognized in other comprehensive income or our consolidated statement of earningsoperations if the transaction does or does not, respectively, qualify as a hedge in accordance with GAAP.

We believe that the substantial majority of any change in foreign currency exchange rates in our Ben Sherman operations in the United Kingdom and continental Europe would be offset by a change in the fair value of the related foreign currency forward exchange contracts.

Due to the limited magnitude and the uncertainty about timing of cash flows provided by or used in the Tommy Bahama operations in the Asia-Pacific region and Canada, we have not historically entered into forward foreign currency exchange contract for these operations. However, we anticipate that as we continue to expand Tommy Bahama intoBahama's international markets in the future,market presence, our exposure to foreign currency changes in Tommy Bahama will increase.increase, and it may be appropriate to enter into hedging arrangements for these operations. We also anticipate that in the future we willmay have exposure to foreign currency changes for currencies thatto which we currently do not have any exposure to, including various currencies in Asia. Initially, that exposure will be a result of the net investment in those currencies as we expand international operations.exposure. The extent of our exposure will be dependent upon the timing of when and to what magnitude we expand intoin international markets. Therefore,At this time, we do not believe it is possible to provide a meaningful estimate ofanticipate that the potential impact of foreign currency changes on Tommy Bahama's international operations would have a material impact on Tommy Bahama's operating income or our future exposureconsolidated net earnings in Fiscal 2015 given the proportion of Tommy Bahama's operations in international markets.
In addition to foreign currenciescurrency risks related to specific transactions listed above, we also have foreign currency exposure risk associated with translating the financial statements of our Tommy Bahama internationalforeign operations at this time.

with a functional currency other than the United States dollar into United States dollars for financial reporting purposes, which we have not historically hedged. A strengthening United States dollar could result in lower levels of sales and earnings in our consolidated statements of operations in future periods although the sales and earnings in foreign currencies could be equal to or greater than amounts as previously reported. Alternatively, if foreign operations have operating losses, then a strengthening United States dollar could result in lower losses although the losses in foreign currencies could be equal to or greater than amounts as previously reported. Based on our net sales during Fiscal 2014 denominated in pound sterling, if the United States dollar had been 10% stronger against the British pound we would have experienced a decrease in consolidated net sales of $5.7 million and a reduction in net operating loss of $0.6 million resulting from the translation into United States dollars.

We view our foreign investments as long-term and, as a result, we generally do not hedge such foreign investments. Also, we do not hold or issue any derivative financial instruments related to foreign currency exposure for speculative purposes.

Commodity and Inflation Risk

We are affected by inflation and changing prices primarily through the purchase of raw materials andfull-package finished goods from contract manufacturers, who manufacture products consisting of various raw material components, and increased operating costs to the extent that any such fluctuations are not reflected by adjustmentscosts. To manage risks of commodity price changes we negotiate our full-package product prices in theadvance and increase selling prices of our products.products when possible. Inflation/deflation risks are managed by each operating group through, when possible, negotiating product prices in advance, selective price increases, when possible, productivity improvements and cost containment initiatives. We dohave not enterhistorically entered into significant long-term sales or purchase contracts and we do not engageor engaged in hedging activities with respect to suchour commodity risk. Based on purchases and negotiations for inventory purchases thus far in fiscal 2013, it appears that certain product costing pressures, including transportation and labor, will not decline much, if at all, and that such costs as well as other product costs likely could increase in the future, which could negatively impact our operating results in the future.


70



Table of Contents

Item 8.    Financial Statements and Supplementary Data


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in thousands, except par amounts)
 January 31, 2015February 1, 2014
ASSETS  
Current Assets:  
Cash and cash equivalents$5,281
$8,483
Receivables, net79,104
75,277
Inventories, net148,215
143,712
Prepaid expenses, net24,219
23,095
Deferred tax assets24,503
20,465
Total current assets281,322
271,032
Property and equipment, net155,076
141,519
Intangible assets, net167,770
173,023
Goodwill17,295
17,399
Other non-current assets, net23,604
24,332
Total Assets$645,067
$627,305
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY  
Current Liabilities:  
Accounts payable$80,856
$75,527
Accrued compensation27,519
18,412
Income tax payable3,635
6,584
Other accrued expenses and liabilities29,659
26,030
Contingent consideration12,500
2,500
Short-term debt4,126
3,993
Total current liabilities158,295
133,046
Long-term debt104,842
137,592
Non-current contingent consideration
12,225
Other non-current liabilities58,113
51,520
Non-current deferred income taxes33,212
32,759
Commitments and contingencies

Shareholders' Equity:  
Common stock, $1.00 par value per share16,478
16,416
Additional paid-in capital119,052
114,021
Retained earnings185,229
153,344
Accumulated other comprehensive loss(30,154)(23,618)
Total shareholders' equity290,605
260,163
Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity$645,067
$627,305
See accompanying notes.

71



OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
 Fiscal  
 2014
Fiscal  
 2013
Fiscal  
 2012
Net sales$997,806
$917,097
$855,542
Cost of goods sold443,127
403,523
385,985
Gross profit554,679
513,574
469,557
SG&A488,924
447,645
410,737
Change in fair value of contingent consideration275
275
6,285
Royalties and other operating income18,123
19,016
16,436
Operating income83,603
84,670
68,971
Interest expense, net3,483
4,169
8,939
Loss on repurchase of senior notes

9,143
Earnings before income taxes80,120
80,501
50,889
Income taxes34,362
35,210
19,572
Net earnings$45,758
$45,291
$31,317
    
Net earnings per share:   
Basic$2.79
$2.75
$1.89
Diluted$2.78
$2.75
$1.89
    
Weighted average shares outstanding:   
Basic16,429
16,450
16,563
Dilution42
32
23
Diluted16,471
16,482
16,586
Dividends declared per share$0.84
$0.72
$0.60
See accompanying notes.


72



OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(in thousands)
 Fiscal  
 2014
Fiscal  
 2013
Fiscal  
 2012
Net earnings$45,758
$45,291
$31,317
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes   
Foreign currency translation (loss) gain(7,617)703
171
Net unrealized gain (loss) on cash flow hedges1,081
264
(1,082)
Total other comprehensive (loss) income, net of taxes(6,536)967
(911)
Comprehensive income$39,222
$46,258
$30,406
See accompanying notes.


73



OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
(in thousands)
 
Common
Stock
Additional
Paid-In
Capital
Retained
Earnings
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
Total
January 28, 201216,522
99,670
111,551
(23,674)$204,069
Net earnings and other comprehensive loss

31,317
(911)30,406
Shares issued under stock plans, including excess tax benefits of $0.4 million73
2,465


2,538
Compensation expense for stock awards
2,756


2,756
Cash dividends declared and paid

(9,924)
(9,924)
February 2, 201316,595
104,891
132,944
(24,585)229,845
Net earnings and other comprehensive income

45,291
967
46,258
Shares issued under stock plans, including excess tax benefits of $6.1 million44
7,471


7,515
Compensation expense for stock awards
1,659


1,659
Repurchase of common stock(223)
(12,976)
(13,199)
Cash dividends declared and paid

(11,915)
(11,915)
February 1, 201416,416
114,021
153,344
(23,618)260,163
Net earnings and other comprehensive loss

45,758
(6,536)39,222
Shares issued under stock plans, including excess tax benefits of $0.1 million62
928


990
Compensation expense for stock awards
4,103


4,103
Cash dividends declared and paid

(13,873)
(13,873)
January 31, 2015$16,478
$119,052
$185,229
$(30,154)$290,605
See accompanying notes.


74



OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in thousands
 Fiscal 2014Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012
Cash Flows From Operating Activities:   
Net earnings$45,758
$45,291
$31,317
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to cash provided by operating activities:   
Depreciation35,165
31,677
25,310
Amortization of intangible assets2,481
2,225
1,025
Change in fair value of contingent consideration275
275
6,285
Amortization of deferred financing costs and bond discount385
443
962
Loss on repurchase of senior notes

9,143
Gain on sale of property and equipment
(1,611)
Stock compensation expense4,103
1,659
2,756
Deferred income taxes(3,217)674
(3,753)
Excess tax benefits related to stock-based compensation
(6,086)(354)
Changes in working capital, net of acquisitions and dispositions:   
Receivables(5,672)(11,917)(3,026)
Inventories(7,101)(29,488)(5,408)
Prepaid expenses(1,646)(3,068)(1,640)
Current liabilities18,314
16,821
2,429
Other non-current assets37
(1,031)(3,886)
Other non-current liabilities6,527
6,870
5,938
Cash provided by operating activities95,409
52,734
67,098
Cash Flows From Investing Activities:   
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired
(17,888)(1,813)
Purchases of property and equipment(50,355)(43,372)(60,702)
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment
2,130

Cash used in investing activities(50,355)(59,130)(62,515)
Cash Flows From Financing Activities:   
Repayment of revolving credit arrangements(352,784)(329,695)(193,328)
Proceeds from revolving credit arrangements320,548
354,649
307,270
Repurchase of senior notes

(111,000)
Deferred financing costs paid
(401)(1,524)
Payment of contingent consideration amounts earned(2,500)
(4,980)
Proceeds from issuance of common stock, including excess tax benefits990
7,499
2,892
Repurchase of stock awards for employee tax withholding liabilities
(13,199)
Cash dividends declared and paid(13,873)(11,915)(9,924)
Cash (used in) provided by financing activities(47,619)6,938
(10,594)
Net change in cash and cash equivalents(2,565)542
(6,011)
Effect of foreign currency translation on cash and cash equivalents(637)424
155
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of year8,483
7,517
13,373
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of year$5,281
$8,483
$7,517
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:   
Cash paid for interest, net$3,297
$3,826
$8,348
Cash paid for income taxes$41,806
$18,158
$25,442
   See accompanying notes.

75



OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except par amounts)

 
 February 2,
2013
 January 28,
2012
 

ASSETS

       

Current Assets:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

 $7,517 $13,373 

Receivables, net

  62,805  59,706 

Inventories, net

  109,605  103,420 

Prepaid expenses, net

  19,511  17,838 

Deferred tax assets

  22,952  19,733 
      

Total current assets

  222,390  214,070 

Property and equipment, net

  128,882  93,206 

Intangible assets, net

  164,317  165,193 

Goodwill

  17,275  16,495 

Other non-current assets, net

  23,206  20,243 
      

Total Assets

 $556,070 $509,207 
      

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

       

Current Liabilities:

       

Accounts payable and other accrued expenses

 $90,850 $89,149 

Accrued compensation

  25,472  23,334 

Contingent consideration current liability

    2,500 

Short-term debt

  7,944  2,571 
      

Total current liabilities

  124,266  117,554 

Long-term debt

  108,552  103,405 

Non-current contingent consideration

  14,450  10,645 

Other non-current liabilities

  44,572  38,652 

Non-current deferred income taxes

  34,385  34,882 

Commitments and contingencies

       

Shareholders' Equity:

       

Common stock, $1.00 par value per share

  16,595  16,522 

Additional paid-in capital

  104,891  99,670 

Retained earnings

  132,944  111,551 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

  (24,585) (23,674)
      

Total shareholders' equity

  229,845  204,069 
      

Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity

 $556,070 $509,207 
      

See accompanying notes.


Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

 
 Fiscal 2012 Fiscal 2011 Fiscal 2010 

Net sales

 $855,542 $758,913 $603,947 

Cost of goods sold

  385,985  345,944  276,540 
        

Gross profit

  469,557  412,969  327,407 

SG&A

  410,737  358,582  301,975 

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

  6,285  2,400  200 

Royalties and other operating income

  16,436  16,820  15,430 
        

Operating income

  68,971  68,807  40,662 

Interest expense, net

  8,939  16,266  19,887 

Loss on repurchase of senior notes

  9,143  9,017   
        

Earnings from continuing operations before income taxes

  50,889  43,524  20,775 

Income taxes

  19,572  14,281  4,540 
        

Earnings from continuing operations

  31,317  29,243  16,235 

Earnings from discontinued operations, net of taxes

    137  62,423 
        

Net earnings

 $31,317 $29,380 $78,658 
        

Earnings from continuing operations per share:

          

Basic

 $1.89 $1.77 $0.98 

Diluted

 $1.89 $1.77 $0.98 
        

Earnings from discontinued operations, net of taxes, per share:

          

Basic

 $0.00 $0.01 $3.77 

Diluted

 $0.00 $0.01 $3.77 
        

Net earnings per share:

          

Basic

 $1.89 $1.78 $4.76 

Diluted

 $1.89 $1.78 $4.75 

Weighted average shares outstanding:

          

Basic

  16,563  16,510  16,537 

Dilution

  23  19  14 
        

Diluted

  16,586  16,529  16,551 
        

Dividends declared per share

 $0.60 $0.52 $0.44 

See accompanying notes.


Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(in thousands)

 
 Fiscal 2012 Fiscal 2011 Fiscal 2010 

Net earnings

 $31,317 $29,380 $78,658 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes

          

Foreign currency translation gain (loss)

  171  (381) (536)

Net unrealized gain (loss) on cash flow hedges

  (1,082) 526  (43)
        

Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes

  (911) 145  (579)
        

Comprehensive income

 $30,406 $29,525 $78,079 
        

See accompanying notes.


Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

(in thousands)

 
 Common
Stock
 Additional
Paid-In
Capital
 Retained
Earnings
 Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
 Total 

Balance, January 30, 2010

 $16,461 $91,840 $19,356 $(23,240)$104,417 

Net earnings and other comprehensive income (loss)

      78,658  (579) 78,079 

Shares issued under stock plans, net of tax benefit of $0.1 million

  50  224      274 

Compensation expense for stock awards

    4,533      4,533 

Cash dividends declared and paid

      (7,275)   (7,275)
            

Balance, January 29, 2011

  16,511  96,597  90,739  (23,819) 180,028 

Net earnings and other comprehensive income

      29,380  145  29,525 

Shares issued under stock plans, net of tax benefit of $0.4 million

  85  2,646      2,731 

Compensation expense for stock awards

    2,180      2,180 

Repurchase of common stock

  (74) (1,753)     (1,827)

Cash dividends declared and paid

      (8,568)   (8,568)
            

Balance, January 28, 2012

  16,522  99,670  111,551  (23,674) 204,069 

Net earnings and other comprehensive income

      31,317  (911) 30,406 

Shares issued under stock plans, net of tax benefit of $0.4 million

  73  2,465      2,538 

Compensation expense for stock awards

    2,756      2,756 

Cash dividends declared and paid

      (9,924)   (9,924)
            

Balance, February 2, 2013

 $16,595 $104,891 $132,944 $(24,585)$229,845 
            

See accompanying notes.


Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 
 Fiscal 2012 Fiscal 2011 Fiscal 2010 

Cash Flows From Operating Activities:

          

Earnings from continuing operations

 $31,317 $29,243 $16,235 

Adjustments to reconcile earnings from continuing operations to net cash provided by operating activities:

          

Depreciation

  25,310  25,959  18,216 

Amortization of intangible assets

  1,025  1,195  973 

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

  6,285  2,400  200 

Amortization of deferred financing costs and bond discount

  962  1,662  1,952 

Loss on repurchase of senior notes

  9,143  9,017   

Stock compensation expense

  2,756  2,180  4,549 

Deferred income taxes

  (3,753) 5,375  (4,620)

Changes in working capital, net of acquisitions and dispositions:

          

Receivables

  (3,026) (9,740) 162 

Inventories

  (5,408) (18,332) (17,920)

Prepaid expenses

  (1,640) (6,030) (369)

Current liabilities

  2,429  6,074  22,340 

Other non-current assets

  (3,886) 1,684  (1,260)

Other non-current liabilities

  5,938  (6,042) (4,767)
        

Net cash provided by operating activities

  67,452  44,645  35,691 

Cash Flows From Investing Activities:

          

Acquisitions, net of cash acquired

  (1,813) (398) (58,303)

Purchases of property and equipment

  (60,702) (35,310) (13,328)

Other

      78 
        

Net cash used in investing activities

  (62,515) (35,708) (71,553)

Cash Flows From Financing Activities:

          

Repayment of revolving credit arrangements

  (193,328) (112,212) (172,082)

Proceeds from revolving credit arrangements

  307,270  114,835  172,082 

Repurchase of senior notes

  (111,000) (52,175)  

Repayment of company owned life insurance policy loans

      (4,125)

Deferred financing costs paid

  (1,524)    

Payment of contingent consideration amounts earned

  (4,980)    

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

  2,538  2,731  177 

Repurchase of common stock

    (1,827)  

Dividends on common stock

  (9,924) (8,568) (7,275)
        

Net cash used in financing activities

  (10,948) (57,216) (11,223)

Cash Flows from Discontinued Operations:

          

Net operating cash flows provided by (used in) discontinued operations

    13,735  (19,930)

Net investing cash flows provided by discontinued operations

    3,744  102,790 
        

Net cash provided by discontinued operations

    17,479  82,860 
        

Net change in cash and cash equivalents

  (6,011) (30,800) 35,775 

Effect of foreign currency translation on cash and cash equivalents

  155  79  31 

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of year

  13,373  44,094  8,288 
        

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of year

 $7,517 $13,373 $44,094 
        

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

          

Cash paid for interest, net, including interest paid for discontinued operations

 $8,348 $15,033 $18,560 

Cash paid for income taxes, including income taxes paid for discontinued operations

 $25,442 $40,839 $20,859 

See accompanying notes.


Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

January 31, 2015


February 2, 2013

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principal Business Activity

We are a global apparel company that designs, sources, markets and distributes products bearing the trademarks of our company-owned lifestyle brands as well as certain licensed and private label apparel products. Our portfolio of brands includes Tommy Bahama®, Lilly Pulitzer® and Ben Sherman®, as well as owned and licensed brands for tailored clothing and golf apparel. We distribute our company-owned lifestyle branded products through our direct to consumer channel, consisting of owned retail stores and e-commerce sites, and our wholesale distribution channel, which includes better department stores and specialty stores. Additionally, we operate a certain number of Tommy Bahama restaurants, generally adjacent to aselected Tommy Bahama retail store.stores. Our branded and private label tailored clothing products are distributed through department stores, national chains, warehouse clubs, mass merchants, specialty stores, national chains, specialty catalogs mass merchants and Internet retailers. Originally founded in 1942, we have undergoneunderwent a transformation as we migrated from our historical domestic manufacturing roots towards a focus on designing, sourcing, marketing and distributing branded apparel products bearing prominent trademarks owned by us.

        Unless otherwise indicated, all references to assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses in our consolidated financial statements reflect continuing operations and exclude any amounts related to the discontinued operations of our former Oxford Apparel Group, as discussed in Note 14.

Fiscal Year

Our fiscal year ends on the Saturday closest to January 31 and will, in each case, begin at the beginning of the day next following the last day of the preceding fiscal year. As used in our consolidated financial statements, the terms fiscal 2010; fiscal 2011; fiscalFiscal 2012; fiscal 2013Fiscal 2013; Fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2014Fiscal 2015 reflect the 52 weeks ended January 29, 2011; 52 weeks ended January 28, 2012; 53 weeks ended February 2, 2013; 52 weeks endingended February 1, 2014;2014, 52 weeks ended January 31, 2015 and 52 weeks ending January 31, 2015,30, 2016, respectively.

Principles of Consolidation

Our consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Oxford Industries, Inc. and any other entities in which we have a controlling financial interest, including our wholly-owned domestic and foreign subsidiaries, or entities that meet the definition of a variable interest entity of which we are deemed to be the primary beneficiary.beneficiary, if any. In determining whether a controlling financial interest exists, we consider ownership of voting interests, as well as other rights of the investors. The results of operations of acquired businesses are included in our consolidated statements of earningsoperations from the respective dates of the acquisitions. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated in consolidation.

        We account for investments in which we exercise significant influence, but do not control and have not been determined to be the primary beneficiary, using the equity method of accounting. Significant influence is generally presumed to exist when we own between 20% and 50% of the entity. However, if we own a greater than 50% ownership interest in an entity and the minority shareholders hold certain rights that allow them to approve or veto certain major decisions of the business we would use the equity method of accounting. Under the equity method of accounting, original investments are


Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

February 2, 2013

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

recorded at cost, and are subsequently adjusted for our contributions to, distributions from and share of income or losses of the entity. Allocations of income and loss and distributions by the entity are made in accordance with the terms of the ownership agreement and reflected in royalties and other income in our consolidated statements of earnings. We did not own any material investments in an unconsolidated entity accounted for under the equity method as part of our continuing operations in any period presented.

We account for our business combinations using the purchase method of accounting. The cost of each acquired business is allocated to the individual tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values. The assessment of the estimated fair values of assets and liabilities acquired requires us to make certain assumptions regarding the use of the acquired assets, anticipated cash flows, probabilities of cash flows, discount rates and other factors. The purchase price allocation may be revised during an allocation period as necessary when, and if, information becomes available to revise the fair values of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed. To the extent information to revise the allocation becomes available during the allocation period the allocation of the purchase price will be adjusted. Should information become available after the allocation period indicating that an adjustment to the purchase price allocation is appropriate, that adjustment will be included in our consolidated statements of earnings.operations. The allocation period will not exceed one year from the date of the acquisition.

        On December 21, 2010, we acquired the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations, which we operate as our Lilly Pulitzer operating group subsequent to acquisition. We initially paid $60 million in cash, subject to adjustment based on net working capital as of the closing date for the acquisition. We finalized our allocation of the purchase price to the fair value of acquired assets and liabilities assumed in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011. Additionally, in connection with the acquisition, we entered into a contingent consideration arrangement whereby we may be obligated to pay up to $20 million in cash in the aggregate over the four years following the closing of the acquisition based on Lilly Pulitzer's achievement of certain earnings targets, as discussed in Note 6. Transaction costs related to this transaction, which are not included in the amount paid to the sellers above, totaled $0.8 million and are included in SG&A in our consolidated statement of earnings for fiscal 2010.

        As part of our allocation of the purchase price of acquired assets and liabilities assumed, in accordance with GAAP, we recognized a write-up of inventories in connection with our acquisition of the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations of $1.8 million above the cost of the acquired inventories to fair value. Based on the inventory turn of the acquired inventories, $0.8 million of the write-up was recognized as additional cost of goods sold in fiscal 2010, with the remaining $1.0 million of the write-up recognized as additional cost of goods sold in fiscal 2011.

During the second quarter of fiscalFiscal 2012, we acquired for $1.8$1.8 million, the assets and operations of the Tommy Bahama business in Australia from our former licensee that operated that business.


Table Additionally, during Fiscal 2013, we acquired for $17.9 million, the assets and operations of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

February 2, 2013

Note 1. Summarythe Tommy Bahama business in Canada from our former licensee that operated that business. For the Tommy Bahama Canada acquisition, allocation of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)the purchase price to significant assets acquired based on their respective fair values was as follows: reacquired license rights of $11 million, inventory of $4.4 million and fixed assets of $1.7 million.

Transaction costs related to business combinations, which are not included in the purchase price amounts paid to the sellers disclosed above, are included in SG&A in our consolidated statements of operations as incurred.
Revenue Recognition and Accounts Receivable

Our revenue consists of direct to consumer sales, which includes retail store, e-commerce, restaurant and concession sales, and wholesale sales. We consider revenue realized or realizable and earned when the following criteria are met: (1) persuasive evidence of an agreement exists, (2) delivery has occurred, (3) our price to the buyer is fixed or determinable and (4) collectibility is reasonably assured.


76


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Retail store, e-commerce, restaurant and concession revenues are recognized at the time of sale to consumers, which is consideredat the time of purchase for retail, restaurant and concession transactions and the time of shipment for e-commerce sales, as we believe the criteria for revenue recognition are metsales. Each of these types of transactions requires payment at the time of sale.the transaction, which is typically made via a credit card and collected by us upon settlement of the credit card transaction within a few days. Retail store, e-commerce, restaurant and concession revenues are recorded net of estimated returns and discounts, as appropriate, and net of applicable sales taxes in our consolidated statements of earnings.

operations.

For sales within our wholesale operations, we consider a submitted purchase order or some form of electronic communication from the customer requesting shipment of the goods to be persuasive evidence of an agreement. For substantially all of our wholesale sales, our products are considered sold and delivered at the time that the products are shipped, as substantially all products are sold based on FOB shipping point terms. This generally coincides with the time that title passes and the risks and rewards of ownership have passed to the customer.shipped. For certain transactions in which the goods do not pass through our owned or third party distribution centers and title and the risks and rewards of ownership pass at the time the goods leave the foreign port, revenue is recognized at that time. In certain cases in which we retain the risk of loss during shipment, revenue recognition does not occur until the goods have reached the specified customer.

In the normal course of business, in addition to extension of typical credit terms, we offer certain discounts or allowances to our wholesale customers. Wholesale operations' sales are recorded net of such discounts and allowances, as well as advertising support not specifically relating to the reimbursement for actual advertising expenses by our customers, operational chargebacks and provisions for estimated returns. As certain allowances and other deductions are not finalized until the end of a season, program or other event which may not have occurred yet, we estimate such discounts and allowances on an ongoing basis. Significant considerations in determining our estimates for discounts, returns, allowances, and operational chargebacks and returns for wholesale customers may include historical and current trends, agreements with customers, projected seasonal results, an evaluation of current economic conditions, specific program or product expectations and retailer performance. We record the discounts, returns and allowances as a reduction to net sales in our consolidated statements of earnings.operations. As of January 31, 2015 and February 2, 2013 and January 28, 2012,1, 2014, reserve balances related to these items were $11.1$9.3 million and $8.4$9.7 million, respectively.

In circumstances where we become aware of a specific wholesale customer's inability to meet its financial obligations, a specific reserve for bad debts is taken as a reduction to accounts receivable to reduce the net recognized receivable to the amount reasonably expected to be collected. Such amounts are written off at the time that the amounts are not considered collectible. For all other wholesale customers, we recognize estimated reserves for bad debts based on our historical collection experience, the financial condition of our customers, an evaluation of current economic conditions and anticipated trends, each of which is subjective and requires certain assumptions. We include such charges and write-offs in SG&A in our


Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

February 2, 2013

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

consolidated statements of earnings.operations. As of January 31, 2015 and February 2, 2013 and January 28, 2012,1, 2014, bad debt reserve balances were $1.0$0.8 million and $2.0$0.6 million, respectively.

Gift cards and merchandise credits issued by us are recorded as a liability until they are redeemed, at which point revenue is recognized. We have determined that based on historical experiencerecognize breakage income for gift cards and merchandise credits, are unlikely to be redeemed once they have been outstanding for four years and therefore may be recognized as income, subject to applicable laws in certain states.states, when we determine that the likelihood of the gift cards and merchandise credits being redeemed is remote. Deferred revenue for gift cards purchased by consumers and merchandise credits received by customers but not yet redeemed, less any breakage income recognized to date, is included in accounts payable and other accrued expenses and liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets and totaled $4.9$7.4 million and $4.2$6.0 million as of January 31, 2015 and February 2, 2013 and January 28, 2012,1, 2014, respectively. Gift card breakage, which was not material in any period presented, is included in net sales in our consolidated statements of earnings.

operations.

Royalties from the license of our owned brands, which are generally based on the greater of a percentage of the licensee's actual net sales or a contractually determined minimum royalty amount, are recorded based upon the guaranteed minimum levels and adjusted as sales data, or estimates thereof, is received from licensees. In some cases, we may receive initial payments for the grant of license rights, which are recognized as revenue over the term of the license agreement. Royalty income was $16.4$17.9 million, $16.8$16.9 million and $15.3$16.4 million during fiscalFiscal 2014, Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012, fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010, respectively, and is included in royalties and other operating income in our consolidated statements of earnings.

    operations.

Cost of Goods Sold

We include in cost of goods sold and inventories all manufacturing, sourcing and procurement costs and expenses incurred prior to or in association with the receipt of finished goods at our distribution facilities, as well as in-bound freight from our warehouse to our own retail stores.stores, wholesale customers and e-commerce consumers. The costs prior to receipt at our distribution facilities include product cost, inbound freight charges, import costs, purchasing costs, internal transfer costs, direct labor, manufacturing overhead, insurance, duties, brokers' fees, consolidators' fees and consolidators' fees.depreciation and amortization expense associated with our manufacturing, sourcing

77


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

and procurement operations. Our gross margins may not be directly comparable to those of our competitors, as statement of earningsoperations classifications of certain expenses may vary by company.

SG&A

We include in SG&A costs incurred subsequent to the receipt of finished goods at our distribution facilities, such as the cost of inspection, stocking, warehousing, picking and packing, and shipping and handling of goods for delivery to customers as well as all costs associated with the operations of our retail stores, e-commerce sites, restaurants and concessions, such as labor, occupancy costs, store and restaurant pre-opening costs (including rent, marketing, store set-up costs and training expenses) and other fees. SG&A also includes product design costs, selling costs, royalty costs, advertising, promotion and marketing expenses, professional fees, other general and administrative expenses, our corporate overhead costs and amortization of intangible assets.

Distribution network costs, including shipping and handling, are included as a component of SG&A. We consider distribution network costs to be the costs associated with operating our distribution centers, as well as the costs paid to third parties who perform those services for us. In


Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

February 2, Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2013

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

fiscal and Fiscal 2012, fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010, distribution network costs, including shipping and handling, included in SG&A totaled $24.4 million, $23.2$22.6 million and $21.6$24.4 million, respectively. We generally classify amounts billed to customers for shipping and handling fees as revenuesin net sales and classify costs related to direct to consumer customers in cost of goods sold and shipping related to wholesale customers in SG&A in our consolidated statements of earnings.

operations.

All costs associated with advertising, promoting and marketing of our products are expensed during the period when the advertisement first shows. Costs associated with cooperative advertising programs under which we agree to make general contributions to our wholesale customers' advertising and promotional funds are generally recorded as a reduction to net sales as recognized. If we negotiate an advertising plan and share in the cost for an advertising plan that is for specific ads run for products purchased by the customer from us, and the customer is required to provide proof that the advertisement was run, such costs are generally recognized as SG&A. Advertising, promotions and marketing expenses included in SG&A for fiscalFiscal 2014, Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012 fiscal 2011were $34.8 million, $32.3 million and fiscal 2010 were $27.6$27.6 million $23.7 million and $15.2 million,, respectively. Prepaid advertising, promotions and marketing expenses included in prepaid expenses in our consolidated balance sheets as of January 31, 2015 and February 2, 2013 and January 28, 20121, 2014 were $1.6$2.0 million and $1.2$1.9 million, respectively.

Royalties related to our license of third party brands, which are generally based on the greater of a percentage of our actual net sales for the brand or a contractually determined minimum royalty amount, are recorded based upon the guaranteed minimum levels and adjusted based on net sales of the branded products, as appropriate. In some cases, we may be required to make certain up-front payments for the license rights, which are deferred and recognized as royalty expense over the term of the license agreement. Royalty expenses recognized as SG&A in fiscalFiscal 2014, Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012 fiscal 2011were $5.3 million, $5.0 million and fiscal 2010 were $4.8 million, $4.2 million and $3.4 million, respectively. Such amounts may be dependent upon sales of our products which we sell pursuant to the terms of a license agreement with another party.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

We consider cash equivalents to be short-term investments with original maturities of three months or less for purposes of our consolidated statements of cash flows.

Supplemental Disclosure of Non-cash Investing and Financing Activities

        During fiscal 2010, in

In connection with the contingent consideration agreement associated with our acquisition of the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations, we accrued the fair value of contingent consideration totaling $10.5$0.3 million, as a non-cash financing activity. We also accrued an additional$0.3 million and $6.3 million and $2.4 million of change in fair value of contingent consideration in our consolidated statements of earningsoperations during fiscalFiscal 2014, Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012, and fiscal 2011, respectively. The maximum amountDuring Fiscal 2015, the remaining $12.5 million of contingent consideration payable pursuant toassociated with the Lilly Pulitzer contingent consideration agreement is $20 millionwill be paid. Amounts paid pursuant to this contingent consideration arrangement are reflected in the aggregate,payment of which $2.5 million wascontingent consideration earned in fiscal 2011our consolidated statements of cash flows and paid during fiscal 2012 and another $2.5 million was earned and paid in fiscal 2012, as discussed in Note 6.

        During fiscal 2010, in connection with our sale of substantially all of the operations and assets of our former Oxford Apparel Group, we accrued $5.4 million, which was payable to us upon completion of the related working capital calculation, less the working capital shortfall. This amount represents a non-cash investing activity. In fiscal 2011, we received $3.7 million of the escrow, with the remaining amount being returned to the purchaser as a result of the working capital and other adjustments.

more detail below.

Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

February 2, 2013

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

For operating group reporting, inventory is carried at the lower of FIFO cost or market. We continually evaluate the composition of our inventories, substantially all of which is finished goods inventory, for identification of distressed inventory. In performing this evaluation we consider slow-turning products, an indication of lack of consumer acceptance of particular

78


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

products, prior-seasons' fashion products, broken assortments, and current levels of replenishment program products as compared to future sales estimates. We estimate the amount of goods that we will not be able to sell in the normal course of business and write down the value of these goods as necessary. Also, we provide an allowance for shrinkage, as appropriate. As the amount to be ultimately realized for the goods is not necessarily known at period end, we must utilize certain assumptions considering historical experience, inventory quantity, quality, age and mix, historical sales trends, future sales projections, consumer and retailer preferences, market trends, and general economic conditions.

conditions and our plans to sell the inventory. Also, we provide an allowance for shrinkage, as appropriate, for the period between the last inventory count and each balance sheet date.

For consolidated financial reporting, as of January 31, 2015 and February 2, 2013 and January 28, 2012 $92.51, 2014, $122.2 million, or 84%82%, and $88.5$120.5 million, or 86%84%, of our inventories were valued at the lower of LIFO cost or market after deducting our LIFO reserve. The remaining $17.1$26.0 million and $14.9$23.2 million of our inventories were valued at the lower of FIFO cost or market as of January 31, 2015 and February 2, 2013 and January 28, 2012,1, 2014, respectively. Generally, inventories of our domestic operations are valued at the lower of LIFO cost or market, and our inventories of our international operations are valued at the lower of FIFO cost or market. LIFO reserves are based on the Producer Price Index as published by the United States Department of Labor. We write down inventories valued at the lower of LIFO cost or market when LIFO cost exceeds market value. We deem LIFO accounting adjustments to not only include changes in the LIFO reserve, but also changes in markdown reserves which are considered in LIFO accounting. As our LIFO inventory pool does not correspond to our operating group definitions, LIFO inventory accounting adjustments are not allocated to the respective operating groups. Thus, the impact of accounting for inventories on the LIFO method is reflected in Corporate and Other for operating group reporting purposes included in Note 10.

2.

There were no LIFO inventory liquidations in Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2013 or Fiscal 2012. As of January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014, the LIFO reserves included in our consolidated balance sheets were $58.6 million and $56.7 million, respectively.
The purchase method of accounting for business combinations requires that assets and liabilities, including inventories, are recorded at fair value at acquisition. In accordance with GAAP, the definition of fair value of inventories acquired generally will equal the expected sales price less certain costs associated with selling the inventory, which may exceed the actual cost of the acquired inventories.

Property and Equipment, net

Property and equipment, including leasehold improvements that are reimbursed by landlords as a tenant improvement allowance and any assets under capital leases, is carried at cost less accumulated depreciation. Additions are capitalized while repair and maintenance costs are charged to our consolidated statements of earningsoperations as incurred. Depreciation is calculated using both straight-line and accelerated methods generally over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:

Leasehold improvements

 Lesser of remaining life of the asset or lease term

Furniture, fixtures, equipment and technology

 2 – 15 years

Buildings and improvements

 7 – 40 years

Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

February 2, 2013

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Property and equipment is reviewed periodically for impairment if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Events that would typically result in such an assessment would include a change in the estimated useful life of the assets, including a change in our plans of the anticipated period of operating a leased retail store or restaurant location, the discontinued use of an asset and other factors. If expected future discounted cash flows from operations are less than their carrying amounts, an asset is determined to be impaired and a loss is recorded for the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds its fair value.

        Depreciation

Substantially all of our depreciation expense for fiscal 2012, fiscal 2011is included in SG&A in our consolidated statements of operations, with the only depreciation included elsewhere within our consolidated statements of operations being depreciation associated with our manufacturing, sourcing and fiscal 2010procurement processes, which is included $0.3 million, $4.6 million, and $0.4 million, respectively,in cost of goods sold. No material impairment charges for property and equipment, which generally relate to leasehold impairments at retail stores.of fixed assets was recognized in any period presented. Depreciation by operating group in Note 102 and in our consolidated statements of cash flows includes theseany fixed impairment charges. In fiscal 2011, $3.7 million of the $4.6 million of impairment charges reflect impairment of retail store and restaurant assets in the Tommy Bahama operating group. Substantially all of the impairment charges were recorded in SG&A in our consolidated statements of earnings.

Intangible Assets, net


79


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

At acquisition, we estimate and record the fair value of purchased intangible assets, which primarily consist of trademarks, reacquired rights and customer relationships. The fair values and useful lives of these intangible assets are estimated based on our assessment as well as independent third party appraisals in some cases. Such valuations, which are dependent upon a number of uncertain factors, may include a discounted cash flow analysis of anticipated revenues and expenses or cost savings resulting from the acquired intangible asset using an estimate of a risk-adjusted market-based cost of capital as the discount rate.

Intangible assets with indefinite lives, which primarily consist of trademarks, are not amortized but instead evaluated for impairment annually or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that the intangible asset might be impaired. The evaluation of the recoverability of trademarks with indefinite lives includes valuations based on a discounted cash flow analysis utilizing the relief from royalty method, among other considerations. Like the initial valuation, the evaluation of recoverability is dependent upon a number of uncertain factors which require certain assumptions to be made by us, including estimates of net sales, royalty income, operating income, growth rates, royalty rates for the trademark, discount rates and income tax rates, among other factors. If an annual or interim analysis indicates an impairment of a trademark with an indefinite useful life, the amount of the impairment is recognized in our consolidated financial statements based on the amount that the carrying value exceeds the estimated fair value of the asset.

        In July 2012, the FASB amended ASC 350 "Intangibles—Goodwill and Other." This amendment, which we adopted in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012, resulted in no material impact on our consolidated financial statements. The amendment provides us with

We have the option to first to assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that an indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired as a basis for determining whether it is necessary to perform the quantitative impairment test in accordance with Subtopic 350-30, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—General Intangibles Other than Goodwill.test. The more-likely-than-not threshold is defined as having a likelihood of more than 50 percent.percent. We also have the option to bypass the qualitative assessment for any indefinite-lived intangible asset in


Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

February 2, 2013

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

any period and proceed directly to performing the quantitative impairment test, and we will be able to resumetest. Bypassing the qualitative assessment in any period does not prohibit us from performing the qualitative assessment in any subsequent period.

We test, either quantitatively or qualitatively, intangible assets with indefinite lives for impairment as of the first day of the fourth quarter of our fiscal year, or at an interim date if indicators of impairment exist at that date. No impairment of intangible assets with indefinite lives was recognized during any period presented.

We recognize amortization of intangible assets with finite lives, which primarily consist of reacquired rights and customer relationships, and trademarks, over the estimated useful lives of the intangible assets using a method of amortization that reflects the pattern in which the economic benefits of the intangible assets are consumed or otherwise realized. Certain of our intangible assets with finite lives may be amortized over periods of up to 15 years in some cases. The determination of an appropriate useful life for amortization is based onconsiders the remaining contractual period of the reacquired right, as applicable, our plans for the intangible asset as well asassets and factors outside of our control, including expected customer attrition. Amortization of intangible assets is included in SG&A in our consolidated statements of earnings.operations. Intangible assets with finite lives are reviewed for impairment periodically if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. If expected future discounted cash flows resulting from the intangible assets are less than their carrying amounts, an asset is determined to be impaired and a loss is recorded for the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds its fair value. No impairment of intangible assets with finite lives was recognized during any period presented.

Any costs associated with extending or renewing recognized intangible assets, which primarily consist of trademarks and customer relationships, are generally expensed as incurred.

Goodwill, net

Goodwill is recognized as the amount by which the cost to acquire a company or group of assets exceeds the fair value of assets acquired less any liabilities assumed at acquisition. Thus, the amount of goodwill recognized in connection with a business combination is dependent upon the fair values assigned to the individual assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. Goodwill is allocated to the respective reporting unit at the time of acquisition. Goodwill is not amortized but instead is evaluated for impairment annually or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that the goodwill might be impaired.

We test, either qualitatively or as a two-step quantitative evaluation, goodwill for impairment as of the first day of the fourth quarter of our fiscal year. The qualitative factors that we use to determine the likelihood of goodwill impairment, as well as to determine if an interim test is appropriate, include: (a) macroeconomic conditions, (b) industry and market considerations,

80


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

(c) cost factors, (d) overall financial performance, (e) other relevant entity-specific events, (f) events affecting a reporting unit, (g) a sustained decrease in share price, or (h) other factors as appropriate. In the event we determine that we will bypass the qualitative impairment option or if we determine that a quantitative test is appropriate, the quantitative test includes valuations of each applicable underlying business using fair value techniques and market comparables which may include a discounted cash flow analysis or an independent appraisal. Significant estimates, some of which may be very subjective, considered in such a discounted cash flow analysis are future cash flow projections of the business, the discount rate, which


Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

February 2, 2013

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

estimates the risk-adjusted market based cost of capital, and other assumptions. The estimates and assumptions included in the two-step evaluation of the recoverability of goodwill involve significant uncertainty, and if our plans or anticipated results change, the impact on our financial statements could be significant.

If an annual or interim analysis indicates an impairment of goodwill balances, the impairment is recognized in our consolidated financial statements. No impairment of goodwill was recognized during any periodsperiod presented. As of February 2, 2013,January 31, 2015, all the goodwill included in our consolidated balance sheet is deductible for tax purposes.

Prepaid Expenses and Other Non-Current Assets, net

Amounts included in prepaid expenses primarily consist of prepaid operating expenses, including rent, advertising, samples, taxes, maintenance contracts, insurance, retail supplies, advertising and royalties. Other non-current assets primarily consist of assets set aside for potential deferred compensation liabilities related to our deferred compensation plan as discussed below, assets related to certain investments in officers' life insurance policies, security deposits and deferred financing costs.

Officers' life insurance policies that are owned by us, which are included in other non-current assets, net, are recorded at their cash surrender value, less any outstanding loans associated with the life insurance policies that are payable to the life insurance company with which the policy is outstanding. As of January 31, 2015 and February 2, 2013 and January 28, 2012,1, 2014, the officers' life insurance policies, net, recorded in our consolidated balance sheets totaled $5.5$5.1 million and $5.3$5.8 million, respectively. During fiscal 2010, we repaid $4.1 million of loans associated with the life insurance policies.

Deferred financing costs, which are included in other non-current assets, net, are amortized on a straight-line basis, which approximates the effective interest method over the life of the related debt. Amortization expense for deferred financing costs, which is included in interest expense in our consolidated statements of earnings,operations, was $0.8$0.4 million, $1.1$0.4 million and $1.3$0.8 million during fiscalFiscal 2014, Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012, fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010, respectively. Additionally, $1.7 million and $1.1 million of deferred financing costs were written off and included in loss on repurchase of senior notes in fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2011, respectively, in conjunction with our redemption or repurchase, satisfaction and discharge of senior notes in the respective period with no such write-off in fiscal 2010. Unamortized deferred financing costs totaled $1.9$1.5 million and $2.7$1.9 million at January 31, 2015 and February 2, 2013 and January 28, 2012,1, 2014, respectively.

Deferred Compensation

We have a non-qualified deferred compensation plan offered to a select group of highly compensated employees.employees and our non-employee directors. The plan provides participants with the opportunity to defer a portion of their cash compensation in a given plan year, of which a percentage may be matched by us in accordance with the terms of the plan. We make contributions to rabbi trusts or other investments to provide a source of funds for satisfying these deferred compensation liabilities. Investments held for our deferred compensation plan consist of insurance contracts and are recorded based on valuations which generally incorporate unobservable factors. A change in the value of the underlying assets would substantially be offset by a change in the liability to the employeeparticipant resulting in an immaterial net impact on our


Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

February 2, 2013

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

consolidated financial statements. These securities approximate the participant-directed investment selections underlying the deferred compensation liabilities.

The total value of the assets set aside for potential deferred compensation liabilities, which are included in other non-current assets, net, as of January 31, 2015 and February 2, 20131, 2014 was $12.0 million and January 28, 2012 was $10.3$11.4 million and $9.0 million,, respectively, substantially all of which are held in a rabbi trust. The liabilities associated with the non-qualified deferred compensation plan are included in other non-current liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets and totaled $10.0totaled$11.3 million and $8.8$11.1 million at January 31, 2015 and February 2, 2013 and January 28, 2012,1, 2014, respectively.

Accounts Payable, Accrued Compensation and Other Accrued Expenses and Accrued Compensation

Liabilities

Liabilities for accounts payable, accrued compensation and other accrued expenses and liabilities are carried at cost, which reflects the fair value of the consideration expected to be paid in the future for goods and services received, whether or not billed to us. Accruals for employee insurance and workers' compensation, which are included in accounts payable and other accrued expenses and liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets, include estimated settlements for known claims, as well as accruals for estimates of incurred but not reported claims based on our claims experience and statistical trends.


81


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

We are subject to certain claims and assessments related to legal proceedings in the ordinary course of business. The claims and assessments may relate to disputes about intellectual property, real estate and contracts, as well as labor, employment, environmental and tax matters. For those matters where it is probable that we have incurred a loss and the loss, or range of loss, can be reasonably estimated, we have recorded reserves in theother accrued expenses and liabilities in our consolidated financial statements for the estimated loss and related legal fees. In other instances, because of the uncertainties related to both the probable outcome andor amount or range of loss, we are unable to make a reasonable estimate of a liability, if any, and therefore have not recorded a reserve. As additional information becomes available or as circumstances change, we adjust our assessment and estimates of such liabilities accordingly. We believe the outcome of outstanding or pending matters, individually and in the aggregate, will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements, based on information currently available.

Contingent Consideration

In connection with acquisitions, we may enter into contingent consideration arrangements, which provide for the payment of additional purchase consideration to the sellers if certain performance criteria are achieved during a specified period. Pursuant to the guidance related to the purchase method of accounting, we must recognize the fair value of the contingent consideration based on its estimated fair value at the date of acquisition. Such valuation requires assumptions regarding anticipated cash flows, probabilities of cash flows, discount rates and other factors. Each of these assumptions may involve a significant amount of uncertainty. Subsequent to the date of acquisition, we must periodically adjust the liability for the contingent consideration to reflect the fair value of the contingent consideration by reassessing our valuation assumptions as of that date. Absent any other changes to assumptions included in our valuation of the contingent consideration, we expect as time passes that the fair value of the contingent consideration willwould increase due to the passage of time as we approach the payment dates. Additionally, a change in assumptions related to the contingent consideration in future periods could have a material impact on our consolidated balance sheets or our


Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

February 2, 2013

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

consolidated statements of earnings.financial statements. Any change in the fair value of the contingent consideration is recognized as change in fair value of contingent consideration in our consolidated statements of earnings.

operations.

As part of our acquisition of the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations on December 21, 2010, we entered into a contingent consideration arrangement whereby we maywould be obligated to pay up to $20$20 million in cash in the aggregate, over the four years following the closing of the acquisition, based on Lilly Pulitzer's achievement of certain earnings targets. The terms of the contingent consideration arrangement are discussed in further detail in Note 6. 10, while the amounts paid by year through January 31, 2015 are included in the table below.
As of the date of acquisition, we determined that the fair value of the contingent consideration was $10.5$10.5 million, which reflected the discounted fair value of the expected payments. Although there was uncertainty about whether the performance criteria in the contingent consideration arrangement willwould be achieved, we anticipated paying all of the contingent consideration. Thus, the fair value of the contingent consideration at acquisition reflected the $20$20 million of anticipated payments discounted to fair value using a discount rate which reflected the uncertainty regarding whether the earnings target may notwould be met given the growth required to achieve the contingent consideration payments as well as other factors. As of January 28, 2012, we still anticipated that the performance criteria would be met based on the operating results of the Lilly Pulitzer business exceeding the performance criteria in fiscal 2011, and we reevaluated the discount rate at that time.

As of February 2, 2013, we reevaluated the discount rate and determined that the use of a lower discount rate than used in prior periods would be appropriate. This lower discount rate reflectsreflected our assessment that we believebelieved the likelihood of the contingent consideration being earned iswas greater than in prior years based on our consideration of, among other factors, (1) the historical earnings achieved by the Lilly Pulitzer operating group through fiscalFiscal 2012, including a significant amount of earnings from fiscalFiscal 2011 and fiscalFiscal 2012 in excess of the targets for those periods which carriescarried over as a reduction to the targets in future years, (2) the fiscalFiscal 2012 earnings significantly exceededexceeding both the fiscalFiscal 2013 and fiscalFiscal 2014 targets, (3) our operating income projections for the Lilly Pulitzer operating group for future periods which exceedexceeding the fiscalFiscal 2012 operating results and (4) the shorter remaining term of the contingent consideration arrangement, which provides greater visibility through the term of the agreement. Our assessment of these factors resulted in a significant reduction of the discount rate for the contingent consideration to a rate which reflectsreflected the reduced uncertainty of the amounts to be paid pursuant to the arrangement.


Table The change in fair value of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

February 2, 2013

Note 1. Summarycontingent consideration charge in each other period presented primarily reflected the passage of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

time using an appropriate discount rate at that time rather than significant changes in our assumptions related to the probability of the amounts being earned or discount rate assumptions.

A summary of the fair value of the contingent consideration liability, including non-currentcurrent and currentnon-current amounts, is as follows (in thousands):


 
 Fiscal
2012
 Fiscal
2011
 Fiscal
2010
 

Balance at beginning of year

 $13,145 $10,745 $ 

Recognition of fair value at acquisition

      10,545 

Change in fair value of contingent consideration

  6,285  2,400  200 

Contingent consideration payments made to sellers during the year(1)

  (4,980)    
        

Balance at end of year

 $14,450 $13,145 $10,745 
        

Maximum contingent consideration amounts eligible to be earned in future years

 $15,000 $17,500 $20,000 
        
82


(1)
Reflects paymentOXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1. Summary of the $2.5 million fiscal 2011 contingent consideration payment and the $2.5 million fiscal 2012 contingent consideration payment, less a discount due to the payment of the contingent consideration amount for fiscal 2012 being made prior to the end of the year rather than subsequent to year-end.Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

 Fiscal 2014
Fiscal 2013
Fiscal 2012
Balance at beginning of year$14,725
$14,450
$13,145
Change in fair value of contingent consideration275
275
6,285
Contingent consideration payments made to sellers during the year(2,500)
(4,980)
Balance at end of year$12,500
$14,725
$14,450
Other Non-current Liabilities

 ��      

Amounts included in other non-current liabilities primarily consist of deferred rent related to our operating lease agreements as discussed below, deferred compensation as discussed above, and an environmental remediation reserve as discussed in Note 6, and income tax uncertainties as discussed in Note 8.

Leases

In the ordinary course of business we enter into lease agreements for retail, restaurant, office and warehouse/distribution space, as well as leases for certain equipment. The leases have varying terms and expirations and frequently have provisions to extend, renew or terminate the lease agreement, among other terms and conditions, as negotiated. We assess the lease at inception and determine whether the lease qualifies as a capital or operating lease. Assets leased under capital leases and the related liabilities are included in our consolidated balance sheets in property and equipment and long-term debt, respectively. Assets leased under operating leases are not recognized as assets and liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets.

When a non-cancelable operating lease includes any fixed escalation clauses, lease incentives for rent holidays and/or landlord build-out-related allowances, rent expense is generally recognized on a straight-line basis over the initial term of the lease from the date that we take possession of the space and does not assume that any termination options included in the lease will be exercised. The amount by which rents payable under the lease since lease inception differs from the amount recognized on a straight-line basis since lease inception is recorded in other non-current liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets. Deferred rent as of January 31, 2015 and February 2, 2013 and January 28, 20121, 2014 was $31.6$44.5 million and $24.5$37.8 million, respectively. Contingent rents, including those based on a percentage of retail sales over stated levels, and rental payment increases based on a contingent future event are recognized as the expense is incurred.


Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

February 2, 2013

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

If we vacate leased space and determine that we do not plan to use the space in the future, we recognize a loss for any future rent payments, less any anticipated future sublease income and adjusted for any deferred rent amounts included in our consolidated balance sheet on that date. Additionally, for any lease that we terminate and agree to a lease termination payment, we recognize in SG&A in our consolidated statements of operations a loss for the lease termination payment at the time of the agreement. During fiscal 2010, we recognized $2.8 million of charges related to lease termination losses and vacated leased office space that we exited or otherwise do not intend to utilize in the future, which are included in SG&A in our consolidated statements of operations. No material amounts of such charges were incurred in fiscal 2012 and fiscal 2011. During fiscal 2011, we recognized a reduction in deferred rent of $3.6 million resulting from our decision to exit certain leases by negotiating a lease termination or by deciding that we will exercise an early termination option for certain existing lease agreements. These amounts are reflected as a reduction to SG&A in our consolidated statements of operations.

We are exposed to foreign currency exchange risk when we purchasegenerate net sales or sell goodsincur expenses in foreign currencies.currencies other than the functional currency of the respective operations. We have determined that the functional currency for substantially all of our operations is the respective local currency. The resulting assets and liabilities denominated in amounts other than the respective functional currency of the subsidiary are remeasured into the respective functional currency of the subsidiary at the rate of exchange in effect on the balance sheet date, and income and expenses are remeasured at the average rates of exchange prevailing during the relevant period. The impact of any such remeasurement is recognized in our consolidated statements of earningsoperations in the respectivethat period. Net gains (losses) related to foreign currency transactions recognized in fiscalFiscal 2014, Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012 fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010 were not material to our consolidated financial statements.

Additionally, the financial statements of our subsidiariesoperations for which the functional currency is a currency other than the United States dollar are translated into United States dollars at the rate of exchange in effect on the balance sheet date for the balance sheet and at the average rates of exchange prevailing during the relevant period for the statements of earnings.operations. The impact of such translation is recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in our consolidated balance sheets and included in other comprehensive income (loss) in our consolidated statements of comprehensive income resulting in no impact on net earnings for the relevant period.


83


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Derivative Financial Instruments

Derivative financial instruments, which include our forward foreign currency exchange contracts and interest rate swap agreements, are measured at their fair valuevalues in our consolidated balance sheets. Unrealized gains and losses are recognized as prepaid expenses or accounts payable and accrued expenses, respectively. The accounting for changes in the fair value of derivative instruments depends on whether the derivative has been designated and qualifies for hedge accounting. The criteria used to determine if a derivative financial instrument qualifies for hedge accounting treatment are whether an appropriate hedging instrument has been identified and designated to reduce a specific exposure and whether there is a high correlation between changes in the fair value of the hedging instrument and the identified exposure based on the nature of the hedging relationship. Based on the nature of the hedging relationship, a qualifying derivative is designated for accounting purposes as a fair value hedge, a cash flow hedge or a hedge of a net investment in a foreign business. As of February 2, 2013January 31, 2015, all of


Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

February 2, 2013

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

our derivative financial instruments that qualify for hedge accounting treatment are designated as cash flow hedges.

We formally document hedging instruments and hedging relationships at the inception of each contract. Further, we assess both at the inception of a contract and on an ongoing basis, whether the hedging instrument is effective in offsetting the risk of the hedged transaction. For any derivative financial instrument that is designated and qualifies for hedge accounting treatment and has not been settled as of period-end, the unrealized gains (losses) on the outstanding derivative financial instrument is recognized, to the extent the hedge relationship has been effective, as a component of comprehensive income in our consolidated statements of comprehensive income and accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in our consolidated balance sheets. For derivativeany financial instrument that is not designated as a hedge for accounting purposes, or for any ineffective portion of a hedge, the unrealized gains (losses) on the outstanding derivative financial instrument is included in net earnings (losses) as a component of SG&A in our consolidated statements of earnings. Cash flows related to hedging transactions are classified in our consolidated statements of cash flows and consolidated statements of operations in the same category as the items being hedged.

We do not use derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. WeOther than our interest rate swap agreement, noted below, we did not hold any derivative financial instruments, which had not been settled, that were not designated as a cash flow hedge for accounting purposes as of January 31, 2015 and February 2, 20131, 2014 and January 28, 2012 and no significant ineffectiveness was recorded on qualifying hedges during fiscal 2012, fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010.

Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2013 or Fiscal 2012.

The counterparties to our derivative contracts are generally financial institutions with investment grade credit ratings. To manage our credit risk related to our derivative financial instruments, we periodically monitor the credit risk of our counterparties, limit our exposure in the aggregate and to any single counterparty, and adjust our hedging position, as appropriate. The impact of credit risk, as well as the ability of each party to fulfill its obligations under our derivative financial instruments, is considered in determining the fair value of the contracts. CreditHistorically, credit risk has not had a significant effect on the fair value of our derivative contracts. We do not have any credit risk-related contingent features or collateral requirements with our derivative financial instruments.

Foreign Currency Risk Management

As of February 2, 2013,January 31, 2015, our foreign currency exchange risk exposure primarily results from our businesses operating outside of the United States, which isare primarily related to (1) our United Kingdom and European Ben Sherman operations and our Asia-Pacific and Canadian Tommy Bahama operations purchasing goods in United States dollars or other currencies which are not the functional currencycurrencies of the business;businesses; (2) our businesses operating outside of the United States selling goods in currencies other than itsthe applicable functional currency;currencies; and (3) certain other transactions, including intercompany transactions. We may enter into short-term forward foreign currency exchange contracts in the ordinary course of business to mitigate a portion of the risk associated with foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations related to purchases of inventory or selling goods in currencies other than theirthe functional currencies by certain of our foreign subsidiaries.operations. Historically, we have entered into forward foreign currency exchange contracts for our Ben Sherman United Kingdom business using pound sterling for the purchase of United States dollars, which are used for inventory purchases, and for the sale of Euro, which are generated from retail and wholesaleBen Sherman operations in continental Europe, for pound sterling. Due to the limited magnitude and the uncertainty about timing of our other internationalcash flows provided by or used in the Tommy Bahama operations in the Asia-Pacific region and Canada, we have not historically entered into forward foreign currency exchange contracts for our otherthese international operations, including operations in Asia and Australia.

operations.

Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

February 2, 2013

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

The fair value and book valuevalues of the forward foreign currency exchange contracts isare determined by us based on dealer quotes of market forward rates and reflectsreflect the amountamounts that we would receive or pay at the short-term maturity dates for contracts involving the

84


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

same currencies and maturity dates. All forward foreign currency exchange contracts that had not been settled as of February 2, 2013January 31, 2015 have contractual settlement dates during fiscal 2013.the next 18 months. Thus, we anticipate that any gain (loss)the substantial majority of gains (losses) included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) as of February 2, 2013January 31, 2015 that isare ultimately realized will impact net earnings in fiscal 2013the next 18 months as the contracts are settled. The notional amount of forward foreign currency exchange contracts which had not been settled that qualify as hedges for accounting purposes totaled $33.4$13.7 million and $26.5$27.7 million as of January 31, 2015 and February 2, 2013 and January 28, 2012,1, 2014, respectively.

Interest Rate Risk Management

As of February 2, 2013,January 31, 2015, we are exposed to market risk from changes in interest rates on our variable-rate indebtedness, which includesinclude our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement and our U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement. We generally intendmay attempt to limit the impact of interest rate changes on earnings and cash flow, primarily through a mix of variable-rate and fixed-rate debt, although at times weall of our debt may not have anybe either variable-rate or fixed-rate debt. Additionally,fixed-rate. At times we may enter into interest rate swap arrangements related to certain of our variable-rate debt in order to fix the interest rate on variable rate debt if we determine that our exposure to interest rate changes is higher than optimal. Our assessment also considers our need for flexibility in our borrowing arrangements resulting from the seasonality of our business, anticipated future cash flows and our expectations about the risk of future interest rate changes, among other factors. We continuously monitor interest rates to consider the sources and terms of our borrowing facilities in order to determine whether we have achieved our interest rate management objectives.

In order to mitigate our exposure to changes in interest rates, in future periods, we entered into an interest rate swap agreement under which we swap the interest rate on certain of our variable-rate borrowings ranging from $25$25 million to $45$45 million during the period from August 2013 until March 2015 for a fixed ratefixed-rate interest charge equal to 0.42% plus the applicable margin, as specified in our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement.

        The As of January 31, 2015, we do not have any other interest rate swap agreements. During Fiscal 2013, this interest rate swap qualified for hedge accounting; however, as of January 31, 2015, the interest rate swap did not qualify for hedge accounting resulting in the fair value of the interest rate swap isbeing charged to our consolidated statements of operations.

The fair values of interest rate swaps are determined by us based on dealer quotes, which consider forward curves and volatility levels using observable market inputs when available. We anticipate that any gain (loss) included in accumulated other comprehensive income as of February 2, 2013 which is ultimately realized will impact net earnings during the next three years until maturity of the interest rate swap agreement in March 2015.

Fair Value Measurements

Fair value, in accordance with GAAP, is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. As such, fair value is a market-based measurement that should be determined based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. Valuation techniques include the market approach (comparable market prices), the income approach (present value of future income or cash flow), and the cost approach (cost to replace the service capacity of an asset or replacement cost).


Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

February 2, 2013

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

These valuation techniques may be based upon observable and unobservable inputs. The three levels of inputs used to measure fair value pursuant to the guidance are as follows:

Level 1—Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.


Level 2—Observable inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets and liabilities in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.


Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities, which includes certain pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies and similar techniques that use significant unobservable inputs.

Our financial instruments consist primarily of our cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses, forward foreign currency exchange contracts, interest rate swap agreements, fair value of contingent consideration and debt. Given their short-term nature, the carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, receivables, accounts

85


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

payable and accrued expenses generally approximate their fair values. Additionally, we believe the carrying amounts of our variable-rate borrowings if any, approximate fair value.

The following table summarizes financial assets and financial liabilities (in thousands) measured and recorded at fair value on a recurring basis, each of which are discussed in further detail above, (in thousands):

above:


 Total Fair Value Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
 Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
 Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 

February 2, 2013

 
Total Fair Value
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)
Significant Other
Observable Inputs
(Level 2)
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
January 31, 2015 
Financial Assets: 
Forward foreign currency exchange contracts$746
$
$746
$
Financial Liabilities: 
Interest rate swap agreements$4
$
$4
$
Fair value of contingent consideration$12,500
$
$
$12,500
February 1, 2014 

Financial Liabilities:

  

Forward foreign currency exchange contracts

 $576 $ $576 $ $285
$
$285
$

Interest rate swap agreements

 $23 $ $23 $ $50
$
$50
$

Fair value of contingent consideration, (current and non-current)

 $14,450 $ $ $14,450 

January 28, 2012

 

Financial Assets:

 

Forward foreign currency exchange contracts

 $483 $ $483 $ 

Financial Liabilities:

 

Fair value of contingent consideration, (current and non-current)

 $13,145 $ $ $13,145 
Fair value of contingent consideration (current and non-current)$14,725
$
$
$14,725

For a description of the methods used for determining the fair valuevalues of the financial instruments included in the table above, refer to the accounting policy description for the respective financial instrument included above. Additionally, we have determined that our property and equipment, intangible assets and goodwill, for which the book values are disclosed in Notes 3 and 4, are


Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

February 2, 2013

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

non-financial assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis. We have determined that our approaches for determining fair values for each of these assets generally are based on Level 3 inputs.

        In May 2011, the FASB amended ASC 820 "Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures" in order to clarify existing guidance in GAAP, better align ASC 820 with International Accounting Standards and require additional fair value disclosures. The amendments to ASC 820 were adopted by us in fiscal 2012, with all amendments applied prospectively with changes in measurements, if any, recognized in earnings in fiscal 2012. The adoption of the amendments to ASC 820 in fiscal 2012 did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

        In December 2011, the FASB issued new, expanded disclosure requirements for financial instruments surrounding an entity's rights of offset and related counterparty arrangements. This guidance requires disclosure of both "gross" and "net" information for recognized financial instruments (including derivatives) that are (i) eligible for offset and presented "net" in the balance sheet or (ii) subject to enforceable master netting agreements, irrespective of whether an entity actually offsets and "net presents" such instruments in the balance sheet. The guidance also requires disclosure of any collateral received or posted in connection with master netting agreements or similar arrangements. We adopted the new guidance in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012 with retrospective application. The new guidance did not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements upon adoption as no material amounts are eligible for offset in our consolidated balance sheets or subject to an enforceable master netting agreement.

Equity Compensation

We have certain stock-based employeeequity compensation plans as described in Note 7, which provide for the ability to grant restricted stock,shares, restricted stockshare units, stock options and other stock-basedequity awards to our employees and non-employee directors. We recognize share-basedequity awards to employees and non-employee directors in SG&A in our consolidated statements of earningsoperations based on their fair values on the grant date.

The fair values of restricted shares and restricted share units are determined based on the fair value of our common stock on the grant date, regardless of whether the awards are performance or service based.

Using the fair value method, compensation expense, with a corresponding entry to additional paid-in capital, is recognized related to the share-based awards. The share-basedequity awards which are unvested as of February 2, 2013 are dependent uponover the employee remaining employed by us for a specified time subsequent to the grant date. Some prior grants, including the fiscal 2012 grant, were dependent upon us meeting certain performance measures for a specifiedservice and performance period, andas applicable. For awards with specified service requirements, the employee remaining employed by us for a specified time subsequentfair value of the equity awards granted to employees is recognized over the respective service period. For performance-based awards, during the performance period if applicable,we assess expected performance versus the predetermined performance goals and it is possible that future awards may have certain performance based requirements. The amount of share-basedadjust the cumulative equity compensation expense recognized overto reflect the relative expected performance period, if any, and vesting period is calculated based upon the market value of the share-based awards on the grant date.achievement. The share-basedequity compensation expense less an estimated forfeiture rate if material, is recognized on a straight-line basis over the aggregate performance period ifand any andadditional required service period. The estimated forfeiture rate is assessed
Comprehensive Income and adjusted periodically as appropriate.


Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

February 2, 2013

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Comprehensive income (loss) consists of net earnings and specified components of other comprehensive income (loss). Other comprehensive income includes changes in assets and liabilities that are not included in net earnings pursuant to GAAP, such as foreign currency translation adjustments and the net unrealized gain (loss) associated with cash flow hedges which qualify for hedge accounting, including forward foreign currency exchange contracts and interest rate swap agreements. These

86


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

amounts of other comprehensive income (loss) are deferred in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), which is included in shareholders' equity in our consolidated balance sheets. Upon settlement of the agreement, amounts related to foreign currency contracts are recognized as a part of the cost of inventory being hedged in our consolidated balance sheetsheets and recognized in our consolidated statements of operations when the related inventory is sold, while amounts related to interest rate swap agreements are recognized in our consolidated statements of operations as an adjustment to interest expense on the individual payment dates of the agreement. The components ofagreements. Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), netto our consolidated statements of related income taxes, are as follows (in thousands):

operations were not material in any period presented. For each period presented substantially all amounts included in accumulated other comprehensive loss reflect the foreign currency translation of our international operations of Ben Sherman into United States dollars.
 
 February 2,
2013
 January 28,
2012
 

Foreign currency translation loss

 $(23,986)$(24,157)

Net unrealized gain (loss) on cash flow hedges

  (599) 483 
      

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 $(24,585)$(23,674)
      
Dividends

Dividends are accrued at the time that the dividend is declared by our Board of Directors and typically paid within the same fiscal quarter declared.

Concentration of Credit Risk and Significant Customers

        Our exposure

We are exposed to concentrations of credit risk primarily consistsas a result of our accounts receivable balances, for which the total exposure is limited to the amount recognized in our consolidated balance sheets. We sell our merchandise to customers operating in a number of retail distribution channels in the United States as well as in some retail distribution channels inand other countries. WeIn our wholesale channel of distribution we often extend andcredit terms to our customers that satisfy defined credit criteria. We continuously monitor credit risk based on an evaluation of the customer's financial condition and credit history and generally require no collateral. Credit risk is impacted by conditions or occurrences within the economy and the retail industry and is principally dependent on each customer's financial condition. Additionally, a decision by the controlling owner of a group of stores or any significant customer to decrease the amount of merchandise purchased from us or to cease carrying our products could have an adverse effect on our results of operations in future periods. Two customersNo individual customer represented 14% and greater than 10% of our consolidated accounts receivable, net as of February 2,sales in Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2013 withor Fiscal 2012. Additionally, no other customers representingindividual customer represented 10% or more of our consolidated accounts receivable at that date.

        No individual customer represented greater than 10%as of our consolidated net sales in fiscal 2012, fiscal 2011 or fiscal 2010. Additionally, during fiscal 2012, fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010 no individual customer represented more than 10% or more of the net sales of Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer or Ben

January 31, 2015.

Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

February 2, 2013

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Sherman, except that one customer represented 10% of Tommy Bahama's net sales in fiscal 2010 and another customer represented 11% of Ben Sherman's net sales in fiscal 2010. During each of fiscal 2012, fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010, the top five customers of Lanier Clothes, represented 73%, 68% and 68%, respectively, of Lanier Clothes net sales. In fiscal 2012, fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010, the largest individual customer in Lanier Clothes represented 19%, 18% and 22%, respectively, of the net sales in Lanier Clothes.

Income taxes included in our consolidated financial statements are determined using the asset and liability method. Under this method, income taxes are recognized based on amounts of income taxes payable or refundable in the current year as well as the impact of any items that are recognized in different periods for consolidated financial statement reporting and tax return reporting purposes. As certain amounts are recognized in different periods for consolidated financial statement and tax return reporting purposes, financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities differ, resulting in the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities. The deferred tax assets and liabilities reflect the estimated future tax effects attributable to these differences, as well as the impact of net operating loss, capital loss and federal and state credit carryforwards,carry-forwards, each as determined under enacted tax laws and rates expected to apply in the period in which such amounts are expected to be realized or settled.
We recognize deferred tax assets to the extent we believe these assets are more likely than not to be realized. In making such a determination, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, and results of recent operations. Valuation allowances are established when we determine that it is more-likely-than-not (greater than 50% likelihood) that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized.
Valuation allowances are analyzed periodically and adjusted as events occur or circumstances change that would indicate adjustments to the valuation allowances are appropriate. If we determine that we will be able to realize our deferred tax assets in the future, in excess of their net recorded amount, we will reduce the deferred tax asset valuation allowance, which will reduce income tax expense. As realization of deferred tax assets and liabilities is dependent upon future taxable income in specific jurisdictions, changes in tax laws and rates and shifts in the amount of taxable income among state and foreign jurisdictions may have a significant impact on the amount of benefit ultimately realized for deferred tax assets and liabilities. We account for the effect of changes in tax laws or rates in the period of enactment.

        There are certain exceptions to the requirement that deferred tax liabilities be recognized for the difference in the financial and tax bases



87


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 1. Summary of assets in the case of foreign subsidiaries. When the financial basis of the investment in a foreign subsidiary, excluding undistributed earnings, exceeds the tax basis in such investment, the deferred liability is not recognized if management considers the investment to be essentially permanent in duration. We consider our investments in certain of our foreign subsidiaries to be permanently reinvested, and accordingly have not recognized a deferred tax liability for any foreign subsidiary due to a difference in financial and tax basis. Deferred tax liabilities are also not required to be recognized for undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries when management considers those earnings to be permanently reinvested outside the United States. We consider the undistributed earnings of our foreign subsidiaries to be permanently reinvested outside the U.S. as of February 2, 2013 and therefore have not recorded a deferred tax liability on these earnings in our consolidated financial statements.

        Valuation allowances are established when we determine that it is more-likely-than-not (greater than 50% likelihood) that some portion or all of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. Valuation allowances are analyzed periodically and adjusted as events occur or circumstances change that would indicate adjustments to the valuation allowances are appropriate.

Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


We utilize a two-step approach for evaluating uncertain tax positions. Under the two-step method, recognition occurs when we conclude that a tax position, based solely on technical merits, is more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination. MeasurementThe second step, measurement, is only addressed if step one has been satisfied. The tax benefit recorded is measured as the largest amount of benefit determined on a


Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

February 2, 2013

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

cumulative probability basis that is more-likely-than-not to be realized upon ultimate settlement. Those tax positions failing to qualify for initial recognition are recognized in the first subsequent interim period they meet the more-likely-than-not standard,threshold, or are resolved through negotiation or litigation with the relevant taxing authority or upon expiration of the statute of limitations. DerecognitionAlternatively, derecognition of a tax position that was previously recognized occurs when we subsequently determine that a tax position no longer meets the more-likely-than-not threshold of being sustained. Interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax positions are recorded within income tax expense in our consolidated statements of earnings.

operations.

In the case of foreign subsidiaries there are certain exceptions to the requirement that deferred tax liabilities be recognized for the difference in the financial and tax bases of assets. When the financial basis of the investment in a foreign subsidiary, excluding undistributed earnings, exceeds the tax basis in such investment, the deferred liability is not recognized if management considers the investment to be essentially permanent in duration. Further, deferred tax liabilities are not required to be recognized for undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries when management considers those earnings to be permanently reinvested outside the United States. We consider substantially all of our investments in and undistributed earnings of our foreign subsidiaries to be permanently reinvested outside the United States as of January 31, 2015 and therefore have not recorded a deferred tax liability on these amounts in our consolidated financial statements.
We generally receive a United States income tax benefit upon the exercise of our employee stock options and the vesting of stockshares granted to employees. The benefit is equal to the difference, multiplied by the appropriate tax rate, between (1) the fair market value of the stockshare at the time of vesting of a restricted share award and (2) the exercise andamount required to be paid by the option price,employee, if any, timesany. We record the appropriate tax rate. We have recorded the benefit associated with the exercise of employee stock options and the vesting of stockshare awards granted to employees as a reduction to income taxes payable. To the extent the tax benefit relates to the value of awards recognized as compensation expense has been recorded,in our financial statements, income tax expense is reduced. Any additional tax benefit is recorded directly to shareholders' equity in our consolidated balance sheets. If a tax benefit is realized on compensation of an amount less than the amount recorded for financial statement purposes, the decrease in benefit is also recorded directly to shareholders' equity.

We file income tax returns in the United SatesStates and various state, local and foreign jurisdictions. Our federal, state, local and foreign income tax returns filed for the years ended on or before January 31, 2009,29, 2011, with limited exceptions, are no longer subject to examination by tax authorities.

Earnings Per Share

Basic earnings from continuing operations, earnings from discontinued operations, net of taxes and net earnings per share are calculated by dividing the respectivenet earnings amount by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period, including any unvested common shares with nonforfeitable rights to dividends.period. Shares repurchased are removed from the weighted average number of shares outstanding upon repurchase and delivery.

Diluted earnings from continuing operations, earnings from discontinued operations, net of taxes, and net earnings per share are calculated similarly to the amounts above, except that the weighted average shares outstanding in the diluted calculations also includeincludes the potential dilution using the treasury stock method that could occur if dilutive securities, including stockrestricted share awards, options restricted stock units or other dilutive awards, if any, were converted to common shares. The treasury stock method assumes that shares are issued for any stockrestricted share awards, options restricted stock units or other dilutive awards that are "in the money," and that we use the proceeds received to repurchase shares at the average market value of our shares for the respective period. For purposes of the treasury stock method, proceeds consist of cash to be paid, future compensation expense to be recognized and the amount of tax benefits, if any, which will be credited to additional paid-in capital assuming the conversion of the share-based awards.


Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

February 2, 2013

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

        As discussed in Note 14, on January 3, 2011, we disposed of substantially all of the operations and assets of our former Oxford Apparel operating group. The amounts classified as discontinued operations in our consolidated balance sheets, consolidated statements of earnings and consolidated statements of cash flows for all periods presented include the operations of our former Oxford Apparel operating group, as reported historically, except that (1) the operations of our Oxford Golf business and the operations of our Lyons, Georgia distribution center are reported within Corporate and Other as those operations were not sold and (2) certain corporate service costs which were previously allocated to Oxford Apparel are reported as corporate service costs included in Corporate and Other as there was uncertainty in whether there would be a reduction in those costs as a result of the Oxford Apparel sale.

        With respect to interest expense, for fiscal 2010 we allocated all interest expense related to our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement which was incurred prior to the transaction to earnings from discontinued operations as the net proceeds from the transaction and the proceeds from the settlement of the retained assets and liabilities related to the discontinued operations exceeded the amounts outstanding under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement during those periods. We did not allocate any interest related to our Senior Secured Notes to discontinued operations. The income taxes for discontinued operations reflect the residual income tax expense after calculating the income taxes for continuing operations, excluding the discontinued operations.

The preparation of our consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported as assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

        Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the fiscal 2012 presentation including the reclassification of certain amounts

Accounting Standards Adopted in the January 28, 2012 balance sheet from prepaid expenses to other non-current assets.

        In February 2013, the FASB issued new guidance requiring an entity to provide information about the amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component. In addition, an entity is required to present, either on the face of the financial statements or in the notes, significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by the respective line items of net earnings, but only if the amounts reclassified are required to be reclassified in their entirety in the same reporting period. For amounts that are not required to be reclassified in their entirety to net earnings, an entity is required to cross-reference to other disclosures that provide additional details about those amounts. The new guidance is effective prospectively for the first quarter

Fiscal 2014

88


Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

February 2, 2013

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)


In March 2013, the FASB issued revised guidance that requires an entity to release any related cumulative translation adjustment into net earnings when it ceases to have a controlling financial interest in a subsidiary that is a foreign entity if the sale or transfer results in the complete or substantially complete liquidation of fiscal 2013,the foreign entity. This guidance was adopted by us in the First Quarter of Fiscal 2014 and since it relates to disclosure only, it isdid not expected to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Note 2. Inventories

        The components of inventoriesstatements as no change in our ownership interests in our foreign subsidiaries occurred in Fiscal 2014.

In April 2014, the FASB issued revised guidance, which raises the threshold used to determine whether revenues and expenses associated with dispositions are summarized as follows (in thousands):

 
 February 2,
2013
 January 28,
2012
 

Finished goods

 $154,593 $143,482 

Work in process

  6,028  6,244 

Fabric, trim and supplies

  5,431  6,070 

LIFO reserve

  (56,447) (52,376)
      

Total inventory

 $109,605 $103,420 
      

        There were no LIFO inventory liquidations in fiscal 2012, fiscal 2011 or fiscal 2010. LIFO accounting charges, which we considerreclassified to include changesdiscontinued operations in the LIFO reservestatement of operations. Under the new guidance, only asset sales that represent a strategic shift in operations would be reclassified to discontinued operations, while other asset sales would remain in continuing operations. This guidance was adopted by us in the Fourth Quarter of Fiscal 2014 and did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements as wellno dispositions occurred in Fiscal 2014 and no material amounts qualified as held for sale in Fiscal 2014.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards Applicable to Future Years
In May 2014, the FASB issued revised guidance which provides a single, comprehensive accounting model for revenue arising from contracts with customers. This guidance supersedes most of the existing revenue recognition guidance, including industry-specific guidance. Under this model, revenue is recognized at an amount that a company expects to be entitled to upon transferring control of goods or services to a customer, as opposed to when risks and rewards transfer to a customer. The new guidance is effective for us beginning in our fiscal year 2017, and may be applied retrospectively to all prior periods presented or through a cumulative adjustment to the opening retained earnings balance in the year of adoption. We are in the process of evaluating the impact of changesthe new guidance on our consolidated financial statements.

Note 2. Operating Groups
Our business is primarily operated through our operating groups: Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer, Lanier Clothes and Ben Sherman. We identify our operating groups based on the way our management organizes the components of our business for purposes of allocating resources and assessing performance. Our operating group structure reflects a brand-focused management approach, emphasizing operational coordination and resource allocation across each brand's direct to consumer, wholesale and licensing operations.
Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer and Ben Sherman each design, source, market and distribute apparel and related products bearing their respective tradenames and also license their tradenames for other product categories, while Lanier Clothes designs, sources and distributes branded and private label men's tailored clothing and other apparel products. Corporate and Other is a reconciling category for reporting purposes and includes our corporate offices, substantially all financing activities, elimination of inter-segment sales, LIFO inventory accounting adjustments, other costs that are not allocated to the operating groups and operations of our other businesses which are not included in our four operating groups, including our Oxford Golf and our Lyons, Georgia distribution center operations. LIFO inventory reserves relatedcalculations are made on a legal entity basis which does not correspond to lowerour operating group definitions; therefore, LIFO inventory accounting adjustments are not allocated to our operating groups.
The tables below present certain information about our operating groups (in thousands):

89


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 2. Operating Groups (Continued)

 Fiscal 2014Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012
Net sales   
Tommy Bahama$627,498
$584,941
$528,639
Lilly Pulitzer167,736
137,943
122,592
Lanier Clothes112,934
109,530
107,272
Ben Sherman77,481
67,218
81,922
Corporate and Other12,157
17,465
15,117
Total$997,806
$917,097
$855,542
Depreciation and Amortization of Intangible Assets   
Tommy Bahama$27,412
$24,806
$18,551
Lilly Pulitzer4,616
3,215
2,402
Lanier Clothes350
347
421
Ben Sherman3,082
3,154
2,889
Corporate and Other2,186
2,380
2,072
Total$37,646
$33,902
$26,335
Operating Income (Loss)   
Tommy Bahama$71,132
$72,207
$69,454
Lilly Pulitzer32,190
25,951
20,267
Lanier Clothes10,849
10,828
10,840
Ben Sherman(10,832)(13,131)(10,898)
Corporate and Other(19,736)(11,185)(20,692)
Total operating income83,603
84,670
68,971
Interest expense, net3,483
4,169
8,939
Loss on repurchase of senior notes

9,143
Earnings Before Income Taxes$80,120
$80,501
$50,889
 Fiscal 2014Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012
Purchases of Property and Equipment   
Tommy Bahama$35,782
$30,810
$46,392
Lilly Pulitzer7,335
10,343
4,576
Lanier Clothes1,740
30
593
Ben Sherman4,290
1,137
3,997
Corporate and Other1,208
1,052
5,144
Total$50,355
$43,372
$60,702

90


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 2. Operating Groups (Continued)

 January 31, 2015February 1, 2014
Total Assets  
Tommy Bahama$428,835
$408,599
Lilly Pulitzer108,969
101,704
Lanier Clothes35,152
39,989
Ben Sherman78,568
79,299
Corporate and Other(6,457)(2,286)
Total$645,067
$627,305
Net book value of cost or market adjustments that do not exceed the LIFO reserve, were $4.0 million, $5.8 millionour property and $3.8 million in fiscal 2012, fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010, respectively.

equipment, by geographic area is presented below (in thousands):

 January 31, 2015February 1, 2014
United States$140,104
$124,894
United Kingdom and Europe7,764
7,086
Other foreign7,208
9,539
Total$155,076
$141,519
Net sales recognized by geographic area is presented below (in thousands):
 Fiscal 2014Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012
United States$904,647
$843,620
$793,289
United Kingdom and Europe55,159
45,488
51,536
Other foreign38,000
27,989
10,717
Total$997,806
$917,097
$855,542

Note 3. Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment, carried at cost, is summarized as follows (in thousands):


 February 2,
2013
 January 28,
2012
 January 31, 2015February 1, 2014

Land

 $1,870 $1,870 $1,594
$1,594

Buildings and improvements

 29,717 28,964 29,301
28,727

Furniture, fixtures, equipment and technology

 124,138 101,010 161,130
140,616

Leasehold improvements

 152,778 121,449 189,417
168,950
     

Subtotal

 308,503 253,293 381,442
339,887

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

 (179,621) (160,087)(226,366)(198,368)
     

Total property and equipment, net

 $128,882 $93,206 $155,076
$141,519
     

Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

February 2, 2013

Note 4. Intangible Assets and Goodwill

Intangible assets by category are summarized below (in thousands):


91


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 4. Intangible Assets and Goodwill (Continued)


 February 2,
2013
 January 28,
2012
 

Intangible assets with finite lives, which primarily consist of customer relationships:

 

Gross carrying amount

 $45,793 $45,706 
January 31, 2015February 1, 2014
Intangible assets with finite lives, which primarily consist of reacquired license rights and customer relationships:$52,668
$55,050

Accumulated amortization

 (41,994) (40,889)(44,375)(43,488)
     

Total intangible assets with finite lives, net

 3,799 4,817 8,293
11,562

Intangible assets with indefinite lives:

  

Trademarks

 160,518 160,376 159,477
161,461
     

Total intangible assets, net

 $164,317 $165,193 $167,770
$173,023
     

The changes in carrying amount of intangible assets, by operating group and in total, for fiscalFiscal 2014, Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012 fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010 are as follows (in thousands):


 Tommy Bahama Lilly Pulitzer Ben Sherman Total 

Balance, January 30, 2010

 $113,173 $ $24,289 $137,462 

Acquisition

  30,501  30,501 

Amortization

 (693) (13) (267) (973)

Other, including foreign currency changes

   (310) (310)
         

Balance, January 29, 2011

 112,480 30,488 23,712 166,680 

Amortization

 (516) (460) (219) (1,195)

Other, including foreign currency changes

   (292) (292)
         Tommy BahamaLilly PulitzerBen ShermanTotal

Balance, January 28, 2012

 111,964 30,028 23,201 165,193 $111,964
$30,028
$23,201
$165,193

Amortization

 (384) (389) (252) (1,025)(384)(389)(252)(1,025)

Other, including foreign currency changes

   149 149 

149
149
         

Balance, February 2, 2013

 $111,580 $29,639 23,098 $164,317 111,580
29,639
23,098
164,317
         
Acquisition of reacquired license rights11,041


11,041
Amortization(1,687)(329)(209)(2,225)
Other, including foreign currency changes(1,076)
966
(110)
Balance, February 1, 2014119,858
29,310
23,855
173,023
Amortization(2,004)(278)(199)(2,481)
Other, including foreign currency changes(751)
(2,021)(2,772)
Balance, January 31, 2015$117,103
$29,032
$21,635
$167,770

Based on the current estimated useful lives assigned to our intangible assets, amortization expense for each of the next five years subsequent to fiscal 2012 is expected to be $0.9$2.1 million, or less each year.


Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

February 2, 2013

Note 4. Intangible Assets$1.9 million, $1.8 million, $1.6 million and Goodwill (Continued)

$0.2 million.

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill by operating group and in total, for fiscalFiscal 2014, Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012 fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010 are as follows (in thousands):


 Tommy Bahama Lilly Pulitzer Total 

Balance, January 30, 2010

 $ $ $ 

Acquisition

  16,866 16,866 
       

Balance, January 29, 2011

  16,866 16,866 

Purchase accounting adjustments

  (371) (371)
       Tommy BahamaLilly PulitzerTotal

Balance, January 28, 2012

  16,495 16,495 $
$16,495
$16,495

Acquisition

 780  780 780

780
       

Balance, February 2, 2013

 $780 $16,495 $17,275 780
16,495
17,275
       
Acquisition247

247
Other, including foreign currency changes(123)
(123)
Balance, February 1, 2014904
16,495
17,399
Other, including foreign currency changes(104)
(104)
Balance, January 31, 2015$800
$16,495
$17,295

Note 5. Debt

The following table details our debt (in thousands):


 
 February 2,
2013
 January 28,
2012
 

$235 million U.S. Secured Revolving Credit Facility ("U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement")(1)

 $108,552  N/A 

$175 million U.S. Secured Revolving Credit Facility ("Prior Revolving Credit Agreement")(1)

  N/A $ 

£7 million Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility ("U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement")(2)

  7,944  2,571 

11.375% Senior Secured Notes ("Senior Secured Notes")(3)(4)

  N/A  105,000 

Unamortized discount

    (1,595)
      

Total debt

  116,496  105,976 

Short-term debt

  (7,944) (2,571)
      

Long-term debt

 $108,552 $103,405 
      
92

(1)
The U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement, entered into in June 2012, amended and restated the Prior Revolving Credit Agreement, which was scheduled to mature in August 2013. The U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement generally (i) is limited to a borrowing base consisting of specified percentages of eligible categories of assets; (ii) accrues variable-rate interest, unused line fees and letter of credit fees based upon a pricing grid which is tied to average unused availability and/or utilization; (iii) requires periodic interest payments with principal due at maturity (June 2017); and (iv) is generally secured by a first priority security interest in the accounts receivable, inventory, general intangibles and eligible trademarks, investment property (including the equity interests of certain subsidiaries), deposit accounts, intercompany obligations, equipment, goods, documents, contracts, books and records and other personal property of Oxford Industries, Inc. and substantially all of its domestic subsidiaries.

Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

February 2, 2013

Note 5. Debt (Continued)

 January 31, 2015February 1, 2014
$235 million U.S. Secured Revolving Credit Facility ("U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement")(1)$104,842
$137,592
£7 million Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility ("U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement")(2)4,126
3,993
Total debt108,968
141,585
Short-term debt(4,126)(3,993)
Long-term debt$104,842
$137,592

(2)
The U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement generally (i) accrues interest at the bank's base rate plus an applicable margin; (ii) requires interest payments monthly with principal payable on demand; and (iii) is collateralized by substantially all of the assets of our United Kingdom Ben Sherman subsidiaries.
(1)The U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement generally (i) is limited to a borrowing base consisting of specified percentages of eligible categories of assets; (ii) accrues variable-rate interest (weighted average borrowing rate of 1.8% as of January 31, 2015), unused line fees and letter of credit fees based upon a pricing grid which is tied to average unused availability and/or utilization; (iii) requires periodic interest payments with principal due at maturity (November 2018); and (iv) is generally secured by a first priority security interest in the accounts receivable, inventory, general intangibles and eligible trademarks, investment property (including the equity interests of certain subsidiaries), deposit accounts, intercompany obligations, equipment, goods, documents, contracts, books and records and other personal property of Oxford Industries, Inc. and substantially all of its domestic subsidiaries.

(3)
In the second quarter of fiscal 2012, we redeemed all of the remaining outstanding $105 million in aggregate principal amount of the Senior Secured Notes, which were scheduled to mature in July 2015. The redemption of the Senior Secured Notes for $111.0 million, plus accrued interest, and the related write-off of $1.7 million of unamortized deferred financing costs and $1.4 million of unamortized bond discount resulted in a loss on repurchase of senior notes of $9.1 million. The redemption of the Senior Secured Notes satisfied and discharged all of our obligations with respect to the Senior Secured Notes and the related indenture and was funded primarily through borrowings under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement.
(2)The U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement generally (i) accrues interest at the bank's base rate plus an applicable margin (4.0% as of January 31, 2015); (ii) requires interest payments monthly with principal payable on demand; and (iii) is collateralized by substantially all of the assets of our United Kingdom Ben Sherman subsidiaries.


(4)
In the second and third quarters of fiscal 2011, we repurchased, in privately negotiated transactions, $45.0 million in aggregate principal amount of the Senior Secured Notes for $52.2 million, plus accrued interest. The repurchase of the Senior Secured Notes and related write-off of $1.0 million of unamortized deferred financing costs and $0.8 million of unamortized bond discount resulted in a loss on repurchase of senior notes of $9.0 million in fiscal 2011.

To the extent cash flow needs exceed cash flow provided by our operations we will have access, subject to their terms, to our lines of credit to provide funding for operating activities, capital expenditures and acquisitions, if any. Our credit facilities are also used to finance trade letters of credit for product purchases, which are drawn against our lines of credit at the time of shipment of the products and reduce the amounts available under our lines of credit and borrowing capacity under our credit facilities when issued.issues. As of February 2, 2013, $7.2January 31, 2015, $8.5 million of trade letters of credit and other limitations on availability in the aggregate were outstanding against our credit facilities. After considering these limitations and the amount of eligible assets in our borrowing base, as applicable, as of February 2, 2013,January 31, 2015, we had $105.1$125.8 million and $0.6$2.3 million in unused availability under the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement and the U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement, respectively, subject to the respective limitations on borrowings set forth in the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement and the U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement.

Covenants, Other Restrictions and Prepayment Penalties

Our credit facilities, consisting of our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement and our U.K. Revolving Credit Agreement, are subject to a number of affirmative covenants regarding the delivery of financial information, compliance with law, maintenance of property, insurance and conduct of business. Also, our credit facilities are subject to certain negative covenants or other restrictions including, among other things, limitations on our ability to (i) incur debt, (ii) guaranty certain obligations, (iii) incur liens, (iv) pay dividends to shareholders, (v) repurchase shares of our common stock, (vi) make investments, (vii) sell assets or stock of subsidiaries, (viii) acquire assets or businesses, (ix) merge or consolidate with other companies, or (x) prepay, retire, repurchase or redeem debt.

Our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement contains a financial covenant that applies if unused availability under the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement for three consecutive days is less than the


Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

February 2, 2013

Note 5. Debt (Continued)

greater of (i) $23.5$23.5 million or (ii) 10% of the total revolving commitments. In such case, our fixed charge coverage ratio as defined in the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement must not be less than 1.0 to 1.0 for the immediately preceding 12 fiscal months for which financial statements have been delivered. This financial covenant continues to apply until we have maintained unused availability under the U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement of more than the greater of (i) $23.5$23.5 million or (ii) 10% of the total revolving commitments for 30 consecutive days.

We believe that the affirmative covenants, negative covenants, financial covenants and other restrictions under our credit facilities are customary for those included in similar facilities entered into at the time we entered into our agreements. During fiscal 2012Fiscal 2014 and as of February 2, 2013,January 31, 2015, no financial covenant testing was required pursuant to our U.S. Revolving Credit

93


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 5. Debt (Continued)

Agreement as the minimum availability threshold was met at all times. As of February 2, 2013,January 31, 2015, we were compliant with all covenants related to our credit facilities.

Senior Secured Notes
In Fiscal 2012, we redeemed all of the outstanding $105 million in aggregate principal amount of our senior secured notes which were scheduled to mature in July 2015. The redemption of the senior secured notes for $111.0 million, plus accrued interest, and the related write-off of $1.7 million of unamortized deferred financing costs and $1.4 million of unamortized bond discount resulted in a loss on repurchase of senior notes of $9.1 million in Fiscal 2012. The redemption of the senior secured notes satisfied and discharged all of our obligations with respect to the senior secured notes and the related indenture and was funded primarily through borrowings under our U.S. Revolving Credit Agreement.

Note 6. Commitments and Contingencies

We have operating lease agreements for retail space, restaurants, warehouses and sales and administrative offices as well as equipment with varying terms. Total rent expense, which includes minimum and contingent rent expense incurred, but excludes the reduction in rent expense associated with the write-off of deferred rent amounts upon the exit or decision to exit retail stores, if any, under all leases was $82.5 million, $72.3 million and $62.9 million $49.5 millionin Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2013 and $43.3 million in fiscalFiscal 2012, fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010, respectively. Most leases provide for payments of real estate taxes, insurance and other operating expenses applicable to the property and many retail leases provide for contingent rent based on retail sales, which are included in total rent expense above. These payments for real estate taxes, insurance, other operating expenses and contingent percentage rent are included in rent expense above, but are not included in the aggregate minimum rental commitments below, as, in some cases, the amounts payable in future periods are generally not specifiedquantified in the lease agreement and are dependent on future events. The total amount of such charges included in total rent expense above were $21.7 million, $18.8 million and $16.1 million $12.5 millionin Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2013 and $11.3 million in fiscalFiscal 2012, fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010, respectively, which includes $0.7$0.9 million, $1.2$0.6 million and $0.9$0.7 million of contingent percentage rent during fiscalFiscal 2014, Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012, fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010, respectively.

As of January 28, 2012,31, 2015, the aggregate minimum base rental commitments for all non-cancelable operating real property leases with original terms in excess of one year are $54.8$65.8 million, $52.5$62.7 million, $46.1$59.2 million, $37.0$53.0 million, $32.4$49.5 million and $133.9$222.1 million for fiscal 2013, fiscal 2014, fiscaleach of the next five years and thereafter.
As of January 31, 2015, fiscal 2016, fiscal 2017 and thereafter, respectively.

        Wewe are also currently obligated under certain apparel license and design agreements to make future minimum royalty and advertising payments of $5.1$5.6 million, $5.0$6.1 million and $3.2$4.7 million for fiscal 2013, fiscal 2014Fiscal 2015, Fiscal 2016 and fiscal 2015,Fiscal 2017, respectively, and none thereafter. These amounts do not include amounts, if any, that exceed the minimums required pursuant to the agreements.

        In connection with our acquisition of the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010, we entered into a contingent consideration agreement pursuant to which we may be obligated to pay up to an additional $20 million in cash, in the aggregate, over the four years following the closing of the acquisition based on Lilly Pulitzer's achievement of certain earnings targets.


Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

February 2, 2013

Note 6. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

The potential contingent consideration is comprised of: (1) four individual performance periods, consisting of the period from the date of our acquisition through the end of fiscal 2011, fiscal 2012, fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2014, in respect of which the prior owners of the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations may be entitled to receive up to $2.5 million for each performance period; and (2) a cumulative performance period consisting of the period from the date of our acquisition through the end of the fiscal 2014, in respect of which the prior owners of the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations may be entitled to receive up to $10 million.

        During the second quarter of fiscal 2012, we paid the maximum $2.5 million in contingent consideration in respect of Lilly Pulitzer's earnings from the date of our acquisition through the end of fiscal 2011. Additionally, during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012, we paid the $2.5 million fiscal 2012 contingent consideration amount. The fair value of the contingent consideration liability as of February 2, 2013 included in non-current contingent consideration in our consolidated balance sheet is $14.5 million and reflects the fair value of the $15.0 million of contingent consideration as of February 2, 2013 which may be earned in future periods..

During the 1990s, we discovered the presence of hazardous waste on one of our properties. We believe that remedial action will be required, including continued investigation, monitoring and treatment of groundwater and soil, although the timing of such remedial action is uncertain. As of January 31, 2015 and February 2, 2013 and January 28, 2012,1, 2014, the reserve for the remediation of this site was $1.8$1.3 million and $1.9$1.6 million, respectively, which is included in other non-current liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets. The amount recorded represents our estimate of the costs, on an undiscounted basis, to clean up thisthe site, based on currently available information. This estimate may change in future periods as more information on the remediation activities required and timing of those activities become known. During fiscal 2010, the reserve for the remediation of this site decreased by $2.2 million primarily due to a reduction in our estimate of the costs required to remediate the property. The change in estimate was included as a reduction of SG&A in our consolidated statement of earnings for fiscal 2010. No other significantmaterial amounts related to this reserve were recorded in the statements of earningsoperations in fiscal 2012, fiscal 2011Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2013 or fiscal 2010.

Fiscal 2012.

Note 7. Shareholders' Equity

Common Stock

We had 60 million shares of $1.00$1.00 par value per share common stock authorized for issuance as of January 31, 2015 and February 2, 2013 and January 28, 2012.1, 2014. We had 16.616.5 million and 16.516.4 million shares of common stock issued and outstanding as of January 31, 2015 and February 2, 2013 and January 28, 2012,1, 2014, respectively.

Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan


94


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 7. Shareholders' Equity (Continued)

As of February 2, 2013, 1.1January 31, 2015, 1.2 million share awardsshares were available for issuance under our Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan (the "Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan"). The Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan allows us to grant stock-based awards to employees and non-employee directors in the form of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted shares and/or restricted share units. Shares granted pursuant to outstanding options under our predecessor 1997 Stock Option Plan continue to be governed under that plan and the individual agreements with respect to provisions relating to exercise,


Table of ContentsNo


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

February 2, 2013

Note 7. Shareholders' Equity (Continued)

termination and forfeiture. No additional grants are available under any predecessor plans. Subsequent to December 2003, performance- and service-based restricted shares and restricted share units have been the primary vehicle in our stock-based compensation strategy, although we are not prohibited from granting other types of share-based compensation awards.

Restricted share awards and restricted share unit awards recently granted to officers and other key employees generally vest three or four years from the date of grant if (1) the performance threshold, if any, was met and (2) the employee is still employed by us on the vesting date. At the time that the restricted shares are issued, the shareholder ismay, subject to the terms of the respective agreement, be entitled to the same dividend and voting rights as other holders of our common stock unless the shares are subsequently forfeited. At the time that restricted share units are issued, the recipient may, subject to the terms of the respective agreement, earn non-forfeitable dividend equivalents equal to the dividend paid per share to holders of our common stock, but does not obtain voting rights associated with the restricted share units. The employee generally is restricted from transferring or selling theany restricted shares or restricted share units, and generally forfeits the awards upon the termination of employment, prior to the end of the vesting period. The specific provisions of the awards, including exercisability and term of the award, are evidenced by agreements with the employee as determined by our compensation committee or Board of Directors, as applicable.

The table below summarizes the restricted share award activity for officers and other key employees (in shares) during fiscal 2012, fiscal 2011Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2013, and fiscal 2010:

Fiscal 2012:

 
 Fiscal 2012 Fiscal 2011 Fiscal 2010 
 
 Number of
Shares
 Weighted-
average
grant date
fair value
 Number of
Shares
 Weighted-
average
grant date
fair value
 Number of
Shares
 Weighted-
average
grant date
fair value
 

Restricted shares outstanding at beginning of fiscal year

  497,500 $12  780,500 $16  810,500 $15 

Restricted shares granted

      40,000 $23  90,000 $22 

Restricted shares vested, including restricted shares repurchased from employees for employees' tax liability

      (273,000)$22  (50,000)$22 

Restricted shares forfeited

  (10,000)$23  (50,000)$17  (70,000)$18 
                 

Restricted shares outstanding at end of fiscal year

  487,500 $12  497,500 $12  780,500 $16 
                 
 Fiscal 2014Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012
 
Number of
Shares
Weighted-
average
grant date
fair value
Number of
Shares
Weighted-
average
grant date
fair value
Number of
Shares
Weighted-
average
grant date
fair value
Restricted share awards outstanding at beginning of fiscal year56,521
$47
487,500
$12
497,500
$12
Service-based restricted share awards granted/issued35,641
$78

$

$
Performance-based restricted share awards issued related to prior year performance awards
$
59,129
$47

$
Restricted share awards vested, including restricted shares repurchased from employees for employees' tax liability
$
(487,500)$12

$
Restricted shares forfeited(990)78
(2,608)$43
(10,000)$23
Restricted shares outstanding at end of fiscal year91,172
$59
56,521
$47
487,500
$12

        In addition to the restricted shares included in the table above, on March 19,

During each of Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012, we granted performance awards to certain officers and other key employees with the opportunity to earn 0.1 million performance restricted share unit awards,units, in the aggregate. Each performance share unit award provided the recipient with the opportunity to earn restricted share unitsawards contingent upon our achievement of certain performance objectives during the fiscalrespective Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012 performance periods. Each of the performance-based awards require that the employee remain employed by the company for a specified period after the respective performance period. The 0.1 million
During Fiscal 2012, 59,000 of restricted share units were earned by recipients willrelated to the Fiscal 2012 performance period and were issued in March 2013. During Fiscal 2013, no restricted share units were earned as the performance objectives for Fiscal 2013 were not achieved. During Fiscal 2014, approximately 90,000 of restricted share awards were earned by recipients related to the Fiscal 2014 performance period and issued in Fiscal 2015, however these awards were not included in

95


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 7. Shareholders' Equity (Continued)

the table above or the table below as the awards had not been issued as of January 31, 2015. These 90,000 shares had a grant date fair value of $78 per share and vest in March 2016, subject toApril 2017.
The following table summarizes information about the employee still being an employee on that date, andunvested restricted share awards as of January 31, 2015. The unvested restricted share units will be settled in shares of our common stock on the vesting date, subject to the employee still being an employee at that time. The awards generally will be forfeited if the recipient is not continuously employed by us through the vesting date. Additionally, the employee is not allowed to transfer or sell the restricted share units prior to the vesting date. Beginning with the dividend payment in the second quarter of fiscal 2013, through the earlier of the settlement in March 2016 or forfeiture of the restricted share units, recipients who are employed by us will be paid non-forfeitable dividend equivalents in cash in respect of the shares of our common stock represented by the individual's earned restricted share units.


Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

February 2, 2013

Note 7. Shareholders' Equity (Continued)

        The following table summarizes information about the unvested restricted shares and restricted share units as of February 2, 2013.

Grant
 Number of
Shares
 Average Market
Price on
Date of Grant
 Vesting
Date

Fiscal 2009 Restricted Share Awards

  437,500 $11 April 2013

Fiscal 2010 Restricted Share Awards

  20,000 $22 April 2013

Fiscal 2011 Restricted Share Awards

  30,000 $23 April 2013
        

  487,500     

Fiscal 2012 Restricted Share Unit Awards

  59,129 $47 March 2016
        

Total Unvested Restricted Share and Share Unit Awards

  546,629     
        
Grant
Number of
Unvested Share Awards
Average Market
Price on
Date of Grant
Vesting
Date
Fiscal 2012 Performance-based Restricted Share Awards56,521
$47
March 2016
Fiscal 2014 Service-based Restricted Share Awards34,651
$78
April 2017
Total91,172
  

As of February 2, 2013,January 31, 2015, there was $2.6$7.8 million, in the aggregate, of unrecognized compensation expense related to the unvested share-based restricted share awards, and the unvested restricted share units, which have been granted to employees but have not yet vested.vested, including the Fiscal 2014 performance-based awards issued in Fiscal 2015. This expense is expected to be recognized from February 3, 20131, 2015 through April 2016.

2017, when the Fiscal 2014 awards vest.

In addition, we grant restricted share or restricted share unit awards to our non-employee directors for a portion of each non-employee director's compensation. The non-employee directors must complete certain service requirements; otherwise, the restricted shares are subject to forfeiture. On the date of issuance, the non-employee directors are entitled to the same dividend and voting rights as other holders of our common stock. The non-employee directors are restricted from transferring or selling the restricted shares prior to the end of the vesting period. As of February 2, 2013,January 31, 2015, less than 0.1 million of such awards were outstanding and unvested.

        Prior to and including the December 2003 grants under our previous stock incentive plans, we typically granted stock options to employees at certain times as determined by our Board of Directors or our compensation committee. Stock options were typically granted with an exercise price equal to the stock's fair market value on the date of grant. The previously granted stock options, including those still outstanding, had ten-year terms and vested and became exercisable in increments of 20% on each anniversary from the date of grant. The last stock options granted by us vested in fiscal 2008 resulting in all options outstanding also being exercisable subsequent to that date. The total intrinsic value for stock options exercised during fiscal 2012, fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010 was $1.3 million, $0.7 million and $0.2 million, respectively.


Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

February 2, 2013

Note 7. Shareholders' Equity (Continued)

        A summary of the stock option activity during fiscal 2012, 2011 and fiscal 2010 is presented below:

 
 Fiscal 2012 Fiscal 2011 Fiscal 2010 
 
 Shares Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
 Shares Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
 Shares Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
 

Stock options outstanding and exercisable, beginning of fiscal year

  78,500 $27  151,120 $26  191,105 $25 

Stock options exercised

  (54,900)$26  (68,620)$25  (16,005)$12 

Stock options forfeited

  (2,500)$33  (4,000)$26  (23,980)$27 
                 

Stock options outstanding and exercisable, end of fiscal year

  21,100 $28  78,500 $27  151,120 $26 
                 

        The stock options outstanding and exercisable as of February 2, 2013 have exercise prices ranging from $26.44 to $32.75 and expire during fiscal 2013. The aggregate intrinsic value of the stock options outstanding and exercisable as of February 2, 2013 was $0.4 million.

There were 0.5 million shares of our common stock authorized for issuance under our Employee Stock Purchase Plan ("ESPP") as of February 2, 2013.January 31, 2015. The ESPP allows qualified employees to purchase shares of our common stock on a quarterly basis, based on certain limitations, through payroll deductions. The shares purchased pursuant to the ESPP are not subject to any vesting or other restrictions. On the last day of each calendar quarter, the accumulated payroll deductions are applied toward the purchase of our common stock at a price equal to 85% of the closing market price on that date. Stock compensation expense related to the employee stock purchase plan recognized was $0.2 million, $0.1 million and $0.1 million in each of fiscalFiscal 2014, Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012, fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010.

    respectively.

Preferred Stock

We had 30 million shares of $1.00$1.00 par value preferred stock authorized for issuance as of January 31, 2015 and February 2, 2013 and January 28, 2012. 1, 2014. No preferred shares were issued or outstanding as of January 31, 2015 or February 2,1, 2014.
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
The following table details the changes in our accumulated other comprehensive loss by component (in thousands), net of related income taxes during Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2013 or January 28,and Fiscal 2012.


96


Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

February 2, 2013

Note 7. Shareholders' Equity (Continued)

 Foreign 
currency 
translation 
gain (loss)
Net unrealized 
gain (loss) on 
cash flow 
hedges
Accumulated 
other 
comprehensive 
income (loss)
Balance, January 28, 2012$(24,157)$483
$(23,674)
Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes171
(1,082)(911)
Balance, February 2, 2013(23,986)(599)(24,585)
Total other comprehensive income, net of taxes703
264
967
Balance, February 1, 2014(23,283)(335)(23,618)
Total other comprehensive income, net of taxes(7,617)1,081
(6,536)
Balance, January 31, 2015$(30,900)$746
$(30,154)
Note 8. Income Taxes

The following table summarizes our distribution between domestic and foreign earnings (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes and the provision (benefit) for income taxes related to continuing operations (in thousands):


 Fiscal
2012
 Fiscal
2011
 Fiscal
2010
 

Earnings (loss) before income taxes:

 
Fiscal  
 2014
Fiscal  
 2013
Fiscal  
 2012
Earnings before income taxes: 

Domestic

 $63,429 $39,880 $16,733 $90,254
$98,476
$63,429

Foreign

 (12,540) 3,644 4,042 (10,134)(17,975)(12,540)
       

Earnings before income taxes

 $50,889 $43,524 $20,775 $80,120
$80,501
$50,889
        
Income taxes: 

Current:

  

Federal

 $21,682 $8,306 $5,649 $32,298
$30,190
$21,682

State

 2,365 652 2,162 4,601
3,911
2,365

Foreign

 (724) 285 1,698 652
423
(724)
       37,551
34,524
23,323

 23,323 9,243 9,509 

Deferred—primarily Federal

 (3,271) 5,385 (4,637)(3,114)1,343
(3,271)

Deferred—Foreign

 (480) (347) (332)(75)(657)(480)
       

Income Taxes

 $19,572 $14,281 $4,540 
       
Income taxes$34,362
$35,210
$19,572

Reconciliations of the United States federal statutory income tax rates and our effective tax rates are summarized as follows:


97

 
 Fiscal
2012
 Fiscal
2011
 Fiscal
2010
 

Statutory tax rate

  35.0% 35.0% 35.0%

State income taxes—net of federal income tax benefit

  3.0% 2.3% 0.5%

Impact of foreign operations

  3.3% (1.9)% (0.8)%

Valuation allowance against foreign losses and other carryforwards

  4.1% (0.1)% (3.0)%

Change in contingency reserves related to unrecognized tax benefits

  (3.7)% (1.2)% (6.6)%

Impact of permanent differences related to life insurance investments

  (0.6)% (0.9)% (2.2)%

Impact of federal tax credits

  (1.0)% (1.1)% (2.1)%

Permanent reduction of available carryforwards

      2.0%

Change in enacted tax rates and apportionment of income among jurisdictions

  (1.1)% (0.6)% (2.5)%

Change in assertion on permanent reinvestment of foreign earnings

  (1.9)%    

Other, net

  1.4% 1.3% 1.6%
        

Effective tax rate for continuing operations

  38.5% 32.8% 21.9%
        

Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

February 2, 2013

Note 8. Income Taxes (Continued)


 Fiscal  
 2014
Fiscal  
 2013
Fiscal  
 2012
Statutory tax rate35.0%35.0 %35.0 %
State income taxes—net of federal income tax benefit3.1%3.1 %3.0 %
Impact of foreign operations (1)1.9%2.6 %3.3 %
Valuation allowance against foreign losses and other carryforwards (2)2.8%4.5 %4.1 %
Reduction in contingency reserves related to unrecognized tax benefits (3)% %(3.7)%
Change in assertion on permanent reinvestment of foreign earnings% %(1.9)%
Other, net0.1%(1.5)%(1.3)%
Effective tax rate for continuing operations42.9%43.7 %38.5 %
(1) Impact of foreign operations primarily reflects the rate differential between the United States and the respective foreign jurisdictions on foreign losses.
(2) Valuation allowance against foreign losses primarily reflects the valuation allowance recognized due to our inability to recognize an income tax benefit related to certain operating loss carry-forwards and deferred tax assets during the period.
(3) Fiscal 2012 included a $2.2 million reduction in income tax contingency reserves upon the expiration of the corresponding statute of limitations.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities included in our consolidated balance sheets are comprised of the following (in thousands):

 
 February 2,
2013
 January 28,
2012
 

Deferred Tax Assets:

       

Inventories

 $13,592 $11,180 

Accrued compensation and benefits

  9,868  8,143 

Receivable allowances and reserves

  2,727  2,406 

Depreciation and amortization

  1,328  6,003 

Non-current liabilities

  706  732 

Deferred rent and lease obligations

  2,093  303 

Operating loss carryforwards

  3,934  1,565 

Other, net

  787  2,095 
      

Deferred tax assets

  35,035  32,427 

Deferred Tax Liabilities:

       

Acquired intangible assets

  (42,827) (44,806)

Foreign(1)

    (884)
      

Deferred tax liabilities

  (42,827) (45,690)

Valuation allowance

  (3,641) (1,886)
      

Net deferred tax liability

 $(11,433)$(15,149)
      

(1)
 January 31,
2015
February 1,
2014
Deferred Tax Assets:  
Inventories$15,385
$14,674
Accrued compensation and benefits11,727
7,993
Receivable allowances and reserves2,439
2,187
Depreciation and amortization2,038
1,988
Deferred rent and lease obligations3,729
3,315
Operating loss and other carry-forwards6,907
6,730
Other, net1,408
1,014
Deferred tax assets43,633
37,901
Deferred Tax Liabilities:  
Acquired intangible assets(43,885)(43,364)
Deferred tax liabilities(43,885)(43,364)
Valuation allowance(8,457)(6,831)
Net deferred tax liability$(8,709)$(12,294)

As of February 2, 2013January 31, 2015 our operating loss and January 28, 2012, we had undistributed earningsother carry-forwards primarily relate to our operations in the United Kingdom, Hong Kong and Canada, each of which provides for operating loss carry-forwards of at least 20 years. Substantially all of our valuation allowance of $8.5 million and $6.8 million relates to the foreign operating loss carry-forwards and deferred tax assets in those jurisdictions. The recent history of operating losses in these jurisdictions is considered significant negative evidence against realizability of these tax benefits. The amount of the valuation allowance considered necessary, however, could decrease in the future if our historical operating results or estimates of future taxable operating results increase, particularly if, in future years, objective negative evidence in the form of cumulative losses is no longer present.


98


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 8. Income Taxes (Continued)

No deferred tax liabilities related to our original investments in our foreign subsidiaries of $6.1 million and $9.6 million, respectively. At January 28, 2012, a deferred tax liability wasforeign earnings, if any, were recorded at either balance sheet date, as thesubstantially all our original investments and earnings were not considered permanently reinvested outside of the United States; however no deferred tax liability was recorded as of February 2, 2013 based on the determination that the earningsrelated to our foreign subsidiaries are considered permanently reinvested outside of the United States. The amount of deferred tax liability not recognized on permanently reinvested earnings that would be payable if the earnings were repatriated to the United States is $0.6 million. We also consider the original investment in our foreign subsidiaries to be permanently reinvested outside the United States as of February 2, 2013. BecauseFurther, because the financial basis in each foreign entity does not exceed the tax basis by an amount exceeding undistributed earnings, no additional United States tax would be due if the original investment were to be repatriated.repatriated in the future. As of January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014, we had undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries of $5.4 million and $6.0 million, respectively, which were considered permanently reinvested. These undistributed earnings could become subject to United States taxes if they are remitted as dividends or as a result of certain other types of intercompany transactions. The amount of deferred tax liability not recognized on permanently reinvested foreign earnings that would be payable if the earnings were repatriated to the United States is $0.4 million as of January 31, 2015.

Accounting for income taxes requires that individual tax-paying entitieswe offset all current deferred tax liabilities and assets within each particular tax jurisdiction and present them as a single amount in our consolidated balance sheets. A similar procedure is followed for all non-current deferred tax liabilities and assets. Amounts in different tax jurisdictions cannot be offset against each other. The


Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

February 2, 2013

Note 8. Income Taxes (Continued)

amounts of deferred income taxes included in the following line items in our consolidated balance sheets are as follows (in thousands):


 February 2,
2013
 January 28,
2012
 January 31,
2015
February 1,
2014

Assets:

  

Deferred tax assets

 $22,952 $19,733 $24,503
$20,465

Liabilities:

  

Deferred tax liabilities

 (34,385) (34,882)(33,212)(32,759)
     

Net deferred tax liability

 $(11,433)$(15,149)$(8,709)$(12,294)
     

        A summary

As of January 31, 2015 and February 1, 2014 and during Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012, we did not have any material unrecognized tax benefitsbenefit amounts or material changes in such amounts except for the most recent three years is as follows (in thousands):

 
 Fiscal
2012
 Fiscal
2011
 Fiscal
2010
 

Balance at beginning of year

 $2,461 $2,921 $4,402 

Additions for current year tax positions

  245  13  15 

Expiration of the statute of limitation for the assessment of taxes

  (2,195) (604) (1,402)

Additions for tax positions of prior year

  5  133  153 

Reductions for tax positions of prior year

  (138) (2) (24)

Settlements

  (27)   (223)
        

Balance at end of year

 $351 $2,461 $2,921 
        

Fiscal 2012 $2.2 million reduction in uncertain tax positions reflecting the expiration of the statute of limitations for the assessment of taxes. The unrecognized tax benefits, if recognized, would reduce our annual effective rate. The net impact on our consolidated financial statements of earningsfor Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012 for potential penalty and interest expense related to these unrecognized tax benefits was $0.5 million or less in each of fiscal 2012, fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2010. As of February 2, 2013 and January 28, 2012, we have recognized in our consolidated balance sheets, total liabilities for potential penalties and interest, in the aggregate, of less than $0.1 million and $0.3 million, respectively.

not material.

Note 9. Defined Contribution Plans

We have a tax-qualified voluntary retirement savings plan covering substantially all full-time United States employees and other similar plans covering certain foreign employees. If a participant decides to contribute, a portion of the contribution is matched by us. Additionally, we incur certain charges related to our non-qualified deferred compensation plan as discussed in Note 1. Realized and unrealized gains and losses on the deferred compensation plan investments are recorded in SG&A in our consolidated statements of earningsoperations and substantially offset the changes in deferred compensation liabilities to participants resulting from changes in market values. Our aggregate expense under these defined contribution and non-qualified deferred compensation plans in fiscalFiscal 2014, Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012 fiscal 2011was $3.2 million, $2.9 million and fiscal 2010 were $3.0 million, $2.5 million and $1.1 million, respectively.


Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

February 2, 2013

Note 10. Operating Groups

        Our business is primarily operated through our four operating groups: Tommy Bahama, Lilly Pulitzer, Lanier Clothes and Ben Sherman. We identify our operating groups based on the way our management organizes the components of our business for purposes of allocating resources and assessing performance. Our operating group structure reflects a brand-focused management approach, emphasizing operational coordination and resource allocation across the brand's direct to consumer, wholesale and licensing operations.

        Tommy Bahama designs, sources, markets and distributes men's and women's sportswear and related products. The target consumers of Tommy Bahama are primarily affluent men and women age 35 and older who embrace a relaxed and casual approach to daily living. Tommy Bahama products can be found in our owned Tommy Bahama stores within and outside the United States and on our Tommy Bahama e-commerce website, tommybahama.com, as well as in better department stores and independent specialty stores throughout the United States and licensed Tommy Bahama stores in Canada and the United Arab Emirates. We also operate Tommy Bahama restaurants and license the Tommy Bahama name for various product categories.

        Lilly Pulitzer designs, sources and distributes upscale collections of women's and girl's dresses, sportswear and related products. Lilly Pulitzer was originally created in the late 1950's and is an affluent brand with a heritage and aesthetic based on the Palm Beach resort lifestyle. The brand is somewhat unique among women's brands in that it has demonstrated multi-generational appeal, including young women in college or recently graduated from college; young mothers with their daughters; and women who are not tied to the academic calendar. Lilly Pulitzer products can be found in our owned Lilly Pulitzer stores, in Lilly Pulitzer Signature Stores and on our Lilly Pulitzer website, lillypulitzer.com, as well as in better department and independent specialty stores. We also license the Lilly Pulitzer name for various product categories.

        Lanier Clothes designs, sources and markets branded and private label men's tailored clothing, including suits, sportcoats, suit separates and dress slacks across a wide range of price points, with the majority of the business at moderate price points. Substantially all of our Lanier Clothes branded products are sold under certain trademarks licensed to us by third parties. Licensed brands included Kenneth Cole, Dockers, Geoffrey Beene and Ike Behar. Additionally, we design and market products for our owned Billy London, Arnold Brant and Oxford Republic brands. In addition to the branded businesses, Lanier Clothes designs and sources private label tailored clothing products for certain customers. Our Lanier Clothes products are sold to national chains, department stores, specialty stores, specialty catalog retailers and discount retailers throughout the United States.

        Ben Sherman is a London-based designer, marketer and distributor of men's branded sportswear and related products. Ben Sherman was established in 1963 as an edgy shirt brand that was adopted by the "Mods" and has throughout its history been inspired by what is new and current in British art, music, culture and style. The brand has evolved into a British modernist lifestyle brand of apparel targeted at style conscious men ages 25 to 40 in multiple markets throughout the world. Ben Sherman products can be found in better department stores, a variety of independent specialty stores and our owned and licensed Ben Sherman retail stores, as well as on Ben Sherman e-commerce websites. We also license the Ben Sherman name for various product categories.


Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

February 2, 2013

Note 10. Operating Groups (Continued)

        Corporate and Other is a reconciling category for reporting purposes and includes our corporate offices, substantially all financing activities, elimination of inter-segment sales, LIFO inventory accounting adjustments, other costs that are not allocated to the operating groups and operations of our other businesses which are not included in our four operating groups. LIFO inventory calculations are made on a legal entity basis which does not correspond to our operating group definitions; therefore, LIFO inventory accounting adjustments are not allocated to operating groups. The operations that are included in Corporate and Other include our Oxford Golf business and our Lyons, Georgia distribution center.

        The tables below present certain information about our operating groups (in thousands):

 
 Fiscal
2012
 Fiscal
2011
 Fiscal
2010
 

Net Sales

          

Tommy Bahama

 $528,639 $452,156 $398,510 

Lilly Pulitzer

  122,592  94,495  5,959 

Lanier Clothes

  107,272  108,771  103,733 

Ben Sherman

  81,922  91,435  86,920 

Corporate and Other

  15,117  12,056  8,825 
        

Total

 $855,542 $758,913 $603,947 
        

Depreciation and Amortization of Intangible Assets

          

Tommy Bahama

 $18,551 $19,460 $14,120 

Lilly Pulitzer

  2,402  2,002  163 

Lanier Clothes

  421  427  462 

Ben Sherman

  2,889  2,638  2,829 

Corporate and Other

  2,072  2,627  1,615 
        

Total

 $26,335 $27,154 $19,189 
        

Operating Income (Loss)

          

Tommy Bahama

 $69,454 $64,171 $51,081 

Lilly Pulitzer

  20,267  14,278  (372)

Lanier Clothes

  10,840  12,862  14,316 

Ben Sherman

  (10,898) (2,535) (2,664)

Corporate and Other

  (20,692) (19,969) (21,699)
        

Total Operating Income

  68,971  68,807  40,662 

Interest expense, net

  8,939  16,266  19,887 

Loss on repurchase of senior notes

  9,143  9,017   
        

Earnings From Continuing Operations Before Income Taxes        

 $50,889 $43,524 $20,775 
        

Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

February 2, 2013

Note 10. Operating Groups (Continued)


 
 Fiscal
2012
 Fiscal
2011
 Fiscal
2010
 

Purchases of Property and Equipment

          

Tommy Bahama

 $46,392 $24,686 $11,225 

Lilly Pulitzer

  4,576  3,228  277 

Lanier Clothes

  593  85  30 

Ben Sherman

  3,997  4,220  963 

Corporate and Other

  5,144  3,091  833 
        

Total

 $60,702 $35,310 $13,328 
        


 
 February 2,
2013
 January 28,
2012
 

Total Assets

       

Tommy Bahama

 $359,462 $306,772 

Lilly Pulitzer

  90,873  82,417 

Lanier Clothes

  28,455  30,755 

Ben Sherman

  74,055  78,040 

Corporate and Other

  3,225  11,223 
      

Total

 $556,070 $509,207 
      

        Net book value of our property and equipment, by geographic area is presented below (in thousands):

 
 February 2,
2013
 January 28,
2012
 

North America

 $115,022 $86,315 

United Kingdom and Europe

  8,140  5,211 

Other foreign

  5,720  1,680 
      

Total

 $128,882 $93,206 
      

        Net sales recognized by geographic area is presented below (in thousands):

 
 Fiscal
2012
 Fiscal
2011
 Fiscal
2010
 

North America

 $794,672 $693,969 $541,750 

United Kingdom and Europe

  51,536  62,671  58,465 

Other foreign

  9,334  2,273  3,732 
        

Total

 $855,542 $758,913 $603,947 
        

Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

February 2, 2013

Note 11. Related Party Transactions

SunTrust
SunTrust

SunTrust Banks, Inc. and its subsidiaries ("SunTrust") is one of our principal shareholders, with the ability to direct the voting of approximately 5% of our outstanding common stock at December 31, 2012.2014, which we believe SunTrust has advised us that it is holding these shares of our common stockholds in various fiduciary and agency capacities. Mr. E. Jenner Wood, III, one of our directors, has beenis Chairman, President and CEO of SunTrust Bank, Atlanta/Georgia Division since April 2010 and prior to that, served as Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officerthe Atlanta division of SunTrust Bank Central Group.

and Corporate Executive Vice President of SunTrust Banks, Inc.


99


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)
Note 10. Related Party Transactions (Continued)

We maintain a syndicated credit facility under which SunTrust serves as agent and lender and a SunTrust affiliate acted as lead arranger and bookrunner in connection with our fiscalFiscal 2012 refinancingand Fiscal 2013 refinancings of our credit facility. The services provided and fees paid to SunTrust in connection with such services for each period are set forth below (in thousands):

Service
 Fiscal
2012
 Fiscal
2011
 Fiscal
2010
 Fiscal 2014Fiscal 2013Fiscal 2012

Interest and agent fees for our credit facility

 $569 $234 $303 $606
$696
$569

Cash management services

 $106 $151 $66 $92
$92
$106

Lead arranger, bookrunner and upfront fees

 $616 $ $ $
$254
$616

Other

 $9 $7 $8 $9
$6
$9

Our credit facilities were entered into in the ordinary course of business. Our aggregate payments to SunTrust and its subsidiaries for these services did not exceed 1% of our gross revenues during the periods presented or 1% of SunTrust's gross revenues during its fiscal years ended December 31, 2012,2014, December 31, 20112013 and December 31, 2010.

2012.

In addition, Mr. J. Hicks Lanier, our Chairman and retired Chief Executive Officer, served on the board of directors of SunTrust from 2003 until his retirement from that position in April 2012.

Contingent Consideration Agreement

In connection with our acquisition of the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations during the fourth quarter of fiscalFiscal 2010, we entered into a contingent consideration agreement pursuant to which the beneficial owners of the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations prior to the acquisition are entitled to earn up to an additional $20 million in cash, in the aggregate, over the four years following the closing of the acquisition based on Lilly Pulitzer's achievement of certain earnings targets. The potential contingent consideration iswas comprised of: (1) four individual performance periods, consisting of the period from the date of our acquisition through the end of fiscalFiscal 2011, fiscalFiscal 2012, fiscalFiscal 2013 and fiscalFiscal 2014, in respect of which the prior owners of the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations may be entitled to receive up to $2.5 million for each performance period; and (2) a cumulative performance period consisting of the period from the date of our acquisition through the end of fiscalFiscal 2014, in respect of which the prior owners of the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations may be entitled to receive up to $10 million.

Mr. Scott A. Beaumont, one of our executive officers who was appointed CEO, Lilly Pulitzer Group, in connection with our acquisition of the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations, together with various trusts for the benefit of certain family members, held a 50% ownership interest in the


Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

February 2, 2013

Note 11. Related Party Transactions (Continued)

Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations prior to the acquisition. The principals who owned the Lilly Pulitzer brand and operations prior to the acquisition continue to manage the Lilly Pulitzer operations.

        During

As a result of Lilly Pulitzer exceeding the second quarter of fiscal 2012, we paidearnings targets specified in the contingent consideration agreement, the maximum $2.5$20 million amount was earned in full, including $7.5 million which was paid prior to January 31, 2015 and the $12.5 million remaining obligation related to this agreement included in contingent consideration in respectour consolidated balance sheet as of Lilly Pulitzer's earnings fromJanuary 31, 2015. We anticipate paying the dateremaining obligation of our acquisition through the end of fiscal 2011. During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012, we entered into an amendment to the contingent consideration agreement. Under this agreement, after consideration of Lilly Pulitzer's earnings through the date of the amendment and the substantial likelihood that the $2.5$12.5 million in contingent consideration in respect of Lilly Pulitzer's operating results for fiscal 2012 would become payable, we paid the $2.5 million fiscal 2012 contingent consideration amount, less a discount, during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012. No changes to earnings targets or other terms of the agreement resulted from this amendment.

Fiscal 2015.

Note 12.11. Summarized Quarterly Data (unaudited)

Each of our fiscal quarters consists of thirteen week periods, beginning on the first day after the end of the prior fiscal quarter, except that the fourth quarter in a year with 53 weeks (such as Fiscal 2012) includes


Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

February 2, 2013

Note 12. Summarized Quarterly Data (unaudited) (Continued)

14 weeks. Following is a summary of our fiscal 2012Fiscal 2014 and fiscal 2011Fiscal 2013 quarterly results (in thousands, except per share amounts):


100

 
 First
Quarter
 Second
Quarter
 Third
Quarter
 Fourth
Quarter
 Total 

Fiscal 2012

                

Net sales

 $230,953 $206,929 $181,414 $236,246 $855,542 

Gross profit

 $129,214 $118,280 $96,822 $125,241 $469,557 

Operating income

 $32,788 $20,318 $5,920 $9,945 $68,971 

Earnings from continuing operations

 $18,002 $5,028 $3,010 $5,277 $31,317 
            

Net earnings

 $18,002 $5,028 $3,010 $5,277 $31,317 
            

Earnings from continuing operations per share:

                

Basic and diluted

 $1.09 $0.30 $0.18 $0.32 $1.89 
            

Net earnings per share:

                

Basic and diluted

 $1.09 $0.30 $0.18 $0.32 $1.89 
            

Weighted average shares outstanding:

                

Basic

  16,531  16,554  16,580  16,585  16,563 
            

Diluted

  16,552  16,570  16,591  16,608  16,586 
            

Fiscal 2011

                

Net sales

 $208,308 $180,646 $170,280 $199,679 $758,913 

Gross profit

 $117,660 $102,937 $88,740 $103,632 $412,969 

Operating income

 $30,713 $17,711 $6,816 $13,567 $68,807 

Earnings from continuing operations

 $17,060 $3,520 $1,611 $7,052 $29,243 

Net earnings (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes

 $1,040 $(916)$13 $ $137 
            

Net earnings

 $18,100 $2,604 $1,624 $7,052 $29,380 
            

Earnings from continuing operations per share:

                

Basic and diluted

 $1.03 $0.21 $0.10 $0.43 $1.77 
            

Earnings (loss) from discontinued operations, net of taxes per share:

                

Basic and diluted

 $0.06 $(0.06)$0.00 $0.00 $0.01 
            

Net earnings per share:

                

Basic and diluted

 $1.10 $0.16 $0.10 $0.43 $1.78 
            

Weighted average shares outstanding:

                

Basic

  16,515  16,514  16,502  16,509  16,510 
            

Diluted

  16,525  16,531  16,517  16,528  16,529 
            

        The sum of the quarterly earnings from continuing operations per common share, earnings from discontinued operations per common share and net earnings per common share amounts may not equal


Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

February 2, 2013

Note 12.11. Summarized Quarterly Data (unaudited) (Continued)


 
First
Quarter
Second
Quarter
Third
Quarter
Fourth
Quarter
Total
Fiscal 2014     
Net sales$257,649
$246,246
$219,457
$274,454
$997,806
Gross profit$147,328
$145,415
$112,946
$148,990
$554,679
Operating income$28,469
$26,825
$2,606
$25,703
$83,603
Net earnings (loss)$14,969
$15,069
$(74)$15,794
$45,758
Net earnings (loss) per share:     
Basic and diluted$0.91
$0.92
$
$0.96
$2.78
Weighted average shares outstanding:     
Basic16,418
16,425
16,435
16,440
16,429
Diluted16,450
16,460
16,435
16,501
16,471
      
Fiscal 2013     
Net sales$234,203
$235,024
$197,506
$250,364
$917,097
Gross profit$134,075
$136,849
$104,785
$137,865
$513,574
Operating income$26,061
$27,712
$4,551
$26,346
$84,670
Net earnings$13,623
$15,806
$889
$14,973
$45,291
Net earnings per share:     
Basic and diluted$0.82
$0.96
$0.05
$0.91
$2.75
Weighted average shares outstanding:     
Basic16,586
16,394
16,406
16,414
16,450
Diluted16,611
16,423
16,435
16,444
16,482
The sum of the quarterly net earnings (loss) per share amounts may not equal the amounts for the full year due to rounding. Additionally, the sum of earnings from continuing operations per common shareBoth Fiscal 2014 and earnings from discontinued operations per common share may not equal net earnings per common share for each quarter due to rounding. Fiscal 2012 includes 53 weeks, with the fourth quarter including a 14 week period. Fiscal 2011 includes2013 included 52 weeks with the fourth quarter including a 13 week period.

weeks. The second quarter of fiscal 2012 included a $9.1 million loss on the redemption of our senior secured notes, while the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012Fiscal 2014 included the following significant items which impacted earnings from continuing operations for the quarter: (1) a LIFO accounting charge of $4.5 million; and (2) a $4.5$2.6 million charge due to the change in fair value of contingent consideration, compared to a $0.6 million charge in each of the first three quarters in fiscal 2012 and each quarter in fiscal 2011.

        The first quarter of fiscal 2011 included $1.0 million of charges resulting from the write-up of acquired inventory from cost to fair value pursuant to the purchase method of accounting and the second quarter and third quarter of fiscal 2011 included an $8.2 million loss and $0.8 million loss, respectively, on the repurchase of senior secured notes. Additionally, the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011 included the followingwith no significant items which impacted earnings from continuing operations for the quarter: (1) a LIFO accounting charge of $5.8 million; and (2) a life insurance death benefit proceeds of $1.2 million.

Note 13. Restructuring Charges and Other Unusual Items

        During fiscal 2010, we incurred $3.2 million of charges consisting of retail store lease terminations in the United Kingdom of $2.8 million, which were paid in the first quarter of fiscal 2011, and fixed asset impairment charges of $0.4 million, all which were included in SG&A in our consolidated statements of earnings. Additionally, fiscal 2010 included the acquisition of Lilly Pulitzer as discussed in Note 1, the disposal of substantially all of the operations and assets of our former Oxford Apparel Group as discussed in Note 14 and the change in estimate for an environmental reserve discussed in Note 6.

Note 14. Discontinued Operations

        On January 3, 2011, we sold to LF USA Inc. ("LF") substantially all of the operations and assets of our former Oxford Apparel operating group (other than accounts receivable associated with the businesses that were sold and the assets and operations relating to our Oxford Golf business and our distribution center in Lyons, Georgia). The purchase price paid by LF was equal to $121.7 million, less an adjustment based on net working capital on the closing date of the transaction. After giving effect to a preliminary net working capital adjustment, the purchase price paid by LF at the closing of the transaction was $108.2 million, of which $5.4 million was held in escrow pending completion of the final working capital adjustment and other requirements. The net working capital deficit resulted from our retention of accounts receivable and goods in transit as of the closing date, partially offset by our retention of certain accounts payable, as of the closing date, associated with Oxford Apparel. During fiscal 2011, we finalized the net working capital adjustment, which resulted in a change in estimate to the gain on sale as recognized in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010, whereby we received $3.7 millionFiscal 2013. The fourth quarter of the $5.4 million of cash held in escrow. This change in estimate which resulted inFiscal 2013 included a reduction to the


Table of Contents


OXFORD INDUSTRIES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

February 2, 2013

Note 14. Discontinued Operations (Continued)

gain on sale of $1.0 million, netproperty of income taxes and was recorded in fiscal 2011, resulted in$1.6 million.

Note 12. Subsequent Event
On March 24, 2015, our Board of Directors authorized our management to pursue a revised after-tax gain on the sale of the Oxford Apparel operations of $48.5 million comparedBen Sherman business.  We have engaged Financo, Ltd. as our financial advisor to $49.5 million, as previously recognizedassist in fiscal 2010.

        In connection with the transaction process. We plan to continue to operate the Ben Sherman business during the process, and although we expect to complete a sale within Fiscal 2015 no specific timetable has been set for consummation of a transaction. There can be no assurance that a transaction will take place, and our Board of Directors may consider other alternatives for the transaction described above, we, among other things, entered into (1) license agreements with LF to grant licenses (subject to the limitations set forthBen Sherman business that it believes are in the applicable license agreements) to LF to use the trade name "Oxford Apparel" perpetually in connection with its business, as well as to use certain other trademarks in connection with the manufacture, sale and distributionbest interest of men's dress shirts for certain periods of time in the applicable territory; (2) a services agreement with LF pursuant to which, in exchange for various fees, we provided certain transitional support services to LF in its operation of the transferred assets; and (3) a limited non-competition agreement with LF pursuant to which we agreed (subject to the exceptions set forth in the non-competition agreement) not to engage in certain activities for a period of three years following the completion of the transaction.

        As of January 29, 2011, we owned $57.7 million of assets, which primarily consisted of receivables, including the escrow receivable, and inventories, associated with the discontinued operations and were obligated to pay $40.8 million of liabilities, including trade accounts payable, other accrued expenses, accrued compensation and income taxes payable associated with the discontinued operations and gain on sale. The assets and liabilities related to discontinued operations were converted to cash and paid, respectively, during fiscal 2011 with no remaining assets or liabilities associated with the discontinued operations remaining as of January 28, 2012 or thereafter.

        Operating results of the discontinued operations are shown below (in thousands)

shareholders.

 
 Fiscal
2012
 Fiscal
2011
 Fiscal
2010
 

Net sales

 $ $2,414 $200,636 

Earnings from discontinued operations before income taxes

 $ $1,764 $20,610 

Earnings from discontinued operations, net of taxes

 $ $1,154 $12,877 

Gain (loss) on sale of discontinued operations, net of taxes

 $ $(1,017)$49,546 

Net earnings from discontinued operations, net of taxes

 $ $137 $62,423 


Table of Contents







101



SCHEDULE II
Oxford Industries, Inc.

Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

Column AColumn BColumn C Column D Column E
Description
Balance at
Beginning
of Period
Additions
Charged to
Costs and
Expenses
Charged
to Other
Accounts–
Describe
Deductions–
Describe
 
Balance at
End of
Period
 (In thousands)
Fiscal 2014      
Deducted from asset accounts:      
Accounts receivable reserves(1)$9,684
$10,500

$(10,844)(3)$9,340
Allowance for doubtful accounts(2)641
319

(210)(4)750
Fiscal 2013      
Deducted from asset accounts:      
Accounts receivable reserves(1)$11,094
$11,245

$(12,655)(3)$9,684
Allowance for doubtful accounts(2)1,005
(406)
42
(4)641
Fiscal 2012      
Deducted from asset accounts:      
Accounts receivable reserves(1)$8,429
$11,238

$(8,573)(3)$11,094
Allowance for doubtful accounts(2)1,980
132

(1,107)(4)1,005

Column A Column B Column C Column D Column E 
Description
 Balance at
Beginning
of Period
 Additions
Charged to
Costs and
Expenses
 Charged
to Other
Accounts–
Describe
 Deductions–
Describe
 Balance at
End of
Period
 
 
 (In thousands)
 

Fiscal 2012

                

Deducted from asset accounts:

                

Accounts receivable reserves(1)

 $8,429 $11,238   $(8,573)(3)$11,094 

Allowance for doubtful accounts(2)

  1,980  132    (1,107)(4) 1,005 

Fiscal 2011

                

Deducted from asset accounts:

                

Accounts receivable reserves(1)

 $9,178 $8,612   $(9,361)(3)$8,429 

Allowance for doubtful accounts(2)

  2,559      (579)(4) 1,980 

Fiscal 2010

                

Deducted from asset accounts:

                

Accounts receivable reserves(1)

 $8,817 $10,068 $1,341(5)$(11,048)(3)$9,178 

Allowance for doubtful accounts(2)

  1,571  (89) 1,355(5) (278)(4) 2,559 


(1)
Accounts receivable reserves include estimated reserves for allowances, returns and discounts related to our wholesale operations as discussed in our significant accounting policy disclosure for Revenue Recognition and Accounts Receivable in Note 1 of our consolidated financial statements.

(2)
Allowance for doubtful accounts consists of amounts reserved for our estimate of a customer's inability to meet its financial obligations as discussed in our significant accounting policy disclosure for Revenue Recognition and Accounts Receivable in Note 1 of our consolidated financial statements.

(3)
Principally amounts written off related to customer allowances, returns and discounts.

(4)
Principally accounts written off as uncollectible.

(5)
Addition due to the acquisition of Lilly Pulitzer in fiscal 2010.
(1)Accounts receivable reserves include estimated reserves for allowances, returns and discounts related to our wholesale operations as discussed in our significant accounting policy disclosure for Revenue Recognition and Accounts Receivable in Note 1 of our consolidated financial statements.

(2)Allowance for doubtful accounts consists of amounts reserved for our estimate of a customer's inability to meet its financial obligations as discussed in our significant accounting policy disclosure for Revenue Recognition and Accounts Receivable in Note 1 of our consolidated financial statements.


(3)Principally amounts written off related to customer allowances, returns and discounts.

(4)Principally accounts written off as uncollectible.

102



Table of Contents


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm


The Board of Directors and Shareholders of Oxford Industries, Inc.


We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Oxford Industries, Inc. (the Company) as of January 31, 2015 and February 2, 2013 and January 28, 2012,1, 2014, and the related consolidated statements of earnings,operations, comprehensive income, shareholders' equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended February 2, 2013.January 31, 2015. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a). These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and schedule based on our audits.


We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.


In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Oxford Industries, Inc. at January 31, 2015 and February 2, 2013 and January 28, 2012,1, 2014, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended February 2, 2013,January 31, 2015, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.


We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Oxford Industries, Inc.'s internal control over financial reporting as of February 2, 2013,January 31, 2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) and our report dated April 4, 2013March 30, 2015 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.


/s/ Ernst & Young LLP


Atlanta, Georgia
April 4, 2013

March 30, 2015





103



Table of Contents

Item 9.    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A.    Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our principal executive officer and principal financial officer have evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based upon that evaluation, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this report, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective in ensuring that information required to be disclosed by us in our Securities Exchange Act reports is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC's rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Changes in and Evaluation of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There have not been any changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012Fiscal 2014 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.


Table of Contents


Report of Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934). Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of our consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

Our internal control over financial reporting is supported by a program of appropriate reviews by management, written policies and guidelines, careful selection and training of qualified personnel, and a written code of conduct. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. In addition, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

We assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of February 2, 2013.January 31, 2015. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forthupdated framework issued in 2013 bythe Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in theInternal Control—Integrated Framework (2013). Based on this assessment, we believe that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of February 2, 2013.January 31, 2015.

Ernst & Young LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, has audited our internal control over financial reporting as of February 2, 2013,January 31, 2015, and its report thereon is included herein.

/s/ THOMAS C. CHUBB III

/s/ K. SCOTT GRASSMYER
Thomas C. Chubb III
Chief Executive Officer and President
(Principal Executive Officer)
 /s/ K. SCOTT GRASSMYER

K. Scott Grassmyer
SeniorExecutive Vice President—Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Controller
(Principal Financial Officer)

April 4, 2013March 30, 2015

 

April 4, 2013March 30, 2015


Limitations on the Effectiveness of Controls

Because of their inherent limitations, our disclosure controls and procedures and our internal controls over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness for future periods are subject to the risks that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that a control system's objectives will be met.


104


Table of Contents


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of Oxford Industries, Inc.


We have audited Oxford Industries, Inc.'s’s (the Company's)Company’s) internal control over financial reporting as of February 2, 2013,January 31, 2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control—IntegratedControl-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). Oxford Industries, Inc.'s’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Report of Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company'sCompany’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.


We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.


A company'scompany’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company'scompany’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company'scompany’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.


Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.


In our opinion, Oxford Industries, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of February 2, 2013,January 31, 2015, based onthe COSO criteria.

criteria.


We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the fiscal 20122014 consolidated financial statements of Oxford Industries, Inc., and our report dated April 4, 2013March 30, 2015 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Atlanta, Georgia
April 4, 2013

March 30, 2015


105



Table of Contents

Item 9B.    Other Information

On March 24, 2015, our Board of Directors, following the recommendation of our Nominating, Compensation & Governance Committee, amended our Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan (the “plan”) to:

        None

eliminate certain “share recycling” provisions previously permitted under Section 3(b) of the plan;
delete a “reload option” feature previously permitted under Section 5(d) of the plan;
require a minimum one year vesting period (which is inclusive of any performance period, for performance-based awards) for employee awards granted in the form of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted shares or restricted share units;
clarify that for any performance-based restricted share units, the performance period commencement date is not necessarily required to be triggered by the grant date of such an award;
amend Section 15(b) of the plan to expressly prohibit the re-pricing of any stock appreciation right without the approval of shareholders; and
amend Section 15(b) of the plan to expressly prohibit the purchase or buyout of underwater options and stock appreciation rights without the approval of shareholders.

The amendments to the plan do not require shareholder approval. The foregoing description of the amendments to the plan is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the plan, as amended and restated, which is filed as Exhibit 10.2 to this Form 10-K and is incorporated herein by reference.


PART III

Item 10.    Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

The following table sets forth certain information concerning the members of our Board of Directors as of February 2, 2013:

January 31, 2015:

NamePrincipal Occupation
Thomas C. Chubb IIIMr. Chubb is our Chief Executive Officer and President.
Thomas C. GallagherMr. Gallagher is Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Genuine Parts Company, a distributor of automotive replacement parts, industrial replacement parts, office products and electrical/electronic materials.
George C. GuynnMr. Guynn was President and CEO of the Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta until his retirement in 2006.
John R. HolderMr. Holder is Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Holder Properties, a commercial and residential real estate development, leasing and management company.
J. Hicks LanierMr. Lanier is our Chairman and was our Chief Executive Officer until his retirement on December 31,in 2012.
J. Reese LanierMr. Lanier was self-employed in farming and related businesses until his retirement in 2009.
Dennis M. LoveMr. Love is PresidentChairman and Chief Executive Officer of Printpack Inc., a manufacturer of flexible and specialty rigid packaging.
Clarence H. SmithMr. Smith is Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer of Haverty Furniture Companies, Inc., a home furnishings retailer.
Clyde C. TuggleMr. Tuggle is Senior Vice President and Chief Public Affairs and Communications Officer of The Coca-Cola Company.
Helen B. WeeksMs. Weeks founded Ballard Designs, Inc., a home furnishing catalog business, and was its Chief Executive Officer until her retirement in 2002.
E. Jenner Wood IIIMr. Wood is Chairman, President and CEOChief Executive Officer of the Atlanta Division of SunTrust Bank Atlanta / Georgia Division.and Corporate Executive Vice President of SunTrust Banks, Inc.

The following table sets forth certain information concerning our executive officers as of February 2, 2013:

January 31, 2015:

106



NamePosition Held
Thomas C. Chubb IIIChief Executive Officer and President
Scott A. BeaumontCEO, Lilly Pulitzer Group
Thomas E. CampbellSeniorExecutive Vice President—President - Law and Administration, General Counsel and Secretary
K. Scott GrassmyerSeniorExecutive Vice President—President - Finance, Chief Financial Officer and Controller
J. Wesley Howard, Jr. President, Lanier Clothes
Mark MaidmentCEO, Ben Sherman Group
Terry R. PillowCEO, Tommy Bahama Group

Additional information required by this Item 10 of Part III will appear in our definitive proxy statement under the headings "Corporate Governance and Board Matters—Directors," "Executive Officers," "Common Stock Ownership by Management and Certain Beneficial Owners—Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance," "Corporate Governance and Board Matters—Website


Table of Contents

Information," "Additional Information—Submission of Director Candidates by Shareholders," and "Corporate Governance and Board Matters—Board Meetings and Committees of our Board of Directors," and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 11.    Executive Compensation

The information required by this Item 11 of Part III will appear in our definitive proxy statement under the headings "Corporate Governance and Board Matters—Director Compensation," "Executive Compensation," "Nominating, Compensation & Governance Committee Report" and "Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation" and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12.    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information required by this Item 12 of Part III will appear in our definitive proxy statement under the headings "Equity Compensation Plan Information" and "Common Stock Ownership by Management and Certain Beneficial Owners" and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 13.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information required by this Item 13 of Part III will appear in our definitive proxy statement under the headings "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions" and "Corporate Governance and Board Matters—Director Independence" and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14.    Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The information required by this Item 14 of Part III will appear in our definitive proxy statement under the heading "Audit-Related Matters—Fees Paid to Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm" and "Audit-Related Matters—Audit Committee Pre-Approval of Audit and Permissible Non-Audit Services of Independent Auditors" and is incorporated herein by reference.


PART IV

Item 15.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a)    1.  Financial Statements

The following consolidated financial statements are included in Part II, Item 8 of this report:

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of January 31, 2015 and February 2, 2013 and January 28, 2012.1, 2014.


Consolidated Statements of EarningsOperations for fiscal 2012, fiscal 2011Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2010.Fiscal 2012.


Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for fiscal 2012, fiscal 2011Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2010.Fiscal 2012.

107




Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for fiscal 2012, fiscal 2011Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2010.Fiscal 2012.


Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for fiscal 2012, fiscal 2011Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2010.Fiscal 2012.


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for fiscal 2012, fiscal 2011Fiscal 2014, Fiscal 2013 and fiscal 2010.

Fiscal 2012.

2.     Financial Statement Schedules

Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

All other schedules for which provisions are made in the applicable accounting regulation of the SEC are not required under the related instructions or are inapplicable and, therefore, have been omitted.


Table of Contents

(b)   Exhibits

2.1Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 22, 2010, among LF USA Inc., Oxford Industries, Inc., Piedmont Apparel Corporation, Tommy Bahama International, Pte. Ltd. and Oxford Product (International) Limited. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company's Form 8-K filed on November 22, 2010.
2.2
Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 21, 2010, by and among Oxford Industries, Inc., Sugartown Worldwide, Inc., SWI Holdings, Inc. and the other sellers party thereto. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company's Form 8-K filed on December 21, 2010.
3.1
Restated Articles of Incorporation of Oxford Industries, Inc. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company's Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended August 29, 2003.
3.2
Bylaws of Oxford Industries, Inc., as amended. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company's Form 8-K filed on April 1, 2013.
10.11997 Stock Option Plan, as amended. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(a)3.2 to the Company's Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended May 31, 2002.†February 1, 2014.
10.110.2Second Amendment to the 1997 Stock Option Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(s) to the Company's Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 2, 2006.†
10.3
Executive Medical Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(d) to the Company's Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 3, 2005.†
10.210.4Oxford Industries, Inc. Executive Performance Incentive Plan (as amended and restated, effective March 27, 2008). Incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Company's Proxy Statement for its Annual Meeting of Shareholders held June 16, 2008, filed on May 13, 2008.†
10.5
Amended and Restated Long-Term Stock Incentive Plan, effective as of March 26, 2009. Incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Company's Proxy Statement for its Annual Meeting of Shareholders held June 15, 2009, filed on May 11, 2009.†24, 2015.*
10.310.6Form of Oxford Industries, Inc. 2009 Restricted Stock Agreement. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Form 8-K filed on June 17, 2009.†
10.7
Form of Terms and Conditions of the Oxford Industries, Inc. Performance Share Unit Award Program for Fiscal 2012. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Form 8-K filed on March 23, 2012.†
10.410.8
Form of Oxford Industries, Inc. Performance Equity Award Agreement (Fiscal 2014 Performance-Based). Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Form 8-K filed on April 4, 2014.†
10.5
Form of Oxford Industries, Inc. Restricted Stock Award Agreement. Incorporate by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Form 8-K filed April 4, 2014.†
10.6
Earnout Agreement, dated as of December 21, 2010, by and among Oxford Industries, Inc., Sugartown Worldwide, Inc., SWI Holdings, Inc. and the other parties thereto. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Company's Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 29, 2011.
10.710.9
First Amendment to Earnout Agreement, dated as of December 19, 2012, by and among Oxford Industries, Inc., Sugartown Worldwide LLC, and SWI Holdings, Inc., on behalf of itself and on behalf of the Sellers.*
10.10Employment Agreement, dated as of December 21, 2010, by and between Sugartown Worldwide, Inc. and Scott A. Beaumont. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2110.9 to the Company's Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 29, 2011.†February 2, 2013.
10.810.11
Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of June 14, 2012, by and among Oxford Industries, Inc., Tommy Bahama Group, Inc., the Persons party thereto from time to time as Guarantors, the financial institutions party thereto from time to time as lenders, the financial institutions party thereto from time to time as Issuing Banks and SunTrust Bank, as administrative agent. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Form 8-K filed on June 15, 2012.

Table of Contents

10.9
10.12
Third Amended and Restated Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of June 14, 2012, among Oxford Industries, Inc., the other Grantors party thereto and SunTrust Bank, as administrative agent. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Form 8-K filed on June 15, 2012.
10.1010.13
First Amendment, dated November 21, 2013, to Third Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, by and among Oxford Industries, Inc., Tommy Bahama Group, Inc., the Persons party thereto from time to time as Guarantors, the financial institutions party thereto from time to time as lenders, the financial institutions party thereto from time to time as Issuing Banks and SunTrust Bank, as administrative agent. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Form 8-K filed on November 25, 2013.
10.11
Oxford Industries, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan (as amended and restated effective June 13, 2012). Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended October 27, 2012.†
10.1210.14Compromise Agreement, dated November 12, 2012, by and between Ben Sherman Group Limited and Panayiotis Philippou.†*
10.15
Executive Post-Retirement Benefits Agreement, dated December 31, 2012, by and between Oxford Industries, Inc. and J. Hicks Lanier. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the Company's Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 2, 2013.*
10.13
Oxford Industries, Inc. Executive Performance Incentive Plan (as amended and restated, effective March 27, 2013). Incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Company's Proxy Statement for its Annual Meeting of Shareholders held June 19, 2013, filed on May 17, 2013.†

108



21
List of Subsidiaries.*
23
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.*
24
Powers of Attorney.*
31.1
Certification by Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*
31.2
Certification by Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.*
32
Certification by Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes- Oxley Act of 2002.*
101INS
XBRL Instance Document
101SCH
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101CAL
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101DEF
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101LAB
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101PRE
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document



*
Filed herewith

Management contract or compensation plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit to this form pursuant to Item 15(b) of this report.

*Filed herewith
††Management contract or compensation plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit to this form pursuant to Item 15(b) of this report.
We agree to file upon request of the SEC a copy of all agreements evidencing long-term debt of ours omitted from this report pursuant to Item 601(b)(4)(iii) of Regulation S-K.

Shareholders may obtain copies of Exhibits without charge upon written request to the Corporate Secretary, Oxford Industries, Inc., 999 Peachtree Street, N.E., Ste. 688, Atlanta, Georgia 30309.


109


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, hereunto duly authorized.

 Oxford Industries, Inc.

 

By:

By:


/s/ THOMAS C. CHUBB III

Thomas C. Chubb III
Chief Executive Officer and President


Date: April 4, 2013

March 30, 2015

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature
Capacity
Date


Capacity





Date
/s/ THOMAS C. CHUBB III

Thomas C. Chubb III
Chief Executive Officer and President
(Principal Executive Officer) and
Director
 
April 4, 2013Thomas C. Chubb IIIMarch 30, 2015

/s/ K. SCOTT GRASSMYER

K. Scott Grassmyer


Senior
Executive Vice President—President - Finance, Chief
Financial Officer and Controller
(Principal Financial Officer and
Principal Accounting Officer)


April 4, 2013

K. Scott Grassmyer
March 30, 2015
*

Thomas C. GallagherDirectorMarch 30, 2015
*
George C. Guynn
Director

Director


April 4, 2013March 30, 2015

*

John R. Holder
Director

Director


April 4, 2013March 30, 2015

*

J. Hicks Lanier
Director

Director


April 4, 2013March 30, 2015



*
J. Reese Lanier
Director

Director


March 30, 2015

*

Dennis M. Love
Director

Director


April 4, 2013March 30, 2015

*

Clarence H. Smith
Director

Director


April 4, 2013March 30, 2015

*

Clyde C. Tuggle
Director

Director


April 4, 2013March 30, 2015

*

Helen B. Weeks
Director

Director


April 4, 2013March 30, 2015

*

E. Jenner Wood III
Director

Director


April 4, 2013March 30, 2015

*By

/s/ THOMAS E. CAMPBELL

Thomas E. Campbell
as Attorney-in-Fact

 



 


110